teseq-1.1.1/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677007661 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/test-driver0000755000175000017500000001027712563445652011775 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # test-driver - basic testsuite driver script. scriptversion=2013-07-13.22; # UTC # Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # This file is maintained in Automake, please report # bugs to or send patches to # . # Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error. This # helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs. set -u usage_error () { echo "$0: $*" >&2 print_usage >&2 exit 2 } print_usage () { cat <$log_file 2>&1 estatus=$? if test $enable_hard_errors = no && test $estatus -eq 99; then estatus=1 fi case $estatus:$expect_failure in 0:yes) col=$red res=XPASS recheck=yes gcopy=yes;; 0:*) col=$grn res=PASS recheck=no gcopy=no;; 77:*) col=$blu res=SKIP recheck=no gcopy=yes;; 99:*) col=$mgn res=ERROR recheck=yes gcopy=yes;; *:yes) col=$lgn res=XFAIL recheck=no gcopy=yes;; *:*) col=$red res=FAIL recheck=yes gcopy=yes;; esac # Report outcome to console. echo "${col}${res}${std}: $test_name" # Register the test result, and other relevant metadata. echo ":test-result: $res" > $trs_file echo ":global-test-result: $res" >> $trs_file echo ":recheck: $recheck" >> $trs_file echo ":copy-in-global-log: $gcopy" >> $trs_file # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: teseq-1.1.1/texinfo.tex0000644000175000017500000116703612563445652012004 00000000000000% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. % % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % \def\texinfoversion{2013-02-01.11} % % Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, % 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, % 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. % % This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as % published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the % License, or (at your option) any later version. % % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty % of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU % General Public License for more details. % % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License % along with this program. If not, see . % % As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing % a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without % restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 % of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). % % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug % reports; you can get the latest version from: % http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or % http://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or % http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page) % The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. % % Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a % complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the % problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. % % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the % texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple % manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: % tex foo.texi % texindex foo.?? % tex foo.texi % tex foo.texi % dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. % The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. % % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some % extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the % full Texinfo distribution. % % The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} % If in a .fmt file, print the version number % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because % they might have appeared in the input file name. \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} \chardef\other=12 % We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. % For @tex, we can use \tabalign. \let\+ = \relax % Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. \let\ptexb=\b \let\ptexbullet=\bullet \let\ptexc=\c \let\ptexcomma=\, \let\ptexdot=\. \let\ptexdots=\dots \let\ptexend=\end \let\ptexequiv=\equiv \let\ptexexclam=\! \let\ptexfootnote=\footnote \let\ptexgtr=> \let\ptexhat=^ \let\ptexi=\i \let\ptexindent=\indent \let\ptexinsert=\insert \let\ptexlbrace=\{ \let\ptexless=< \let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite \let\ptexnoindent=\noindent \let\ptexplus=+ \let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright \let\ptexrbrace=\} \let\ptexslash=\/ \let\ptexstar=\* \let\ptext=\t \let\ptextop=\top {\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it % starts a new line in the output. \newlinechar = `^^J % Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error % messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. % \ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. \else \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} \fi % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi \ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi \ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi \ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi \ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi \ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi \ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi \ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi \ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi \ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi \ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi \ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi % \ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi \ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi \ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi \ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi \ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi \ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi \ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi \ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi \ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi \ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi \ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi \ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi % \ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi \ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi \ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi % Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful. \chardef\spacecat = 10 \def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat} % sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences. \chardef\ampChar = `\& \chardef\colonChar = `\: \chardef\commaChar = `\, \chardef\dashChar = `\- \chardef\dotChar = `\. \chardef\exclamChar= `\! \chardef\hashChar = `\# \chardef\lquoteChar= `\` \chardef\questChar = `\? \chardef\rquoteChar= `\' \chardef\semiChar = `\; \chardef\slashChar = `\/ \chardef\underChar = `\_ % Ignore a token. % \def\gobble#1{} % The following is used inside several \edef's. \def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} % Hyphenation fixes. \hyphenation{ Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces spell-ing spell-ings stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space wide-spread wrap-around } % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. \newdimen\bindingoffset \newdimen\normaloffset \newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight % For a final copy, take out the rectangles % that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided % that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). % \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt } % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make % some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log % file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. % \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% \def\loggingall{% \tracingstats2 \tracingpages1 \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingoutput1 \tracingmacros2 \tracingrestores1 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging \tracingscantokens1 \tracingifs1 \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2 \tracingassigns1 \fi \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex \errorcontextlines16 }% % @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things % aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message, % after all. % \def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg} \def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}} % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. % \def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} \def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. % \newif\ifcropmarks \let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue % % Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. % Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 % \newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines \newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc \newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in % Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. % We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark. % This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark. % % A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct. % \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase. % % Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter % (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top % of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. The solution is % described on page 260 of The TeXbook. It involves outputting two % marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and % one after. I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK... \def\domark{% \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}% \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}% \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}% \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}% \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}% \mark{% \the\toks0 \the\toks2 \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 \noexpand\else \the\toks8 }% } % \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title % page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us % the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g., % @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very % first @chapter. \def\gettopheadingmarks{% \ifcase0\topmark\fi \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi } \def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi} \def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi} % Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors. \def\lastchapterdefs{} \def\lastsectiondefs{} \def\prevchapterdefs{} \def\prevsectiondefs{} \def\lastcolordefs{} % Main output routine. \chardef\PAGE = 255 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} \newbox\headlinebox \newbox\footlinebox % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents % does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. \def\onepageout#1{% \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi % \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi % % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% % {% % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends % before the \shipout runs. % \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this: % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}} % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in; % it needs to be % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym} \shipout\vbox{% % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi % \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup \hsize = \outerhsize \vskip-\topandbottommargin \vtop to0pt{% \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% \nointerlineskip \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% }% \vss}% \vskip\topandbottommargin \line\bgroup \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi \vbox\bgroup \fi % \unvbox\headlinebox \pagebody{#1}% \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.) % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. \vskip 24pt \unvbox\footlinebox \fi % \ifcropmarks \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick \vbox to0pt{\vss \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% }% \nointerlineskip \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% }% \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause \fi }% end of \shipout\vbox }% end of group with \indexdummies \advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi } \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen \def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} {\catcode`\@ =11 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi \dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} } % Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are % offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize % (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) % \def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} \def\nstop{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} \def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} \def\nsbot{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. % \def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} \def\parseargusing#1#2{% \def\argtorun{#2}% \begingroup \obeylines \spaceisspace #1% \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. } {\obeylines % \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% }% } % First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} \def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} % Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. % % \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., % @end itemize @c foo % This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed % by \finishparsearg. % \def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} \def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} \def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% \def\temp{#3}% \ifx\temp\empty % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp: \let\temp\finishparsearg \else \let\temp\argcheckspaces \fi % Put the space token in: \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm } % If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so % to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. % We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, % just before passing the control to \argtorun. % (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is % either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger % that a pair of braces would be stripped. % % But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. % \def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} % \parseargdef\foo{...} % is roughly equivalent to % \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} % \def\Xfoo#1{...} % % Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my % favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 \def\parseargdef#1{% \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% } \def\doparseargdef#1#2{% \def#2{\parsearg#1}% \def#1##1% } % Several utility definitions with active space: { \obeyspaces \gdef\obeyedspace{ } % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input % should produce a line of output anyway. % \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} } \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} % Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: % % \envdef\foo{...} % \def\Efoo{...} % % It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the % actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also % defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks % whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be % used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. % % Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they % are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The % implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this % special case.) % At run-time, environments start with this: \def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} % initialize \let\thisenv\empty % ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': \long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} \def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} % Check whether we're in the right environment: \def\checkenv#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\thisenv\temp \else \badenverr \fi } % Environment mismatch, #1 expected: \def\badenverr{% \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, not \inenvironment\thisenv}% } \def\inenvironment#1{% \ifx#1\empty outside of any environment% \else in environment \expandafter\string#1% \fi } % @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. % But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv % \parseargdef\end{% \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname \else % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal. \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname \csname E#1\endcsname \endgroup \fi } \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and % since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the % penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. {\catcode`@ = 11 % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble % if the definition is written into an index file. \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } } % @: forces normal size whitespace following. \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } % @* forces a line break. \def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} % @/ allows a line break. \let\/=\allowbreak % @. is an end-of-sentence period. \def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @! is an end-of-sentence bang. \def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @? is an end-of-sentence query. \def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. % \def\onword{on} \def\offword{off} % \parseargdef\frenchspacing{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. \def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} % @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing % it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box % to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for % \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is % max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and % the text is small, which looks bad. % % Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can % cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it % does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an % explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The % threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit % percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). % \newbox\groupbox \def\vfilllimit{0.7} % \envdef\group{% \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% \fi \startsavinginserts % \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. \comment } % % The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts % \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) % \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space % above. But it's pretty close. \def\Egroup{% % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth \egroup % End the \vtop. % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big % group, force a page break. \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight \page \fi \fi \box\groupbox \prevdepth = \dimen1 \checkinserts } % % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. % \newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @need space-in-mils % forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in \parseargdef\need{% % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. \par % % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. \dimen0 = #1\mil \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 % % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. % And a page break here is fine. \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% % % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. % % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. \penalty9999 % % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. \kern -#1\mil % % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. \nobreak \fi } % @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). \let\br = \par % @page forces the start of a new page. % \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} % @exdent text.... % outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin % This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. % That's how much \exdent should take out. \newskip\exdentamount % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. \parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. \parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion % class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual. % \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} % \def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% \nobreak \kern-\strutdepth \vtop to \strutdepth{% \baselineskip=\strutdepth \vss % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. \ifx#1l% \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% \else \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% \fi \null }% }} \def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} \def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} % % @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} % (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; % else use TEXT for both). % \def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} \def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts \def\righttext{#2}% \else \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text \def\righttext{#1}% \fi % \ifodd\pageno \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin \else \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% \fi \temp } % @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should % surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the % change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would % have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main % vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). This command % is not documented, not supported, and doesn't work. % \def\|{% % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. \leavevmode % % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. \vadjust{% % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. \vskip-\baselineskip % % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. \llap{% % % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt % % This is the space between the bar and the text. \hskip 12pt }% }% } % @include FILE -- \input text of FILE. % \def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} \def\includezzz#1{% \pushthisfilestack \def\thisfile{#1}% {% \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE. \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }% % % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes % definitions, etc. \expandafter }\temp \popthisfilestack } \def\filenamecatcodes{% \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`~=\other \catcode`^=\other \catcode`_=\other \catcode`|=\other \catcode`<=\other \catcode`>=\other \catcode`+=\other \catcode`-=\other \catcode`\`=\other \catcode`\'=\other } \def\pushthisfilestack{% \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm } \def\pushthisfilestackX{% \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm } \def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% } \def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} \def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: the stack of filenames is empty.}} % \def\thisfile{} % @center line % outputs that line, centered. % \parseargdef\center{% \ifhmode \let\centersub\centerH \else \let\centersub\centerV \fi \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case } \def\centerH#1{{% \hfil\break \advance\hsize by -\leftskip \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \line{#1}% \break }} % \newcount\centerpenalty \def\centerV#1{% % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still % prevent a page break here. \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}% } % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space % \parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} % @comment ...line which is ignored... % @c is the same as @comment % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment % \def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% \commentxxx} {\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} % \let\c=\comment % @paragraphindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. % NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. % We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. % \def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords \def\noneword{none} % \parseargdef\paragraphindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \defaultparindent = 0pt \else \defaultparindent = #1em \fi \fi \parindent = \defaultparindent } % @exampleindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. % It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but % I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. \parseargdef\exampleindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \lispnarrowing = 0pt \else \lispnarrowing = #1em \fi \fi } % @firstparagraphindent WORD % If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph % after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such % paragraphs. % % The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling % \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. % We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. % By default, we suppress indentation. % \def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} \def\insertword{insert} % \parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\noneword \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent \else\ifx\temp\insertword \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% \fi\fi } % Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to % \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. % % We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next % paragraph. % \gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% \gdef\indent{% \restorefirstparagraphindent \indent }% \gdef\noindent{% \restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent }% \global\everypar = {% \kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent }% } \gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% \global \let \indent = \ptexindent \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent \global \everypar = {}% } % @refill is a no-op. \let\refill=\relax % If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to % be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. % This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). % \newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. \let\novalidate = \linksfalse % @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. % So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. % This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. \def\setfilename{% \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. \iflinks \tryauxfile % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. \openindices \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. % % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. \openin 1 texinfo.cnf \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi \closein 1 % \comment % Ignore the actual filename. } % Called from \setfilename. % \def\openindices{% \newindex{cp}% \newcodeindex{fn}% \newcodeindex{vr}% \newcodeindex{tp}% \newcodeindex{ky}% \newcodeindex{pg}% } % @bye. \outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} \message{pdf,} % adobe `portable' document format \newcount\tempnum \newcount\lnkcount \newtoks\filename \newcount\filenamelength \newcount\pgn \newtoks\toksA \newtoks\toksB \newtoks\toksC \newtoks\toksD \newbox\boxA \newcount\countA \newif\ifpdf \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest % when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 % can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined. \ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined \else \ifx\pdfoutput\relax \else \ifcase\pdfoutput \else \pdftrue \fi \fi \fi % PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, % for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to % double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be % interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. % % See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and % related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user % to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so % that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to % do this reliably, so we use it. % #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements, % which we \xdef. \def\txiescapepdf#1{% \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log? % Many times it won't matter. \else % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses, % backslashes, and other special chars. \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}% \fi } \newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI output) for that.)} \ifpdf % % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex, % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead % of actual black. \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} % % k sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.); % K sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s). \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}} % % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. \def\setcolor#1{% \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% \domark \pdfsetcolor{#1}% } % \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} \def\lastcolordefs{} % \def\makefootline{% \baselineskip24pt \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% } % \def\makeheadline{% \vbox to 0pt{% \vskip-22.5pt \line{% \vbox to8.5pt{}% % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. \getcolormarks % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% }% \vss }% \nointerlineskip } % % \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines} % % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% % % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a % bitmap. \let\pdfimgext=\empty \begingroup \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \immediate\pdfimage \else \immediate\pdfximage \fi \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 #1.\pdfimgext \else {#1.\pdfimgext}% \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage \fi} % \def\pdfmkdest#1{{% % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \makevalueexpandable \def\pdfdestname{#1}% \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% }} % % used to mark target names; must be expandable. \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} % % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. \def\urlcolor{\rgbDarkRed} \def\linkcolor{\rgbDarkRed} \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} % % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines % come from Petr Olsak \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax \advance\tempnum by 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} % % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. % #4 is the page number % \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the % page number. We could generate a destination for the section % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. \edef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}% \else \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinedest \fi % % Also escape PDF chars in the display string. \edef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext % \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% } % \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% \begingroup % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \def\thischapnum{##2}% \def\thissecnum{0}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% }% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% \def\thissecnum{##2}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% }% \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% }% \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% }% \def\thischapnum{0}% \def\thissecnum{0}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% % % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et % al. a second time, below. \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% \readdatafile{toc}% % % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. % % We use the node names as the destinations. \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% % % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. % % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents % we use for the index sort strings. % \indexnofonts \setupdatafile % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike % Texinfo index files. So set that up. \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash \input \tocreadfilename \endgroup } {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% ] % \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% \advance\filenamelength by 1 \fi \nextsp} \def\getfilename#1{% \filenamelength=0 % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". \edef\temp{#1}% \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax } \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink \else \let \startlink \pdfstartlink \fi % make a live url in pdf output. \def\pdfurl#1{% \begingroup % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one % people have actually reported a problem with. % \normalturnoffactive \def\@{@}% \let\/=\empty \makevalueexpandable % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just % special-casing \var here? \def\var##1{##1}% % \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% \endgroup} \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} \def\maketoks{% \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax \ifx\first0\adn0 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 \else \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else \let\next=\maketoks \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \next} \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} \def\pdflink#1{% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} \else % non-pdf mode \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble \let\pdfurl = \gobble \let\endlink = \relax \let\setcolor = \gobble \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput \message{fonts,} % Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. % For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in % italics, not bold italics. % \def\setfontstyle#1{% \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font } % Select #1 fonts with the current style. % \def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname} \def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} \def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} \def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} \def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} \def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} % Unfortunately, we have to override this for titles and the like, since % in those cases "rm" is bold. Sigh. \def\rmisbold{\rm\def\curfontstyle{bf}} % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. % So we set up a \sf. \newfam\sffam \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} \let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. % We don't need math for this font style. \def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. % \def\lineskipfactor{.08333} \def\strutheightpercent{.70833} \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} % % can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this. \def\baselinefactor{1} % \newdimen\textleading \def\setleading#1{% \dimen0 = #1\relax \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0 \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip \normalbaselines \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip }% } % PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap. % % do nothing with this by default. \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble % if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. % (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run % older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) \ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 8 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <23> <26> <0023> <28> <3B> <0028> <3F> <5B> <003F> <5D> <5E> <005D> <61> <7A> <0061> <7B> <7C> <2013> endbfrange 40 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <00660066> <0C> <00660069> <0D> <0066006C> <0E> <006600660069> <0F> <00660066006C> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <21> <0021> <22> <201D> <27> <2019> <3C> <00A1> <3D> <003D> <3E> <00BF> <5C> <201C> <5F> <02D9> <60> <2018> <7D> <02DD> <7E> <007E> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% % % \cmapOT1IT \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1IT) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 8 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <25> <26> <0025> <28> <3B> <0028> <3F> <5B> <003F> <5D> <5E> <005D> <61> <7A> <0061> <7B> <7C> <2013> endbfrange 42 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <00660066> <0C> <00660069> <0D> <0066006C> <0E> <006600660069> <0F> <00660066006C> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <21> <0021> <22> <201D> <23> <0023> <24> <00A3> <27> <2019> <3C> <00A1> <3D> <003D> <3E> <00BF> <5C> <201C> <5F> <02D9> <60> <2018> <7D> <02DD> <7E> <007E> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% % % \cmapOT1TT \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1TT) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 5 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <21> <26> <0021> <28> <5F> <0028> <61> <7E> <0061> endbfrange 32 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <2191> <0C> <2193> <0D> <0027> <0E> <00A1> <0F> <00BF> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <20> <2423> <27> <2019> <60> <2018> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% \fi\fi % Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2. % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap % encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit). % Example: % #1 = \textrm % #2 = \rmshape % #3 = 10 % #4 = \mainmagstep % #5 = OT1 % \def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{% \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4 \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1% } % This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. \let\cmap\gobble % % (end of cmaps) % Use cm as the default font prefix. % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix % before you read in texinfo.tex. \ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined \def\fontprefix{cm} \fi % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. \def\rmshape{r} \def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold \def\bfshape{b} \def\bxshape{bx} \def\ttshape{tt} \def\ttbshape{tt} \def\ttslshape{sltt} \def\itshape{ti} \def\itbshape{bxti} \def\slshape{sl} \def\slbshape{bxsl} \def\sfshape{ss} \def\sfbshape{ss} \def\scshape{csc} \def\scbshape{csc} % Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.) % \def\definetextfontsizexi{% % Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). \def\textnominalsize{11pt} \edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep \def\textecsize{1095} % A few fonts for @defun names and args. \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 \def\smallecsize{0900} % Fonts for small examples (8pt). \def\smallernominalsize{8pt} \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} \font\smalleri=cmmi8 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 \def\smallerecsize{0800} % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). \def\chapnominalsize{17pt} \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1} \let\chapbf=\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 \def\chapecsize{1728} % Section fonts (14.4pt). \def\secnominalsize{14pt} \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 \def\sececsize{1440} % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). \def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 \def\ssececsize{1200} % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). \def\reducednominalsize{10pt} \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \font\reducedi=cmmi10 \font\reducedsy=cmsy10 \def\reducedecsize{1000} \textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM \textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm } % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi % Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with % section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU % Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the % future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. % \def\definetextfontsizex{% % Text fonts (10pt). \def\textnominalsize{10pt} \edef\mainmagstep{1000} \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep \def\textecsize{1000} % A few fonts for @defun names and args. \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 \def\smallecsize{0900} % Fonts for small examples (8pt). \def\smallernominalsize{8pt} \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} \font\smalleri=cmmi8 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 \def\smallerecsize{0800} % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter fonts (14.4pt). \def\chapnominalsize{14pt} \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\chapbf\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 \def\chapecsize{1440} % Section fonts (12pt). \def\secnominalsize{12pt} \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \font\seci=cmmi12 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 \def\sececsize{1200} % Subsection fonts (10pt). \def\ssecnominalsize{10pt} \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \font\sseci=cmmi10 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 \def\ssececsize{1000} % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt). \def\reducednominalsize{9pt} \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\reducedi=cmmi9 \font\reducedsy=cmsy9 \def\reducedecsize{0900} \divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs \textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM \textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm } % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex % We provide the user-level command % @fonttextsize 10 % (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. % \def\xiword{11} \def\xword{10} \def\xwordpt{10pt} % \parseargdef\fonttextsize{% \def\textsizearg{#1}% %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% % % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. % \begingroup \globaldefs=1 \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi \else \errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'} \fi\fi \endgroup } % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since % texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except % in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and % \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). % \def\resetmathfonts{% \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf } % The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead % of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the % current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire % \tenSTYLE to set the current font. % % Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) % and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in % the LaTeX logo and acronyms. % % This all needs generalizing, badly. % \def\textfonts{% \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl \def\curfontsize{text}% \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} \def\titlefonts{% \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl \def\curfontsize{title}% \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{27pt}} \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}} \def\chapfonts{% \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl \def\curfontsize{chap}% \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} \def\secfonts{% \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl \def\curfontsize{sec}% \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} \def\subsecfonts{% \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl \def\curfontsize{ssec}% \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} \let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts \def\reducedfonts{% \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl \def\curfontsize{reduced}% \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} \def\smallfonts{% \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl \def\curfontsize{small}% \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} \def\smallerfonts{% \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl \def\curfontsize{smaller}% \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} % Fonts for short table of contents. \setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 \setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} % Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts. \def\angleleft{$\langle$} \def\angleright{$\rangle$} % Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. \let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts % About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample % can fit this many characters: % 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 % If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: % 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 % For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth % the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. % % By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): % 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 % --karl, 24jan03. % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % \definetextfontsizexi \message{markup,} % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have % this property, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } % Markup style infrastructure. \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will % define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes. % \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost % style and the set of \ifmarkupSTYLE switches for all styles % currently in effect. \newif\ifmarkupvar \newif\ifmarkupsamp \newif\ifmarkupkey %\newif\ifmarkupfile % @file == @samp. %\newif\ifmarkupoption % @option == @samp. \newif\ifmarkupcode \newif\ifmarkupkbd %\newif\ifmarkupenv % @env == @code. %\newif\ifmarkupcommand % @command == @code. \newif\ifmarkuptex % @tex (and part of @math, for now). \newif\ifmarkupexample \newif\ifmarkupverb \newif\ifmarkupverbatim \let\currentmarkupstyle\empty \def\setupmarkupstyle#1{% \csname markup#1true\endcsname \def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}% \markupstylesetup } \let\markupstylesetup\empty \def\defmarkupstylesetup#1{% \expandafter\def\expandafter\markupstylesetup \expandafter{\markupstylesetup #1}% \def#1% } % Markup style setup for left and right quotes. \defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{% \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi } \defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{% \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi } { \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \gdef\markupsetuplqdefault{\let`\lq} \gdef\markupsetuprqdefault{\let'\rq} \gdef\markupsetcodequoteleft{\let`\codequoteleft} \gdef\markupsetcodequoteright{\let'\codequoteright} } \let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright % \let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright % \let\markupsetuplqkbd \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqkbd \markupsetcodequoteright % \let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqsamp \markupsetcodequoteright % \let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright % \let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft \let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright % Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe % (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d). % The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it % works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the % lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27. % \def\codequoteright{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax '% \else \char'15 \fi \else \char'15 \fi } % % and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. % Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like % the code environments to do likewise. % \def\codequoteleft{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. \relax`% \else \char'22 \fi \else \char'22 \fi } % Commands to set the quote options. % \parseargdef\codequoteundirected{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname = t% \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % \parseargdef\codequotebacktick{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname = t% \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. \def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq} % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 % Font commands. % #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant. % If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl, % and 2) do not add an italic correction. \def\dosmartslant#1#2{% \ifusingtt {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}% {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}% \next } \def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl} \def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it} % Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following % character) is such as not to need one. \def\smartitaliccorrection{% \ifx\next,% \else\ifx\next-% \else\ifx\next.% \else\ptexslash \fi\fi\fi \aftersmartic } % Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic. @var is set to this for defuns. \def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}} % @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want % ttsl for book titles, do we? \def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection} \def\aftersmartic{} \def\var#1{% \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}% \smartslanted{#1}% } \let\i=\smartitalic \let\slanted=\smartslanted \let\dfn=\smartslanted \let\emph=\smartitalic % Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. \def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font % @b, explicit bold. Also @strong. \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} \let\strong=\b % @sansserif, explicit sans. \def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at % the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. % \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } % Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. % Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and % sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. % \catcode`@=11 \def\plainfrenchspacing{% \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends } \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends } \catcode`@=\other \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default % @t, explicit typewriter. \def\t#1{% {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}% \null } % @samp. \def\samp#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{samp}\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}} % @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes. \let\indicateurl=\samp % @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same % size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc. % This is a subroutine for that. \def\tclose#1{% {% % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font % % Switch to typewriter. \tt % % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% % % Turn off hyphenation. \nohyphenation % \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1% }% \null % reset spacefactor to 1000 } % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. % % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. % -- rms. { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions % \global\def\code{\begingroup \setupmarkupstyle{code}% % The following should really be moved into \setupmarkupstyle handlers. \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active \ifallowcodebreaks \let-\codedash \let_\codeunder \else \let-\normaldash \let_\realunder \fi \codex } } \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} \def\normaldash{-} \def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} \def\codeunder{% % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. \ifusingtt{\ifmmode \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. \else\normalunderscore \fi \discretionary{}{}{}}% {\_}% } % An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., % each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad. % @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at - % and _ on and off. % \newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue \def\keywordtrue{true} \def\keywordfalse{false} \parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue \allowcodebreakstrue \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse \allowcodebreaksfalse \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}% \fi\fi } % For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary, % so use \code rather than \samp. \let\command=\code \let\env=\code \let\file=\code \let\option=\code % @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) % second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third % arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url % itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. % (This \urefnobreak definition isn't used now, leaving it for a while % for comparison.) \def\urefnobreak#1{\dourefnobreak #1,,,\finish} \def\dourefnobreak#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that \else \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \ifpdf \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it \else \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url \fi \else \code{#1}% only url given, so show it \fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % This \urefbreak definition is the active one. \def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak} \let\uref=\urefbreak \def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish} \def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example \unsepspaces \pdfurl{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that \else \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \ifpdf \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it \else \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url \fi \else \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it \fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only). \def\urefcatcodes{% \catcode\ampChar=\active \catcode\dotChar=\active \catcode\hashChar=\active \catcode\questChar=\active \catcode\slashChar=\active } { \urefcatcodes % \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup \setupmarkupstyle{code}% \urefcatcodes \let&\urefcodeamp \let.\urefcodedot \let#\urefcodehash \let?\urefcodequest \let/\urefcodeslash \codex } % % By default, they are just regular characters. \global\def&{\normalamp} \global\def.{\normaldot} \global\def#{\normalhash} \global\def?{\normalquest} \global\def/{\normalslash} } % we put a little stretch before and after the breakable chars, to help % line breaking of long url's. The unequal skips make look better in % cmtt at least, especially for dots. \def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus.13em } \def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus.1em } % \def\urefcodeamp{\urefprestretch \&\urefpoststretch} \def\urefcodedot{\urefprestretch .\urefpoststretch} \def\urefcodehash{\urefprestretch \#\urefpoststretch} \def\urefcodequest{\urefprestretch ?\urefpoststretch} \def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish} { \catcode`\/=\active \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{% \urefprestretch \slashChar % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://. \ifx\next/\else \urefpoststretch \fi } } % One more complication: by default we'll break after the special % characters, but some people like to break before the special chars, so % allow that. Also allow no breaking at all, for manual control. % \parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\wordnone \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore \def\urefprebreak{\allowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\allowbreak} \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\wordafter{after} \def\wordbefore{before} \def\wordnone{none} \urefbreakstyle after % @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. % \let\url=\uref % rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. % So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. % %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} \ifpdf \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi \endlink \endgroup} \else \let\email=\uref \fi % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), % or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). \parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\worddistinct{distinct} \def\wordexample{example} \def\wordcode{code} % Default is `distinct'. \kbdinputstyle distinct % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, % then @kbd has no effect. \def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}} \def\xkey{\key} \def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{% \def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi } % definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size. %\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} %\font\keysy=cmsy9 %\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% % \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% % \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt % \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% % \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% % \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} % definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already % monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But % if it isn't monospace, then use \tt. % \def\key#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{key}% \nohyphenation \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi #1}\null} % @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...} \def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup} % @clickstyle @arrow (by default) \parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}} \def\click{\arrow} % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. % \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} % @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', % and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for % Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. %\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} % @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. % We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for % all-uppercase. % \def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} \def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 } % @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. % No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. % \def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} \def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 } % @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. % \def\asis#1{#1} % @math outputs its argument in math mode. % % One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean % an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make % _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, % which is what @var uses. { \catcode`\_ = \active \gdef\mathunderscore{% \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% } } % Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \. % FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no % particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care. % % The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. \def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} % \def\math{% \tex \mathunderscore \let\\ = \mathbackslash \mathactive % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode \let\"=\ddot \let\'=\acute \let\==\bar \let\^=\hat \let\`=\grave \let\u=\breve \let\v=\check \let\~=\tilde \let\dotaccent=\dot $\finishmath } \def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. % Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. % We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument % to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). % { \catcode`^ = \active \catcode`< = \active \catcode`> = \active \catcode`+ = \active \catcode`' = \active \gdef\mathactive{% \let^ = \ptexhat \let< = \ptexless \let> = \ptexgtr \let+ = \ptexplus \let' = \ptexquoteright } } % ctrl is no longer a Texinfo command, but leave this definition for fun. \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} % @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}. % Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex, % except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about. % \def\outfmtnametex{tex} % \long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish} \long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi } % For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid % setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for % example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being % ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal % *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as % well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the % delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill. % \long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw} \long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish} \def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinerawname{#1}% \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi \endgroup % close group opened by \tex. } \message{glyphs,} % and logos. % @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}. \def\@{\char64 } \let\atchar=\@ % @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters. % Unless we're in typewriter, use \ecfont because the CM text fonts do % not have braces, and we don't want to switch into math. \def\mylbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char123}} \def\myrbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char125}} \let\{=\mylbrace \let\lbracechar=\{ \let\}=\myrbrace \let\rbracechar=\} \begingroup % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files. \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% !endgroup % @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. \let\comma = , % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent % Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. \let\, = \ptexc \let\dotaccent = \ptexdot \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} \let\tieaccent = \ptext \let\ubaraccent = \ptexb \let\udotaccent = \d % Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm % Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. \def\questiondown{?`} \def\exclamdown{!`} \def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} \def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. \def\imacro{i} \def\jmacro{j} \def\dotless#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% \fi\fi } % The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a % period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) % \edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } % @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in % latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most % convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using % the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and % \scriptscriptstyle). % \def\LaTeX{% L\kern-.36em {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{% \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt % for 10pt running text, \lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX. % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt. \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$% \else % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize. \selectfonts\lllsize A% \fi }% \vss }}% \kern-.15em \TeX } % Some math mode symbols. \def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} \def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi} \def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi} \def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi} % @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. % We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm % typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, % in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do % whichever is larger. % \def\dots{% \leavevmode \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em \dimen0 = \wd0 \else \dimen0 = 1.5em \fi \hbox to \dimen0{% \hskip 0pt plus.25fil .\hskip 0pt plus1fil .\hskip 0pt plus1fil .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil }% } % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. % \def\enddots{% \dots \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor } % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. % % Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. % \def\point{$\star$} \def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} \def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} % The @error{} command. % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. % \newbox\errorbox % {\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) \setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt} % \setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. \vbox{% \hrule height\dimen2 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. \hrule height\dimen2} \hfil} % \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} % @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. % \def\pounds{{\it\$}} % @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. % We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik % Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and % "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). % It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. % % Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore % that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular % font height. % % feymr - regular % feymo - slanted % feybr - bold % feybo - bold slanted % % There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. % A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. % Hmm. % % Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? % Hope not. % % \def\euro{{\eurofont e}} \def\eurofont{% % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the % font installed. % % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale % that to the current nominal size. % % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. % \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% % \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename % bold: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize \else % regular: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize \fi \thiseurofont } % Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because % sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect % the redefinition. % % Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters. \def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth \def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth \def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn \def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn % \def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}} \def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft} \def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}} \def\guillemotright{\guillemetright} \def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}} \def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}} \def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}} \def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}} % % This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but % we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the % tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer % dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc. % % ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using % the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in % the same EC font. \def\ogonek#1{{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek \else \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1% \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}% \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi }% } \def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A} \def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a} \def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E} \def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e} % % Use the ec* fonts (cm-super in outline format) for non-CM glyphs. \def\ecfont{% % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so % hopefully nobody will notice/care. \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}% \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% \ifmonospace % typewriter: \font\thisecfont = ectt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \else \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename % bold: \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \else % regular: \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \fi \fi \thisecfont } % @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really % be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. % Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. % \def\registeredsymbol{% $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}% \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% }$% } % @textdegree - the normal degrees sign. % \def\textdegree{$^\circ$} % Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: % Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 % so we'll define it if necessary. % \ifx\Orb\thisisundefined \def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} \fi % Quotes. \chardef\quotedblleft="5C \chardef\quotedblright=`\" \chardef\quoteleft=`\` \chardef\quoteright=`\' \message{page headings,} \newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in \newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc % First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. \newif\ifseenauthor \newif\iffinishedtitlepage % Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the % user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. % \newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue \parseargdef\shorttitlepage{% \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} \envdef\titlepage{% % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. \begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts % Leave some space at the very top of the page. \vglue\titlepagetopglue % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. \finishedtitlepagetrue % % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. \let\oldpage = \page \def\page{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi \let\page = \oldpage \page \null }% } \def\Etitlepage{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. \oldpage \endgroup % % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. \HEADINGSon % % If they want short, they certainly want long too. \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage \shortcontents \contents \global\let\shortcontents = \relax \global\let\contents = \relax \fi % \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage \contents \global\let\contents = \relax \global\let\shortcontents = \relax \fi } \def\finishtitlepage{% \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize \vskip\titlepagebottomglue \finishedtitlepagetrue } % Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation, % don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used % inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. Because % it is always used for titles, nothing else, we call \rmisbold. \par % should be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group. % \def\raggedtitlesettings{% \rmisbold \hyphenpenalty=10000 \parindent=0pt \tolerance=5000 \ptexraggedright } % Macros to be used within @titlepage: \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} \parseargdef\title{% \checkenv\titlepage \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% % print a rule at the page bottom also. \finishedtitlepagefalse \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt } \parseargdef\subtitle{% \checkenv\titlepage {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% } % @author should come last, but may come many times. % It can also be used inside @quotation. % \parseargdef\author{% \def\temp{\quotation}% \ifx\thisenv\temp \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. \else \checkenv\titlepage \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi {\secfonts\rmisbold \leftline{#1}}% \fi } % Set up page headings and footings. \let\thispage=\folio \newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages \newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages % Now make TeX use those variables \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} \let\HEADINGShook=\relax % Commands to set those variables. % For example, this is what @headings on does % @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter % @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle % @evenfooting @thisfile|| % @oddfooting ||@thisfile \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} \def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} \def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% \def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} \def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} \def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% % % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt \global\advance\vsize by -12pt } \parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} % @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page % @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page % % The same set of arguments for: % % @oddheadingmarks % @evenfootingmarks % @oddfootingmarks % @everyheadingmarks % @everyfootingmarks \def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}} \def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}} \def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}} \def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}} \def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} } \def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} } % #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom. \def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {% \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp } \everyheadingmarks bottom \everyfootingmarks bottom % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. % @headings off turns them off. % @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. % @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. % By default, they are off at the start of a document, % and turned `on' after @end titlepage. \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} \def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}% \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}% } \def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting \HEADINGSoff % it's the default % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top % edge of all pages. \def\HEADINGSdouble{% \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, % page number on top right. \def\HEADINGSsingle{% \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} \def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} \let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter \def\HEADINGSdoublex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} \def\HEADINGSsinglex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } % Subroutines used in generating headings % This produces Day Month Year style of output. % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). \ifx\today\thisisundefined \def\today{% \number\day\space \ifcase\month \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec \fi \space\number\year} \fi % @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. % It generates no output of its own. \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} \def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} \message{tables,} % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). % default indentation of table text \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in % default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text \newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in % margin between end of table item and start of table text. \newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin \newdimen\itemmax % Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with % these defs. % They also define \itemindex % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip \def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \advance\hsize by -\tableindent \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% \itemindex{#1}% \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. % % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax % % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, % but leave it ragged-right. \begingroup \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent \advance\hsize by\tableindent \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax \leavevmode\unhbox0\par \endgroup % % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. \nobreak \vskip-\parskip % % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. % \penalty 10001 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse \else % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. \noindent % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and % eventually be printed. \nobreak\kern-\tableindent \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \unhbox0 \nobreak\kern\dimen0 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue \fi } \def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} \def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} % @table, @ftable, @vtable. \envdef\table{% \let\itemindex\gobble \tablecheck{table}% } \envdef\ftable{% \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% \tablecheck{ftable}% } \envdef\vtable{% \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% \tablecheck{vtable}% } \def\tablecheck#1{% \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active \endgroup \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% \else \let\next\tablex \fi \next } \def\tablex#1{% \def\itemindicate{#1}% \parsearg\tabley } \def\tabley#1{% {% \makevalueexpandable \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% \expandafter }\temp \endtablez } \def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% \aboveenvbreak \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi \itemmax=\tableindent \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin \advance \leftskip by \tableindent \exdentamount=\tableindent \parindent = 0pt \parskip = \smallskipamount \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi \let\item = \internalBitem \let\itemx = \internalBitemx } \def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} \let\Eftable\Etable \let\Evtable\Etable \let\Eitemize\Etable \let\Eenumerate\Etable % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize \newcount \itemno \envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} \def\doitemize#1{% \aboveenvbreak \itemmax=\itemindent \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin \advance\leftskip by \itemindent \exdentamount=\itemindent \parindent=0pt \parskip=\smallskipamount \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi % % Try typesetting the item mark that if the document erroneously says % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w. \def\itemcontents{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}% % % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi % \let\item=\itemizeitem } % Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. % \def\itemizeitem{% \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break {% % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least % that's the theory. \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi \noindent \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% % \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. \flushcr } % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. % \def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% % Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No % argument is the same as `1'. % \envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. \def\thearg{#1}% \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi % % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark \ifx\rest\empty % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and % not equal to itself. % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. % % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from % continuing to look for a . % \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) \else % It's a letter. \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter \else \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter \fi \fi \else % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. \numericenumerate \fi } % An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is % given in \thearg. % \def\numericenumerate{% \itemno = \thearg \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% } % The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\lowercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet}% \fi \char\lccode\itemno }% } % The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\uppercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet} \fi \char\uccode\itemno }% } % Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the % common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. % \def\startenumeration#1{% \advance\itemno by -1 \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr } % @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg % to @enumerate. % \def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} \def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} \def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} \def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} % @multitable macros % Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 % % @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. % Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width % can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, % or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. % Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. % To make preamble: % % Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: % @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 % @item ... % % Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total % current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many % columns as desired. % Or use a template: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item ... % using the widest term desired in each column. % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's % with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, % ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. % @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt % if they are. % Sample multitable: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col % @item % first col stuff % @tab % second col stuff % @tab % third col % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff % @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. % % They will wrap at the width determined by the template. % @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. % @end multitable % Default dimensions may be reset by user. % @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. % @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. % @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. % @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline % to baseline. % 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. % \newskip\multitableparskip \newskip\multitableparindent \newdimen\multitablecolspace \newskip\multitablelinespace \multitableparskip=0pt \multitableparindent=6pt \multitablecolspace=12pt \multitablelinespace=0pt % Macros used to set up halign preamble: % \let\endsetuptable\relax \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} \let\columnfractions\relax \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} \newif\ifsetpercent % #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might % be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. % \def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% \global\advance\colcount by 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% \setuptable } \newcount\colcount \def\setuptable#1{% \def\firstarg{#1}% \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable \let\go = \relax \else \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions \global\setpercenttrue \else \ifsetpercent \let\go\pickupwholefraction \else \global\advance\colcount by 1 \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% \fi \fi \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% \else \let\go = \setuptable \fi% \fi \go } % multitable-only commands. % % @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. % Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group % of an alignment entry. \everycr resets \everytab so we don't have to % undo it ourselves. \def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable \def\headitem{% \checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs \the\everytab % for the first item }% % % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until % we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve. % --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. \def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: % \newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. % \envdef\multitable{% \vskip\parskip \startsavinginserts % % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. \def\item{\crcr}% % \tolerance=9500 \hbadness=9500 \setmultitablespacing \parskip=\multitableparskip \parindent=\multitableparindent \overfullrule=0pt \global\colcount=0 % \everycr = {% \noalign{% \global\everytab={}% \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. % Check for saved footnotes, etc. \checkinserts % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. %\filbreak % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. }% }% % \parsearg\domultitable } \def\domultitable#1{% % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable % % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will % be used as many times as user calls for columns. % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and % continue for many paragraphs if desired. \halign\bgroup &% \global\advance\colcount by 1 \multistrut \vtop{% % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname % % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after % the first one. % % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace % to the width of each template entry. % % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. % % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. \rightskip=0pt \ifnum\colcount=1 % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. \advance\hsize by\leftskip \else \ifsetpercent \else % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace \fi % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: \leftskip=\multitablecolspace \fi % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. % For example: % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 % @item @code{#} % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively % marking characters. \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut }\cr } \def\Emultitable{% \crcr \egroup % end the \halign \global\setpercentfalse } \def\setmultitablespacing{% \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing % % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 \fi % Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of % table. If not, do nothing. % If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller % than skip between lines in the table. \fi% \ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller % than skip between lines in the table. \fi} \message{conditionals,} % @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, % @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't % attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we % have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't % attempt to close an environment group. % \def\makecond#1{% \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 } \makecond{iftex} \makecond{ifnotdocbook} \makecond{ifnothtml} \makecond{ifnotinfo} \makecond{ifnotplaintext} \makecond{ifnotxml} % Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. % \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} \def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} \def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} \def\html{\doignore{html}} \def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} \def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} \def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} \def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} \def\menu{\doignore{menu}} \def\xml{\doignore{xml}} % Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. % % A count to remember the depth of nesting. \newcount\doignorecount \def\doignore#1{\begingroup % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: \obeylines \catcode`\@ = \other \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other % % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. \spaceisspace % % Count number of #1's that we've seen. \doignorecount = 0 % % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. \dodoignore{#1}% } { \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. \obeylines % % \gdef\dodoignore#1{% % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. % % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'. \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{% \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% % % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% % % And now expand that command. \doignoretext ^^M% }% } \def\doignoreyyy#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. \let\next\doignoretextzzz \else % Found a nested condition, ... \advance\doignorecount by 1 \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). \fi \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. } % We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". % \def\doignoretextzzz#1{% \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. \let\next\enddoignore \else % Still inside a nested condition. \advance\doignorecount by -1 \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. \fi \next } % Finish off ignored text. { \obeylines% % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional % would result in a blank line in the output. \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% } % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. % % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we % didn't need it. % We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. % \parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% {% \makevalueexpandable \def\temp{#2}% \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% \ifx\temp\empty \next{}% \else \setzzz#2\endsetzzz \fi }% } % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. \def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. % \parseargdef\clear{% {% \makevalueexpandable \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax }% } % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. \def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} { \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active % \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% \let\value = \expandablevalue % We don't want these characters active, ... \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. % So \let them to their normal equivalents. \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore } } % We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's % properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). % The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since % the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the % variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain % it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work % to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). % \def\expandablevalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax {[No value for ``#1'']}% \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined % with @set. % % To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. % \makecond{ifset} \def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} \def\doifset#1#2{% {% \makevalueexpandable \let\next=\empty \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax #1% If not set, redefine \next. \fi \expandafter }\next } \def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} % @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. % % The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the % above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, % then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. % \makecond{ifclear} \def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} \def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} % @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written % without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the % TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered % defined even though it is not a Texinfo command. % \makecond{ifcommanddefined} \def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}} % \def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{% \makevalueexpandable \let\next=\empty \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax #1% If not defined, \let\next as above. \fi \expandafter }\next } \def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}} % @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above. \makecond{ifcommandnotdefined} \def\ifcommandnotdefined{% \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}} \def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}} % Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to % test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available. \set txicommandconditionals % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. \let\dircategory=\comment % @defininfoenclose. \let\definfoenclose=\comment \message{indexing,} % Index generation facilities % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite % except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. \edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} % \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. % It automatically defines \fooindex such that % \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. % It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for % the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long % for the sake of vms. % \def\newindex#1{% \iflinks \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file \fi \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index \noexpand\doindex{#1}} } % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} % \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. % \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % \def\newcodeindex#1{% \iflinks \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 \fi \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% } % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. % % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo % inside @code. % \def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} \def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} % #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), % #3 the target index (bar). \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up % closing the target index. \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \relax % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 \fi % redefine \fooindfile: \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp % redefine \fooindex: \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% } % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, % and it is "foo", the name of the index. % \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. % This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. % There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} % which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. \def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} \def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} \def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} % Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. % Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, % we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. % \def\indexdummies{% \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% % % Need these unexpandable (because we define \tt as a dummy) % definitions when @{ or @} appear in index entry text. Also, more % complicated, when \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. % We can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. Perhaps we % should define @lbrace and @rbrace commands a la @comma. \def\{{{\tt\char123}}% \def\}{{\tt\char125}}% % % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is, % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that % is still getting written without apparent harm. % % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to % help-texinfo, 22may06): % @macro funindex {WORD} % @findex xyz % @end macro % ... % @funindex commtest % % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor. % % Sample whatsit resulting: % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}} % % So: \let\endinput = \empty % % Do the redefinitions. \commondummies } % For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to % redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of % \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @, % this will be simpler. % \def\atdummies{% \def\@{@@}% \def\ {@ }% \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd \let\} = \rbraceatcmd % % Do the redefinitions. \commondummies \otherbackslash } % Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. % \def\commondummies{% % % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words, % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word % from whatever follows. % % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the % space. % % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). % \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}% \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}% \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter % \commondummiesnofonts % \definedummyletter\_% \definedummyletter\-% % % Non-English letters. \definedummyword\AA \definedummyword\AE \definedummyword\DH \definedummyword\L \definedummyword\O \definedummyword\OE \definedummyword\TH \definedummyword\aa \definedummyword\ae \definedummyword\dh \definedummyword\exclamdown \definedummyword\l \definedummyword\o \definedummyword\oe \definedummyword\ordf \definedummyword\ordm \definedummyword\questiondown \definedummyword\ss \definedummyword\th % % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. \definedummyword\bf \definedummyword\gtr \definedummyword\hat \definedummyword\less \definedummyword\sf \definedummyword\sl \definedummyword\tclose \definedummyword\tt % \definedummyword\LaTeX \definedummyword\TeX % % Assorted special characters. \definedummyword\arrow \definedummyword\bullet \definedummyword\comma \definedummyword\copyright \definedummyword\registeredsymbol \definedummyword\dots \definedummyword\enddots \definedummyword\entrybreak \definedummyword\equiv \definedummyword\error \definedummyword\euro \definedummyword\expansion \definedummyword\geq \definedummyword\guillemetleft \definedummyword\guillemetright \definedummyword\guilsinglleft \definedummyword\guilsinglright \definedummyword\lbracechar \definedummyword\leq \definedummyword\minus \definedummyword\ogonek \definedummyword\pounds \definedummyword\point \definedummyword\print \definedummyword\quotedblbase \definedummyword\quotedblleft \definedummyword\quotedblright \definedummyword\quoteleft \definedummyword\quoteright \definedummyword\quotesinglbase \definedummyword\rbracechar \definedummyword\result \definedummyword\textdegree % % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. \macrolist % \normalturnoffactive % % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any % (non-fully-expandable) commands. \makevalueexpandable } % \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. % \def\commondummiesnofonts{% % Control letters and accents. \definedummyletter\!% \definedummyaccent\"% \definedummyaccent\'% \definedummyletter\*% \definedummyaccent\,% \definedummyletter\.% \definedummyletter\/% \definedummyletter\:% \definedummyaccent\=% \definedummyletter\?% \definedummyaccent\^% \definedummyaccent\`% \definedummyaccent\~% \definedummyword\u \definedummyword\v \definedummyword\H \definedummyword\dotaccent \definedummyword\ogonek \definedummyword\ringaccent \definedummyword\tieaccent \definedummyword\ubaraccent \definedummyword\udotaccent \definedummyword\dotless % % Texinfo font commands. \definedummyword\b \definedummyword\i \definedummyword\r \definedummyword\sansserif \definedummyword\sc \definedummyword\slanted \definedummyword\t % % Commands that take arguments. \definedummyword\abbr \definedummyword\acronym \definedummyword\anchor \definedummyword\cite \definedummyword\code \definedummyword\command \definedummyword\dfn \definedummyword\dmn \definedummyword\email \definedummyword\emph \definedummyword\env \definedummyword\file \definedummyword\image \definedummyword\indicateurl \definedummyword\inforef \definedummyword\kbd \definedummyword\key \definedummyword\math \definedummyword\option \definedummyword\pxref \definedummyword\ref \definedummyword\samp \definedummyword\strong \definedummyword\tie \definedummyword\uref \definedummyword\url \definedummyword\var \definedummyword\verb \definedummyword\w \definedummyword\xref } % \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index % by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all % control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string % would be for a given command (usually its argument). % \def\indexnofonts{% % Accent commands should become @asis. \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% % We can just ignore other control letters. \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below. \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent % \commondummiesnofonts % % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. %\let\tt=\asis % \def\ { }% \def\@{@}% \def\_{\normalunderscore}% \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting % % Unfortunately, texindex is not prepared to handle braces in the % content at all. So for index sorting, we map @{ and @} to strings % starting with |, since that ASCII character is between ASCII { and }. \def\{{|a}% \def\lbracechar{|a}% % \def\}{|b}% \def\rbracechar{|b}% % % Non-English letters. \def\AA{AA}% \def\AE{AE}% \def\DH{DZZ}% \def\L{L}% \def\OE{OE}% \def\O{O}% \def\TH{ZZZ}% \def\aa{aa}% \def\ae{ae}% \def\dh{dzz}% \def\exclamdown{!}% \def\l{l}% \def\oe{oe}% \def\ordf{a}% \def\ordm{o}% \def\o{o}% \def\questiondown{?}% \def\ss{ss}% \def\th{zzz}% % \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% \def\TeX{TeX}% % % Assorted special characters. % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) \def\arrow{->}% \def\bullet{bullet}% \def\comma{,}% \def\copyright{copyright}% \def\dots{...}% \def\enddots{...}% \def\equiv{==}% \def\error{error}% \def\euro{euro}% \def\expansion{==>}% \def\geq{>=}% \def\guillemetleft{<<}% \def\guillemetright{>>}% \def\guilsinglleft{<}% \def\guilsinglright{>}% \def\leq{<=}% \def\minus{-}% \def\point{.}% \def\pounds{pounds}% \def\print{-|}% \def\quotedblbase{"}% \def\quotedblleft{"}% \def\quotedblright{"}% \def\quoteleft{`}% \def\quoteright{'}% \def\quotesinglbase{,}% \def\registeredsymbol{R}% \def\result{=>}% \def\textdegree{o}% % \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax \else \indexlquoteignore \fi % % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry % that starts with \. % % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that % goes to end-of-line is not handled. % \macrolist } % Undocumented (for FSFS 2nd ed.): @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us % ignore left quotes in the sort term. {\catcode`\`=\active \gdef\indexlquoteignore{\let`=\empty}} \let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. % #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. \def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} % Workhorse for all \fooindexes. % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- % empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception % is with most defuns, which call us directly). % \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% \iflinks {% % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). \toks0 = {#2}% % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. \def\thirdarg{#3}% \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% \fi % \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% % \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite }% \fi } % Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: % \def\dosubindwrite{% % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% \fi % % Remember, we are within a group. \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. % % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to % get the string to sort by. {\indexnofonts \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% }% % % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and % the original text, including any font commands. We write % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s % sorted result. \edef\temp{% \write\writeto{% \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% }% \temp } % Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit: % % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the % \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that % sequences like this: % @end defun % @tindex whatever % @defun ... % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of % the previous defun. % % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. % % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. % % But wait, there is a catch there: % We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not % sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts % of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual % representation of the skip. % % The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that % the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). % \edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} % \newskip\whatsitskip \newcount\whatsitpenalty % % ..., ready, GO: % \def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode #1% \else % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. \whatsitskip = \lastskip \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty % % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro \else \vskip-\whatsitskip \fi % #1% % \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: % @deffn deffn-whatever % @vindex index-whatever % Description. % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit % and the "Description." paragraph. \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi \else % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip \fi \fi} % The index entry written in the file actually looks like % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} % or % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} % The texindex program reads in these files and writes files % containing these kinds of lines: % \initial {c} % before the first topic whose initial is c % \entry {topic}{pagelist} % for a topic that is used without subtopics % \primary {topic} % for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics % \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} % for each subtopic. % Define the user-accessible indexing commands % @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. \def\findex {\fnindex} \def\kindex {\kyindex} \def\cindex {\cpindex} \def\vindex {\vrindex} \def\tindex {\tpindex} \def\pindex {\pgindex} \def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} {\obeylines % \gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % \dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). % \parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% % \smallfonts \rm \tolerance = 9500 \plainfrenchspacing \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. % % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains % \initial {@} % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). \catcode`\@ = 11 \openin 1 \jobname.#1s \ifeof 1 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure % there is some text. \putwordIndexNonexistent \else % % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so % it can discover if there is anything in it. \read 1 to \temp \ifeof 1 \putwordIndexIsEmpty \else % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change % to make right now. \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% \catcode`\\ = 0 \escapechar = `\\ \begindoublecolumns \input \jobname.#1s \enddoublecolumns \fi \fi \closein 1 \endgroup} % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. % Change them to control the appearance of the index. \def\initial#1{{% % Some minor font changes for the special characters. \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt % % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. \removelastskip % % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. \nobreak \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip \penalty 0 \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip % % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch % we need before each entry, but it's better. % % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip \leftline{\secbf #1}% % Do our best not to break after the initial. \nobreak \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip }} % \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and % then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index % and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. % % A straightforward implementation would start like this: % \def\entry#1#2{... % But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to % @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- % ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. % The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. % --kasal, 21nov03 \def\entry{% \begingroup % % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't % affect previous text. \par % % Do not fill out the last line with white space. \parfillskip = 0in % % No extra space above this paragraph. \parskip = 0in % % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. \finalhyphendemerits = 0 % % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. % % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. \hangindent = 2em % % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line % with blank space. \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil % % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing % columns. \vskip 0pt plus1pt % % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section % titles, for instance. \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% % % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): \afterassignment\doentry \let\temp = } \def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% \def\doentry{% \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. \noindent \aftergroup\finishentry % And now comes the text of the entry. } \def\finishentry#1{% % #1 is the page number. % % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be % cursed by a Unix daemon. \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}% \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt \ % \else % % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) \hfil\penalty50 \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. % % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull % \hbox ensues. \ifpdf \pdfgettoks#1.% \ \the\toksA \else \ #1% \fi \fi \par \endgroup } % Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm \def\secondary#1#2{{% \parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in \hangindent=1in \hangafter=1 \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill \ifpdf \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. \else #2 \fi \par }} % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. \catcode`\@=11 \newbox\partialpage \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns % Grab any single-column material above us. \output = {% % % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. \ifvoid\partialpage \else \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% \fi % \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% % Unvbox the main output page. \unvbox\PAGE \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip }% }% \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage % % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. \output = {\doublecolumnout}% % % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. % % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) % as it did when we hard-coded it. % % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) % been clobbered. % \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize % % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) \vsize = 2\vsize } % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except % the last. % \def\doublecolumnout{% \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the % previous page. \dimen@ = \vsize \divide\dimen@ by 2 \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage % % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \onepageout\pagesofar \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty } % % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. \def\pagesofar{% \unvbox\partialpage % \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% } % % All done with double columns. \def\enddoublecolumns{% % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the % following situation: % % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry. % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see % \pagebody), causing an overfull box. % % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281). \penalty0 % \output = {% % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the % current page, no automatic page break. \balancecolumns % % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, % though, there will be another page break right after this \output % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes % the output somewhat more palatable.) \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% }% \eject \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns % % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). \pagegoal = \vsize } % % Called at the end of the double column material. \def\balancecolumns{% \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. \dimen@ = \ht0 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% \splittopskip = \topskip % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. {% \vbadness = 10000 \loop \global\setbox3 = \copy0 \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt \repeat }% %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% % \pagesofar } \catcode`\@ = \other \message{sectioning,} % Chapters, sections, etc. % Let's start with @part. \outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}} \def\partzzz#1{% \chapoddpage \null \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit \begingroup \noindent \titlefonts\rmisbold #1\par % the text \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page \chapoddpage \endgroup } % \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered % sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf % outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter % numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 % chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) \newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 \newcount\chapno \newcount\secno \secno=0 \newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 \newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ % % \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} % We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple % construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual % letter in the expansion, not just typeset. % \def\appendixletter{% \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. \else\char\the\appendixno \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} % Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number % and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use % these. @section does likewise. \def\thischapter{} \def\thischapternum{} \def\thischaptername{} \def\thissection{} \def\thissectionnum{} \def\thissectionname{} \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} \let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} \let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name % we only have subsub. \chardef\maxseclevel = 3 % % A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. % To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: \chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel % % Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: % \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. \def\chapheadtype{N} % Choose a heading macro % #1 is heading type % #2 is heading level % #3 is text for heading \def\genhead#1#2#3{% % Compute the abs. sec. level: \absseclevel=#2 \advance\absseclevel by \secbase % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 \absseclevel = 0 \else \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 \absseclevel = 3 \fi \fi % The heading type: \def\headtype{#1}% \if \headtype U% \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel \fi \else % Check for appendix sections: \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% \else \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% \fi\fi \fi % Check for numbered within unnumbered: \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel \def\headtype{U}% \else \chardef\unnlevel = 3 \fi \fi % Now print the heading: \if \headtype U% \ifcase\absseclevel \unnumberedzzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \else \if \headtype A% \ifcase\absseclevel \appendixzzz{#3}% \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \else \ifcase\absseclevel \chapterzzz{#3}% \or \seczzz{#3}% \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \fi \fi \suppressfirstparagraphindent } % an interface: \def\numhead{\genhead N} \def\apphead{\genhead A} \def\unnmhead{\genhead U} % @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset % all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. % % Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers % (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. \let\chaplevelprefix = \empty % \outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz \def\chapterzzz#1{% % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such % as an @include file. \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\chapno by 1 % % Used for \float. \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% \resetallfloatnos % % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations. \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}% \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}% % % Write the actual heading. \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% % % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. \global\let\section = \numberedsec \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec } \outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz % \def\appendixzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\appendixno by 1 \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% \resetallfloatnos % % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations. \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}% \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}% % \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% % \global\let\section = \appendixsec \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec } % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} \def\unnumberedzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 % % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty \resetallfloatnos % % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant % to be executed, not expanded). % % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for % the toc entries.) \toks0 = {#1}% \message{(\the\toks0)}% % \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% % \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec } % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. \outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters \unnmhead0{#1}% \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax } % @top is like @unnumbered. \let\top\unnumbered % Sections. % \outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz \def\seczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% } % normally calls appendixsectionzzz: \outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} \def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% } \let\appendixsec\appendixsection % normally calls unnumberedseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} \def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% } % Subsections. % % normally calls numberedsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} \def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % normally calls appendixsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} \def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % Subsubsections. % % normally numberedsubsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} \def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } % normally appendixsubsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} \def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } % normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } % These macros control what the section commands do, according % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). % Define them by default for a numbered chapter. \let\section = \numberedsec \let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading \def\majorheading{% {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% \parsearg\chapheadingzzz } \def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} \def\chapheadingzzz#1{% \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak \suppressfirstparagraphindent } % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. \parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} \parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} \parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. % Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) \newskip\chapheadingskip % Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it. \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} % Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will % get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't % care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page. \def\chapoddpage{% \chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \begingroup \headingsoff \null \chappager \endgroup \fi } \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} \def\CHAPPAGoff{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} \def\CHAPPAGon{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} \def\CHAPPAGodd{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} \CHAPPAGon % Chapter opening. % % #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, % Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. % % To test against our argument. \def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} \def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} \def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} % \def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% \gdef\thissection{}}% % \def\temptype{#2}% \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% \gdef\thischapter{}}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{} \noexpand\thischapternum: \noexpand\thischaptername}% }% \else \toks0={#1}% \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{} \noexpand\thischapternum: \noexpand\thischaptername}% }% \fi\fi\fi % % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of % the preceding space. \safewhatsit\domark % % Insert the chapter heading break. \pchapsepmacro % % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points % between here and the heading. \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs \domark % {% \chapfonts \rmisbold % % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. \gdef\lastsection{#1}% % % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{unnchap}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry \def\toctype{omit}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% \def\toctype{app}% \else \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% \def\toctype{numchap}% \fi\fi\fi % % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% % % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not % being visible, for instance under high magnification. \donoderef{#2}% % % Typeset the actual heading. \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue. \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe \unhbox0 #1\par}% }% \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title \nobreak } % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax \def\centerparameters{% \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip \leftskip = \rightskip \parfillskip = 0pt } % I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not % updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03. % \def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} % \def\unnchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% \nobreak\bigskip\nobreak } \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% \par\penalty 5000 % } \def\centerchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings \hfill #1\hfill}% \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak } \def\CHAPFopen{% \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} % Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and % call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. % \newskip\secheadingskip \def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} % Subsection titles. \newskip\subsecheadingskip \def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} % Subsubsection titles. \def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} \def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} % Print any size, any type, section title. % % #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is % the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the % section number. % \def\seckeyword{sec} % \def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% {% \checkenv{}% should not be in an environment. % % Switch to the right set of fonts. \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rmisbold % \def\sectionlevel{#2}% \def\temptype{#3}% % % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}% \fi \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword % Don't redefine \thissection. \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: \noexpand\thissectionname}% }% \fi \else \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: \noexpand\thissectionname}% }% \fi \fi\fi\fi % % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line. \par % % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of % the preceding space. \safewhatsit\domark % % Insert space above the heading. \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname % % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points % between here and the heading. \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs \domark % % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{unn}% \gdef\lastsection{#1}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, % and don't redefine \lastsection. \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{omit}% \let\sectionlevel=\empty \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{app}% \gdef\lastsection{#1}% \else \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{num}% \gdef\lastsection{#1}% \fi\fi\fi % % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% % % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). % Again, see comments in \chapmacro. \donoderef{#3}% % % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed. % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000. \nobreak % % Output the actual section heading. \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number \unhbox0 #1}% }% % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. % Don't allow stretch, though. \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname % % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it % was followed by glue. \nobreak % % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a % discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically % obscuring the section heading with something else. \vskip-\parskip % % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation % and do the needful. \penalty 10001 } \message{toc,} % Table of contents. \newwrite\tocfile % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. % Called from @chapter, etc. % % Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} % We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional % arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually % read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the % destination to jump to. % % We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or % any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. % But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the % table of contents chapter openings themselves. % \newif\iftocfileopened \def\omitkeyword{omit}% % \def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% \edef\writetoctype{#1}% \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else \iftocfileopened\else \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc \global\tocfileopenedtrue \fi % \iflinks {\atdummies \edef\temp{% \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \temp }% \fi \fi % % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named % `1', and two named `2'. \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi } % These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman % fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant % with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. % \def\activecatcodes{% \catcode`\"=\active \catcode`\$=\active \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active \catcode`\\=\active \catcode`\^=\active \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\|=\active \catcode`\~=\active } % Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. \def\readtocfile{% \setupdatafile \activecatcodes \input \tocreadfilename } \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in \newcount\savepageno \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 % Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. % \def\startcontents#1{% % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. % From: Torbjorn Granlund \contentsalignmacro \immediate\closeout\tocfile % % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. % It is abundantly clear what they are. \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% % \savepageno = \pageno \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. % % Roman numerals for page numbers. \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi } % redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on % \jobname.toc even if this is redefined. % \def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc} % Normal (long) toc. % \def\contents{% \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space \ifeof 1 \else \readtocfile \fi \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \ifeof 1 \else \pdfmakeoutlines \fi \closein 1 \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \global\pageno = \savepageno } % And just the chapters. \def\summarycontents{% \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% % \let\partentry = \shortpartentry \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry \let\appentry = \shortchapentry \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. \secfonts \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt \rm \hyphenpenalty = 10000 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space \ifeof 1 \else \readtocfile \fi \closein 1 \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \global\pageno = \savepageno } \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. % The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. % \def\shortchaplabel#1{% % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. % But use \hss just in case. % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) % % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters % there are before deciding ... \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% } % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. % The first argument is the chapter or section name. % The last argument is the page number. % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... % Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't % exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width. % Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed. \def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}} \def\partentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}} % % Parts, in the short toc. \def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{% \penalty-300 \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}% } % Chapters, in the main contents. \def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} % % Chapters, in the short toc. % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% } % Appendices, in the main contents. % Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. % \def\appendixbox#1{% % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} % \def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} % Unnumbered chapters. \def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} \def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} % Sections. \def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsecentry=\numsecentry \def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} % Subsections. \def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry \def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} % And subsubsections. \def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry \def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. % Same as \defaultparindent. \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the % page number. % % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters % if at all possible; hence the \penalty. \def\dochapentry#1#2{% \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup \chapentryfonts \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip } \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} % We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. \let\tocentry = \entry % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} \def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} \def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} \def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} \message{environments,} % @foo ... @end foo. % @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily. % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. % But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character. \envdef\tex{% \setupmarkupstyle{tex}% \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie \catcode `\%=14 \catcode `\+=\other \catcode `\"=\other \catcode `\|=\other \catcode `\<=\other \catcode `\>=\other \catcode`\`=\other \catcode`\'=\other \escapechar=`\\ % % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions. \mathactive % \let\b=\ptexb \let\bullet=\ptexbullet \let\c=\ptexc \let\,=\ptexcomma \let\.=\ptexdot \let\dots=\ptexdots \let\equiv=\ptexequiv \let\!=\ptexexclam \let\i=\ptexi \let\indent=\ptexindent \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent \let\{=\ptexlbrace \let\+=\tabalign \let\}=\ptexrbrace \let\/=\ptexslash \let\*=\ptexstar \let\t=\ptext \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % outer \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing % \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% \def\@{@}% } % There is no need to define \Etex. % Define @lisp ... @end lisp. % @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, % including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in % This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other % such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't % have any width. \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} % This space is always present above and below environments. \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. % \def\aboveenvbreak{{% % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and % \sectionheading, q.v. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \advance\envskipamount by \parskip \endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount \removelastskip % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak % or better ... \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi \vskip\envskipamount \fi \fi }} \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will % also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. \let\nonarrowing=\relax % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around % environment contents. \font\circle=lcircle10 \newdimen\circthick \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner \newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle % \def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth \def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} \def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} \def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} \def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr \hskip\rskip}} \def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr \hskip\rskip}} % \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip \envdef\cartouche{% \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. \startsavinginserts \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip \advance\cartinner by-\rskip \cartouter=\hsize \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either % side, and for 6pt waste from % each corner char, and rule thickness \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. \let\nonarrowing = t% % % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can % collide with the section heading. \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi % \vbox\bgroup \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt \carttop \hbox\bgroup \hskip\lskip \vrule\kern3pt \vbox\bgroup \kern3pt \hsize=\cartinner \baselineskip=\normbskip \lineskip=\normlskip \parskip=\normpskip \vskip -\parskip \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group. } \def\Ecartouche{% \ifhmode\par\fi \kern3pt \egroup \kern3pt\vrule \hskip\rskip \egroup \cartbot \egroup \checkinserts } % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, % inside a group. \newdimen\nonfillparindent \def\nonfillstart{% \aboveenvbreak \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output \parskip = 0pt % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate % the normal \indent. \nonfillparindent=\parindent \parindent = 0pt \let\indent\nonfillindent % \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing \else \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi \let\exdent=\nofillexdent } \begingroup \obeyspaces % We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake % @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally % active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after % @indent. \gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}% \gdef\nonfillindentcheck{% \ifx\temp % \expandafter\nonfillindentgobble% \else% \leavevmode\nonfillindentbox% \fi% }% \endgroup \def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent} \def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}} % If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. % If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. % This affects the following displayed environments: % @example, @display, @format, @lisp % \def\smallword{small} \def\nosmallword{nosmall} \let\SETdispenvsize\relax \def\setnormaldispenv{% \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient % to change the fonts afterward. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi \smallexamplefonts \rm \fi } \def\setsmalldispenv{% \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword \else \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi \smallexamplefonts \rm \fi } % We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. % Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition. \def\makedispenvdef#1#2{% \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}% \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak } % Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment. \def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{% \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}% \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}% } % % @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; % @example: same as @lisp. % % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. % \maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{% \nonfillstart \tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}% \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. \gobble % eat return } % @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. % \makedispenvdef{display}{% \nonfillstart \gobble } % @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. % \makedispenvdef{format}{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \gobble } % @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. \envdef\flushleft{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \gobble } \let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak % @flushright. % \envdef\flushright{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax \gobble } \let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak % @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right % justification. From plain.tex. \envdef\raggedright{% \rightskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax } \let\Eraggedright\par \envdef\raggedleft{% \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off % badness reporting. } \let\Eraggedleft\par \envdef\raggedcenter{% \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off % badness reporting. } \let\Eraggedcenter\par % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) % and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since % we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and % \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. % \makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart} % \def\quotationstart{% \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing \fi \parsearg\quotationlabel } % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're % doing normal filling. % \def\Equotation{% \par \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else % indent a bit. \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% \fi {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% } \def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation} % If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. \def\quotationlabel#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\empty \else {\bf #1: }% \fi } % @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and % has no optional argument. % \makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart} % \def\indentedblockstart{% {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip \parindent=0pt % % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing \else \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi } % Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling. % \def\Eindentedblock{% \par {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% } \def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock} % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} % If we want to allow any as delimiter, % we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: % `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org % % [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. % % [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets % active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a % verbatim line. \def\dospecials{% \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled. %\do\`\do\'% } % % [Knuth] p. 380 \def\uncatcodespecials{% \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} % % Setup for the @verb command. % % Eight spaces for a tab \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} \endgroup % \def\setupverb{% \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% \setupmarkupstyle{verb}% \tabeightspaces % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count % must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces } % Setup for the @verbatim environment % % Real tab expansion. \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount % % We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle % tabs. The \global is in case the verbatim line starts with an accent, % or some other command that starts with a begin-group. Otherwise, the % entire \verbbox would disappear at the corresponding end-group, before % it is typeset. Meanwhile, we can't have nested verbatim commands % (can we?), so the \global won't be overwriting itself. \newbox\verbbox \def\starttabbox{\global\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup} % \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabexpand{% \catcode`\^^I=\active \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \box\verbbox \starttabbox }% } \endgroup % start the verbatim environment. \def\setupverbatim{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim % The \leavevmode here is for blank lines. Otherwise, we would % never \starttabox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode. \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf}% \tabexpand \setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}% % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count. % Must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces \everypar{\starttabbox}% } % Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique % delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a % right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: % % \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} % % [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} \begingroup \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] \endgroup % \def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} % % % Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that % the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: % % \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} % % For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, % because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': % we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. % % Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] % \begingroup \catcode`\ =\active \obeylines % % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank % line in the output. \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. \endgroup % \envdef\verbatim{% \setupverbatim\doverbatim } \let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak % @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. % \def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} % \def\doverbatiminclude#1{% {% \makevalueexpandable \setupverbatim \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}% \input #1 \afterenvbreak }% } % @copying ... @end copying. % Save the text away for @insertcopying later. % % We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. % Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the % typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done % beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source % file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as % possible is very desirable. % \def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} \def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} % \def\insertcopying{% \begingroup \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page \scanexp\copyingtext \endgroup } \message{defuns,} % @defun etc. \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt \newcount\defunpenalty % Start the processing of @deffn: \def\startdefun{% \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \medbreak \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the % following @def command, see below. \else % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, % which is there to keep the function description together with its % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow % a break between a section heading and a defun. % % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following % @def command. \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi % % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. % But do insert the glue. \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint \fi % \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent } \def\dodefunx#1{% % First, check whether we are in the right environment: \checkenv#1% % % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. % It's not a great place, though. \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi % % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% } \def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} % \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} % \def\printdefunline#1#2{% \begingroup % call \deffnheader: #1#2 \endheader % common ending: \interlinepenalty = 10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax \endgraf \nobreak\vskip -\parskip \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. \checkparencounts \endgroup } \def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} % \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; % the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader. % \def\makedefun#1{% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% \temp } % \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader % % Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. % \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. % \def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% \envdef#1{% \startdefun \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% }% \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% \def#3% } \newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function? \newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line? % @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions % are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun, % @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod. % \parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname = \empty \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % Untyped functions: % @deffn category name args \makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} % @deffn category class name args \makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} % \defopon {category on}class name args \def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deffngeneral {subind}category name args % \def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% } % Typed functions: % @deftypefn category type name args \makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} % @deftypeop category class type name args \makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} % \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args \def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args % \def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% \doingtypefntrue \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } % Typed variables: % @deftypevr category type var args \makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} % @deftypecv category class type var args \makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} % \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args \def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args % \def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } % Untyped variables: % @defvr category var args \makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } % @defcv category class var args \makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} % \defcvof {category of}class var args \def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } % Types: % @deftp category name args \makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% } % Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: \makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } \makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } \makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } \makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } \makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } \makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } \makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } \makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} \makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} \makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} \makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} % \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). % #1 is the category, such as "Function". % #2 is the return type, if any. % #3 is the function name. % % We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. % \def\defname#1#2#3{% \par % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent % % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function % on a line by itself. \rettypeownlinefalse \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically? % then check user option for putting return type on its own line: \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else \rettypeownlinetrue \fi \fi % % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line % just below it. \def\temp{#1}% \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} % % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at % least two. \tempnum = 2 % % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip % % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line. \ifrettypeownline \advance\tempnum by 1 \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}% \else \def\maybeshapeline{}% \fi % % The continuations: \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent % % The final paragraph shape: \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2 % % Put the category name at the right margin. \noindent \hbox to 0pt{% \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize % \hsize has to be shortened this way: \kern\leftskip % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. }% % % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent {% % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no % one has made identifiers using them :). \df \tt \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type \ifrettypeownline % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following: \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break \else \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space \fi \fi % no return type #3% output function name }% {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm % \boldbrax % arguments will be output next, if any. } % Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using % tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in % the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very % distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. % \def\defunargs#1{% % use sl by default (not ttsl), % tt for the names. \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 % % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we % want a way to get ttsl. We used to recommend @var for that, so % leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter. % Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen % and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny. @code also disables ?` !`. \def\var##1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\ttslanted{##1}}}% #1% \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 } % We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. % \def\activeparens{% \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active \catcode`\&=\active } % Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. \let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) % Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, % if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, % so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. { \activeparens \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack \global\let& = \& \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} } \newcount\parencount % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards \newif\ifampseen \def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} \def\parenfont{% \ifampseen % At the first level, print parens in roman, % otherwise use the default font. \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi \else % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . \sf \fi } \def\infirstlevel#1{% \ifampseen \ifnum\parencount=1 #1% \fi \fi } \def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} \def\opnr{% \global\advance\parencount by 1 {\parenfont(}% \infirstlevel \bfafterword } \def\clnr{% {\parenfont)}% \infirstlevel \sl \global\advance\parencount by -1 } \newcount\brackcount \def\lbrb{% \global\advance\brackcount by 1 {\bf[}% } \def\rbrb{% {\bf]}% \global\advance\brackcount by -1 } \def\checkparencounts{% \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi } % these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually % has such constructs (when documenting function pointers). \def\badparencount{% \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}% \global\parencount=0 } \def\badbrackcount{% \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}% \global\brackcount=0 } \message{macros,} % @macro. % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined \newwrite\macscribble \def\scantokens#1{% \toks0={#1}% \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% \immediate\closeout\macscribble \input \jobname.tmp } \fi \def\scanmacro#1{\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces % % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ % % ... and for \example: \spaceisspace % % The \empty here causes a following catcode 5 newline to be eaten as % part of reading whitespace after a control sequence. It does not % eat a catcode 13 newline. There's no good way to handle the two % cases (untried: maybe e-TeX's \everyeof could help, though plain TeX % would then have different behavior). See the Macro Details node in % the manual for the workaround we recommend for macros and % line-oriented commands. % \scantokens{#1\empty}% \endgroup} \def\scanexp#1{% \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% \temp } \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters \newtoks\macname % Macro name \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? % List of all defined macros in the form % \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2... % Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split % if there is a need. \def\macrolist{} % Add the macro to \macrolist \def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} \def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}% \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% } % Utility routines. % This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, % \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname % (except of course we have to play expansion games). % \def\cslet#1#2{% \expandafter\let \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname \csname#2\endcsname } % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} \gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} \gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} \def\unbrace#1{#1} \unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} } % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. {\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% \gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% \gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% } % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \ % to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash. % % Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate % them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to % confine the change to the current group. % % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is % done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. % \def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\~=\other \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi } \def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros. \scanctxt \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other } \def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions \scanctxt \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other \usembodybackslash } \def\macroargctxt{% used when scanning invocations \scanctxt \catcode`\\=0 } % why catcode 0 for \ in the above? To recognize \\ \{ \} as "escapes" % for the single characters \ { }. Thus, we end up with the "commands" % that would be written @\ @{ @} in a Texinfo document. % % We already have @{ and @}. For @\, we define it here, and only for % this purpose, to produce a typewriter backslash (so, the @\ that we % define for @math can't be used with @macro calls): % \def\\{\normalbackslash}% % % We would like to do this for \, too, since that is what makeinfo does. % But it is not possible, because Texinfo already has a command @, for a % cedilla accent. Documents must use @comma{} instead. % % \anythingelse will almost certainly be an error of some kind. % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N % where N is the macro parameter number. % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. % {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} } \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} \def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 } \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\macroxxx#1{% \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments \paramno=0\relax \else \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% \if\paramno>256\relax \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments} \fi \fi \fi \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% \else \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% \fi \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody \else \expandafter\parsemacbody \fi} \parseargdef\unmacro{% \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: \begingroup \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% \endgroup \else \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% \fi } % Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any % macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. % \def\unmacrodo#1{% \ifx #1\relax % remove this \else \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1% \fi } % This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a % is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by % an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} \def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} % For macro processing make @ a letter so that we can make Texinfo private macro names. \edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@} \catcode `@=11\relax % Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist % so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH % in the params list to some hook where the argument si to be expanded. If % there are less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N % is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be % defined `a la TeX in the macro body. % % That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). % % We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. % The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something % unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine % it to # just before using the token list produced. % % The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before % the macro is used. % % If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the % hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is % processed again to replace the arguments. % % In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the % argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of % the catcode regime underwhich the body was input). % % If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more % arguments, you need that no macro has more than 256 arguments, otherwise an % error is produced. \def\parsemargdef#1;{% \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% \let\hash\relax \let\xeatspaces\relax \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,% % In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments % list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to % each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list % in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments % are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining % twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power. \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else \paramno0\relax \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments \fi } \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx \advance\paramno by 1 \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% \fi\next} \def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@ \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}% \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}% % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an % \xdef . \expandafter\edef\tempa {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}% \advance\paramno by 1\relax \fi\next} % These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. % (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) % \catcode `\@\texiatcatcode \long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% \long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% \catcode `\@=11\relax \let\endargs@\relax \let\nil@\relax \def\nilm@{\nil@}% \long\def\nillm@{\nil@}% % This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its % definition. It gets all the arguments values and assigns them to macros % macarg.ARGNAME % % #1 is the macro name % #2 is the list of argument names % #3 is the list of argument values \def\getargvals@#1#2#3{% \def\macargdeflist@{}% \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion. \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}% \def\macroname{#1}% \begingroup \macroargctxt \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}% \def\@tempa{#3}% \ifx\@tempa\empty \setemptyargvalues@ \else \getargvals@@ \fi } % \def\getargvals@@{% \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty. \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}% \fi \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ \else \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg % macros to empty. \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ \else % pop current arg name into \@tempb \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}% \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}% % pop current argument value into \@tempc \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}% \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}% % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value. % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}% \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{% \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}% \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}% \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@ \let\next\getargvals@@ \fi \fi \next } \def\push@#1#2{% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% \expandafter#1#2}% } % Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result % in macro \@tempa \def\macvalstoargs@{% % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument % values into respective token registers. % % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering. \begingroup \paramno0\relax % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument % value into a new token list register \toks#N \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,% % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef . \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}% % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after % group. \expandafter \endgroup \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}% } \def\macargexpandinbody@{% %% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group. \expandafter \endgroup \macargdeflist@ % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result % is in \@tempa . \macvalstoargs@ % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value % with \@tempb . \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing % \egroup . \ifx\@tempb\gobble \let\@tempc\relax \else \let\@tempc\egroup \fi % And now we do the real job: \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}% \@tempd } \def\putargsintokens@#1,{% \if#1;\let\next\relax \else \let\next\putargsintokens@ % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary % alias \@tempb . \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno % Then we place the argument value into that token list register. \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}% \advance\paramno by 1\relax \fi \next } % Save the token stack pointer into macro #1 \def\texisavetoksstackpoint#1{\edef#1{\the\@cclvi}} % Restore the token stack pointer from number in macro #1 \def\texirestoretoksstackpoint#1{\expandafter\mathchardef\expandafter\@cclvi#1\relax} % newtoks that can be used non \outer . \def\texinonouternewtoks{\alloc@ 5\toks \toksdef \@cclvi} % Tailing missing arguments are set to empty \def\setemptyargvalues@{% \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ \else \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@ \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ \fi \next } \def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{% \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{% \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}% \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@ \def\paramlist{#2}% } % #1 is the element target macro % #2 is the list macro % #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value \def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% \def#1{#3}% \def#2{#4}% } \long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% \long\def#1{#3}% \long\def#2{#4}% } % This defines a Texinfo @macro. There are eight cases: recursive and % nonrecursive macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments. % Much magic with \expandafter here. % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file % they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. % \def\defmacro{% \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars \ifrecursive \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\braceorline \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \else \ifnum\paramno<10\relax % at most 9 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \else % 10 or more \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}% }% \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble \fi \fi \else \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \noexpand\braceorline \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \else % at most 9 \ifnum\paramno<10\relax \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname \paramlist{% \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% \else % 10 or more: \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}% }% \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\norecurse \fi \fi \fi} \catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} % \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a % {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole % line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence % as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg). % \def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} \def\braceorlinexxx{% \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else \expandafter\parsearg \fi \macnamexxx} % @alias. % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal % sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing. % \def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% {% \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty \addtomacrolist{#1}% \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% }% \next } \message{cross references,} \newwrite\auxfile \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. \newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. % @inforef is relatively simple. \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{% \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} % @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in % cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and % might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: % @node foo , bar , ... % We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. % \parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} % % also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: % @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs \def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} \def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} \let\nwnode=\node \let\lastnode=\empty % Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the % type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). % \def\donoderef#1{% \ifx\lastnode\empty\else \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% \global\let\lastnode=\empty \fi } % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. % \newcount\savesfregister % \def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} \def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} \def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an % anchor), which consists of three parts: % 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection, % or the anchor name. % 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or % empty for anchors. % 3) NAME-pg - the page number. % % This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of % floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: % 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. % \def\setref#1#2{% \pdfmkdest{#1}% \iflinks {% \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef }% \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}% \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout }% \fi } % @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used % automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified. % This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title % variable, now it's official. % \parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname = \empty \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed % manual. All but the node name can be omitted. % \def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} % \newbox\toprefbox \newbox\printedrefnamebox \newbox\infofilenamebox \newbox\printedmanualbox % \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup \unsepspaces % % Get args without leading/trailing spaces. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% % \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}% \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}% % \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% \setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% % % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in % the @xref, figure out what we want to use. \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt % No printed node name was explicitly given. \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside % the square brackets if we have it. \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else \ifhavexrefs % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values. \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% \else % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \fi% \fi \fi \fi % % Make link in pdf output. \ifpdf {\indexnofonts \turnoffactive \makevalueexpandable % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. \getfilename{#4}% % % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. \edef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% \ifx\pdfxrefdest\empty \def\pdfxrefdest{Top}% no empty targets \else \txiescapepdf\pdfxrefdest % escape PDF special chars \fi % \leavevmode \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% \ifnum\filenamelength>0 goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}% \else goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}% \fi }% \setcolor{\linkcolor}% \fi % % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the % LABEL-title being set to a magic string. {% % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to % include an _ in the xref name, etc. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle \csname XR#1-title\endcsname }% \iffloat\Xthisreftitle % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt \refx{#1-snt}{}% \else \printedrefname \fi % % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append % "in MANUALNAME". \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% \fi \else % node/anchor (non-float) references. % % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, % this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. % \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name. % \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}% % \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no % printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else. % \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}% % \else % Reference within this manual. % % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. {\turnoffactive % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi }% % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden. \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname % % But we always want a comma and a space: ,\space % % output the `page 3'. \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% \fi\fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice). % % Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither % missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply % "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual. % % But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the % string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in % the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less % likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g., % in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice. % % For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every % reference, since the current font is indeterminate. % \def\crossmanualxref#1{% \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}% \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}% \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty? \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top? \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space \fi \fi #1% } % This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref % output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, % since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly % one that Bob is working on :). % \def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} % Things referred to by \setref. % \def\Ynothing{} \def\Yomitfromtoc{} \def\Ynumbered{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \else \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \fi\fi\fi } \def\Yappendix{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \else \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \fi\fi\fi } % Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. % If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. % \def\refx#1#2{% {% \indexnofonts \otherbackslash \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX \csname XR#1\endcsname }% \ifx\thisrefX\relax % If not defined, say something at least. \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright \iflinks \ifhavexrefs {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}% \else \ifwarnedxrefs\else \global\warnedxrefstrue \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% \fi \fi \fi \else % It's defined, so just use it. \thisrefX \fi #2% Output the suffix in any case. } % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's % just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid % collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do. % \def\xrdef#1#2{% {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current % implementation are changed to commands like @'e. Don't let these % mess up the control sequence name. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \xdef\safexrefname{#1}% }% % \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref % % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname % % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do \else % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% \fi % % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, % for later use in \listoffloats. \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0 {\safexrefname}}% \fi } % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. % \def\tryauxfile{% \openin 1 \jobname.aux \ifeof 1 \else \readdatafile{aux}% \global\havexrefstrue \fi \closein 1 } \def\setupdatafile{% \catcode`\^^@=\other \catcode`\^^A=\other \catcode`\^^B=\other \catcode`\^^C=\other \catcode`\^^D=\other \catcode`\^^E=\other \catcode`\^^F=\other \catcode`\^^G=\other \catcode`\^^H=\other \catcode`\^^K=\other \catcode`\^^L=\other \catcode`\^^N=\other \catcode`\^^P=\other \catcode`\^^Q=\other \catcode`\^^R=\other \catcode`\^^S=\other \catcode`\^^T=\other \catcode`\^^U=\other \catcode`\^^V=\other \catcode`\^^W=\other \catcode`\^^X=\other \catcode`\^^Z=\other \catcode`\^^[=\other \catcode`\^^\=\other \catcode`\^^]=\other \catcode`\^^^=\other \catcode`\^^_=\other % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. % % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. % \catcode`\^=\other % % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\[=\other \catcode`\]=\other \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\$=\other \catcode`\#=\other \catcode`\&=\other \catcode`\%=\other \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off % % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for % now. --karl, 15jan04. \catcode`\\=\other % % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. {% \count1=128 \def\loop{% \catcode\count1=\other \advance\count1 by 1 \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi }% }% % % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=0 } \def\readdatafile#1{% \begingroup \setupdatafile \input\jobname.#1 \endgroup} \message{insertions,} % including footnotes. \newcount \footnoteno % The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is % vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a % pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is % removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } % @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only. \let\footnotestyle=\comment {\catcode `\@=11 % % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. \gdef\footnote{% \let\indent=\ptexindent \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% % % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. \let\@sf\empty \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi % % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. \unskip \thisfootno\@sf \dofootnote }% % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the % footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. % % Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses % \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when % the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. % \gdef\dofootnote{% \insert\footins\bgroup % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. % So reset some parameters. \hsize=\pagewidth \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \parindent\defaultparindent % \smallfonts \rm % % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). \let\noindent = \relax % % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. \everypar = {\hang}% \textindent{\thisfootno}% % % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. \footstrut % % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine. \futurelet\next\fo@t } }%end \catcode `\@=11 % In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create % the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion % would be lost. % Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote % text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. % And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. % Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. % Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled % out prematurely. % \def\startsavinginserts{% \ifx \insert\ptexinsert \let\insert\saveinsert \else \let\checkinserts\relax \fi } % This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and % \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. % \def\saveinsert#1{% \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% \afterassignment\next % swallow the left brace \let\temp = } \def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} \def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} \def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} \def\placesaveins#1{% \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname {\box#1}% } % eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: { \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} } % initialization: \def\newsaveins #1{% \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% \next } \def\newsaveinsX #1{% \csname newbox\endcsname #1% \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts \checksaveins #1}% } % initialize: \let\checkinserts\empty \newsaveins\footins \newsaveins\margin % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. % % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get % undone and the next image would fail. \openin 1 = epsf.tex \ifeof 1 \else % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% \input epsf.tex \fi \closein 1 % % We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \newif\ifwarnednoepsf \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} % \def\image#1{% \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else \errhelp = \noepsfhelp \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% \global\warnednoepsftrue \fi \else \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish \fi } % % Arguments to @image: % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. % #5 is (ignored optional) extension. % #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff. \newif\ifimagevmode \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names % If the image is by itself, center it. \ifvmode \imagevmodetrue \else \ifx\centersub\centerV % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space \imagevmodetrue \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev \fi\fi % \ifimagevmode \nobreak\medskip % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space % above and below. \nobreak\vskip\parskip \nobreak \fi % % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing % environment such as @quotation is respected. % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the % normal paragraph indentation. % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't % want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and % eradicate the centering. \ifx\centersub\centerV\else \noindent \fi % % Output the image. \ifpdf \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% \else % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi \epsfbox{#1.eps}% \fi % \ifimagevmode \medskip % space after a standalone image \fi \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi \endgroup} % @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, % etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the % float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. % \envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} % There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. \def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} % #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically % "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, % this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. % % #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to % be referable. % % #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It % will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). % % We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each % chapter-level command. \let\resetallfloatnos=\empty % \def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% \let\thiscaption=\empty \let\thisshortcaption=\empty % % don't lose footnotes inside @float. % % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 % \startsavinginserts % % We can't be used inside a paragraph. \par % \vtop\bgroup \def\floattype{#1}% \def\floatlabel{#2}% \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. % \ifx\floattype\empty \let\safefloattype=\empty \else {% % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% }% \fi % % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) % \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname \global\advance\floatno by 1 % {% % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float % labels (which have a completely different output format) from % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the % lists of floats. % \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% }% \fi % % start with \parskip glue, I guess. \vskip\parskip % % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. \restorefirstparagraphindent } % we have these possibilities: % @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap % @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 % @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap % @float Foo & no caption: Foo % @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap % @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 % @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap % @float & no caption: % \def\Efloat{% \let\floatident = \empty % % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi % % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% \fi % the number. \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% \fi % % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. \let\captionline = \floatident % \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else \ifx\floatident\empty \else \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between \fi % % caption text. \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% \fi % % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. \ifx\captionline\empty \else \vskip.5\parskip \captionline % % Space below caption. \vskip\parskip \fi % % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. {% \atdummies % % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file. \scanexp{% \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{% \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty \thiscaption \else \thisshortcaption \fi }% }% \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% }% \fi \egroup % end of \vtop % % place the captured inserts % % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly % float. --kasal, 26may04 % \checkinserts } % Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. % \def\appendtomacro#1#2{% \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% } % @caption, @shortcaption % \def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} \def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} \def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} \def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} % The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are % going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. \def\getfloatno#1{% \ifx#1\relax % Haven't seen this figure type before. \csname newcount\endcsname #1% % % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% \fi \let\floatno#1% } % \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref % to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we % first read the @float command. % \def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% % Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can % distinguish floats from other xref types. \def\floatmagic{!!float!!} % #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional % which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic % \lastsection value which we \setref above. % \def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} % % #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the % (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. % \def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% \def\temp{#1}% \def\iffloattype{#2}% \ifx\temp\floatmagic } % @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. % \parseargdef\listoffloats{% \def\floattype{#1}% floattype {% % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% }% % % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax \ifhavexrefs % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% \fi \else \begingroup \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc \let\do=\listoffloatsdo \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \endgroup \fi } % This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the % xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the % aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which % has the text we're supposed to typeset here. % % Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since % they won't appear in the aux file). % \def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} \def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link % in pdf output. \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% % % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% \writeentry }} \message{localization,} % For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very % early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language % (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation. % { \catcode`\_ = \active \globaldefs=1 \parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup \let_=\normalunderscore % normal _ character for filenames \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists. \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof 1 \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}% \else \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist \input txi-#1.tex \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % end raw TeX \endgroup} % % If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist, % try txi-de.tex. % \gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof 1 \errhelp = \nolanghelp \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% \else \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist \input txi-#1.tex \fi \closein 1 } }% end of special _ catcode % \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current directory should work if nowhere else does.} % This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the % \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and % third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin. % % The language names to pass are determined when the format is built. % See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g., % /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log. % % With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all % available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in % Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the % accented characters problem.) % \catcode`@=11 \def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{% % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX. \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax \message{no patterns for #1}% \else \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname \fi % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless. \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax } % Helpers for encodings. % Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number. % \def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{% \count255=128 \loop\ifnum\count255<256 \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax \advance\count255 by 1 \repeat } \def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{% \count255=128 \loop\ifnum\count255<256 \catcode\count255=#1\relax \advance\count255 by 1 \repeat } % @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters % according to the specified encoding. % \parseargdef\documentencoding{% % Encoding being declared for the document. \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}% % % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able % to compare them with \ifx. \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}% \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}% \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}% \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}% \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}% % \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii \asciichardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \lattwochardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \latonechardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \latninechardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \utfeightchardefs % \else \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}% % \fi % utfeight \fi % latnine \fi % latone \fi % lattwo \fi % ascii } % A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available % the default font encoding (OT1). % \def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}} % Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference. \def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi} % First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be % correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of % macros containing the character definitions. \setnonasciicharscatcode\active % % Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. \def\latonechardefs{% \gdef^^a0{\tie} \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown} \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}} \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}} \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}} \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}} \gdef^^a7{\S} \gdef^^a8{\"{}} \gdef^^a9{\copyright} \gdef^^aa{\ordf} \gdef^^ab{\guillemetleft} \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$} \gdef^^ad{\-} \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol} \gdef^^af{\={}} % \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} \gdef^^b1{$\pm$} \gdef^^b2{$^2$} \gdef^^b3{$^3$} \gdef^^b4{\'{}} \gdef^^b5{$\mu$} \gdef^^b6{\P} % \gdef^^b7{$^.$} \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ } \gdef^^b9{$^1$} \gdef^^ba{\ordm} % \gdef^^bb{\guillemetright} \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$} \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$} \gdef^^be{$3\over4$} \gdef^^bf{\questiondown} % \gdef^^c0{\`A} \gdef^^c1{\'A} \gdef^^c2{\^A} \gdef^^c3{\~A} \gdef^^c4{\"A} \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A} \gdef^^c6{\AE} \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} \gdef^^c8{\`E} \gdef^^c9{\'E} \gdef^^ca{\^E} \gdef^^cb{\"E} \gdef^^cc{\`I} \gdef^^cd{\'I} \gdef^^ce{\^I} \gdef^^cf{\"I} % \gdef^^d0{\DH} \gdef^^d1{\~N} \gdef^^d2{\`O} \gdef^^d3{\'O} \gdef^^d4{\^O} \gdef^^d5{\~O} \gdef^^d6{\"O} \gdef^^d7{$\times$} \gdef^^d8{\O} \gdef^^d9{\`U} \gdef^^da{\'U} \gdef^^db{\^U} \gdef^^dc{\"U} \gdef^^dd{\'Y} \gdef^^de{\TH} \gdef^^df{\ss} % \gdef^^e0{\`a} \gdef^^e1{\'a} \gdef^^e2{\^a} \gdef^^e3{\~a} \gdef^^e4{\"a} \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a} \gdef^^e6{\ae} \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c} \gdef^^e8{\`e} \gdef^^e9{\'e} \gdef^^ea{\^e} \gdef^^eb{\"e} \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}} \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}} \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} % \gdef^^f0{\dh} \gdef^^f1{\~n} \gdef^^f2{\`o} \gdef^^f3{\'o} \gdef^^f4{\^o} \gdef^^f5{\~o} \gdef^^f6{\"o} \gdef^^f7{$\div$} \gdef^^f8{\o} \gdef^^f9{\`u} \gdef^^fa{\'u} \gdef^^fb{\^u} \gdef^^fc{\"u} \gdef^^fd{\'y} \gdef^^fe{\th} \gdef^^ff{\"y} } % Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions. \def\latninechardefs{% % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1. \latonechardefs % \gdef^^a4{\euro} \gdef^^a6{\v S} \gdef^^a8{\v s} \gdef^^b4{\v Z} \gdef^^b8{\v z} \gdef^^bc{\OE} \gdef^^bd{\oe} \gdef^^be{\"Y} } % Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. \def\lattwochardefs{% \gdef^^a0{\tie} \gdef^^a1{\ogonek{A}} \gdef^^a2{\u{}} \gdef^^a3{\L} \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} \gdef^^a5{\v L} \gdef^^a6{\'S} \gdef^^a7{\S} \gdef^^a8{\"{}} \gdef^^a9{\v S} \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S} \gdef^^ab{\v T} \gdef^^ac{\'Z} \gdef^^ad{\-} \gdef^^ae{\v Z} \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z} % \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} \gdef^^b1{\ogonek{a}} \gdef^^b2{\ogonek{ }} \gdef^^b3{\l} \gdef^^b4{\'{}} \gdef^^b5{\v l} \gdef^^b6{\'s} \gdef^^b7{\v{}} \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ } \gdef^^b9{\v s} \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s} \gdef^^bb{\v t} \gdef^^bc{\'z} \gdef^^bd{\H{}} \gdef^^be{\v z} \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z} % \gdef^^c0{\'R} \gdef^^c1{\'A} \gdef^^c2{\^A} \gdef^^c3{\u A} \gdef^^c4{\"A} \gdef^^c5{\'L} \gdef^^c6{\'C} \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} \gdef^^c8{\v C} \gdef^^c9{\'E} \gdef^^ca{\ogonek{E}} \gdef^^cb{\"E} \gdef^^cc{\v E} \gdef^^cd{\'I} \gdef^^ce{\^I} \gdef^^cf{\v D} % \gdef^^d0{\DH} \gdef^^d1{\'N} \gdef^^d2{\v N} \gdef^^d3{\'O} \gdef^^d4{\^O} \gdef^^d5{\H O} \gdef^^d6{\"O} \gdef^^d7{$\times$} \gdef^^d8{\v R} \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U} \gdef^^da{\'U} \gdef^^db{\H U} \gdef^^dc{\"U} \gdef^^dd{\'Y} \gdef^^de{\cedilla T} \gdef^^df{\ss} % \gdef^^e0{\'r} \gdef^^e1{\'a} \gdef^^e2{\^a} \gdef^^e3{\u a} \gdef^^e4{\"a} \gdef^^e5{\'l} \gdef^^e6{\'c} \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c} \gdef^^e8{\v c} \gdef^^e9{\'e} \gdef^^ea{\ogonek{e}} \gdef^^eb{\"e} \gdef^^ec{\v e} \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}} \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}} \gdef^^ef{\v d} % \gdef^^f0{\dh} \gdef^^f1{\'n} \gdef^^f2{\v n} \gdef^^f3{\'o} \gdef^^f4{\^o} \gdef^^f5{\H o} \gdef^^f6{\"o} \gdef^^f7{$\div$} \gdef^^f8{\v r} \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u} \gdef^^fa{\'u} \gdef^^fb{\H u} \gdef^^fc{\"u} \gdef^^fd{\'y} \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t} \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}} } % UTF-8 character definitions. % % This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some % changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by % permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team. % \newcount\countUTFx \newcount\countUTFy \newcount\countUTFz \gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname} % \gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname} % \gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname} \gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{% \ifx #1\relax \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}% \else \expandafter #1% \fi } \begingroup \catcode`\~13 \catcode`\"12 \def\UTFviiiLoop{% \global\catcode\countUTFx\active \uccode`\~\countUTFx \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}% \advance\countUTFx by 1 \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop \fi} \countUTFx = "C2 \countUTFy = "E0 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}} \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "E0 \countUTFy = "F0 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}} \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "F0 \countUTFy = "F4 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}} \UTFviiiLoop \endgroup \begingroup \catcode`\"=12 \catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\.=12 \catcode`\,=12 \catcode`\;=12 \catcode`\!=12 \catcode`\~=13 \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{% \countUTFz = "#1\relax %\wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}% \begingroup \parseXMLCharref \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{% \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}% \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{% \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}% \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{% \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}% \endgroup} \gdef\parseXMLCharref{% \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}% \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,% \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax \parseUTFviiiA;% \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}% \else \parseUTFviiiA;% \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiA!% \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}% \fi\fi\fi } \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{% \countUTFx = \countUTFz \divide\countUTFz by 64 \countUTFy = \countUTFz \multiply\countUTFz by 64 \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz \advance\countUTFx by 128 \uccode `#1\countUTFx \countUTFz = \countUTFy} \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{% \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax \uccode `#3\countUTFz \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}} \endgroup \def\utfeightchardefs{% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv} }% end of \utfeightchardefs % US-ASCII character definitions. \def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done \relax } % Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with % existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a % document encoding. % \setnonasciicharscatcode \other \message{formatting,} \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. \vbadness = 10000 % Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either. \hbadness = 6666 % Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. \widowpenalty=10000 \clubpenalty=10000 % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on % \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. % \def\setemergencystretch{% \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% \else \emergencystretch = .15\hsize \fi } % Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; % 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; % 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. % % We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define % \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. % \def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% \voffset = #3\relax \topskip = #6\relax \splittopskip = \topskip % \vsize = #1\relax \advance\vsize by \topskip \outervsize = \vsize \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin \pageheight = \vsize % \hsize = #2\relax \outerhsize = \hsize \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in \pagewidth = \hsize % \normaloffset = #4\relax \bindingoffset = #5\relax % \ifpdf \pdfpageheight #7\relax \pdfpagewidth #8\relax % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with. \pdfhorigin = 1 true in \pdfvorigin = 1 true in \fi % \setleading{\textleading} % \parindent = \defaultparindent \setemergencystretch } % @letterpaper (the default). \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \textleading = 13.2pt % % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines {\voffset}{.25in}% {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% {11in}{8.5in}% }} % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt \textleading = 12pt % \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% {-.2in}{0in}% {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% {9.25in}{7in}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.3in \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .5cm }} % Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. % (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) \def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt \textleading = 12pt % \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% {-.2in}{-.4in}% {0pt}{14pt}% {9in}{6in}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.25in \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .4cm }} % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \textleading = 13.2pt % % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in % your texinfo source file like this: % @tex % \global\normaloffset = -6mm % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm % @end tex \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines {\voffset}{\hoffset}% {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% {297mm}{210mm}% % \tolerance = 700 \hfuzz = 1pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 5mm }} % Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. % From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. % He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. \def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt \textleading = 12.5pt % \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% {\voffset}{\hoffset}% {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% {210mm}{148mm}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.2in \tolerance = 800 \hfuzz = 1.2pt \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 2mm \tableindent = 12mm }} % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% {\voffset}{4.6mm}% {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% {297mm}{210mm}% % % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. \globaldefs = 0 }} % Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. \def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% {297mm}{210mm}% \globaldefs = 0 }} % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. % \parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi \globaldefs = 1 % \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \setleading{\textleading}% % \dimen0 = #1\relax \advance\dimen0 by \voffset % \dimen2 = \hsize \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset % \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% }} % Set default to letter. % \letterpaper \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} \def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment % DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice. \catcode`\^^? = 14 % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. \catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} \catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix \catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+} \catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<} \catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>} \catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^} \catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_} \catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|} \catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~} % This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt % (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, % where something hairier probably needs to be done. % % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print % otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches % non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from % italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway % this is not a problem. \def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Turn off all special characters except @ % (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. \catcode`\"=\active \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} \let"=\activedoublequote \catcode`\~=\active \def~{{\tt\char126}} \chardef\hat=`\^ \catcode`\^=\active \def^{{\tt \hat}} \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} \let\realunder=_ % Subroutine for the previous macro. \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } \catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} \chardef \less=`\< \catcode`\<=\active \def<{{\tt \less}} \chardef \gtr=`\> \catcode`\>=\active \def>{{\tt \gtr}} \catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} \catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. % So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. % \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. \def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after % parsing them. \def\turnoffactive{% \normalturnoffactive \otherbackslash } \catcode`\@=0 % \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, % as in \char`\\. \global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ \global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work % \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and % \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines). {\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}} % In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash % in fixed width font. \catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on. % The story here is that in math mode, the \char of \backslashcurfont % ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol font (because \char % in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex sets % \mathcode`\\="026E). It seems better for @backslashchar{} to always % print a typewriter backslash, hence we use an explicit \mathchar, % which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam; % ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the % usual hex value because it has already been made active. @def@normalbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}} @let@backslashchar = @normalbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents. % On startup, @fixbackslash assigns: % @let \ = @normalbackslash % \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. % \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with % catcode other. We switch back and forth between these. @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} % Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of % the literal character `\'. Also revert - to its normal character, in % case the active - from code has slipped in. % {@catcode`- = @active @gdef@normalturnoffactive{% @let-=@normaldash @let"=@normaldoublequote @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix @let+=@normalplus @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater @let\=@normalbackslash @let^=@normalcaret @let_=@normalunderscore @let|=@normalverticalbar @let~=@normaltilde @markupsetuplqdefault @markupsetuprqdefault @unsepspaces } } % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. % This is canceled by @fixbackslash. @otherifyactive % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing % a backslash. % @gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} @global@let\ = @eatinput % On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then % the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix % that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. % @gdef@fixbackslash{% @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active } % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. @escapechar = `@@ % These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need % active definitions as the normal characters. @def@normaldot{.} @def@normalquest{?} @def@normalslash{/} % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. % @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line. @catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&} @catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#} @catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%} @let @hashchar = @normalhash @c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and @c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we @c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars. @c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments. @catcode`@'=@active @catcode`@`=@active @markupsetuplqdefault @markupsetuprqdefault @c Local variables: @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" @c time-stamp-end: "}" @c End: @c vim:sw=2: @ignore arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 @end ignore teseq-1.1.1/configure.ac0000664000175000017500000000467012563445610012061 00000000000000dnl -*- Autoconf -*- dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. dnl dnl This file is free software; as a special exception the author gives dnl unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without dnl modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but dnl WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without even the dnl implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AC_PREREQ(2.61) AC_INIT([GNU teseq], [1.1.1], [bug-teseq@gnu.org]) AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([-Wall -Werror dist-bzip2 dist-xz gnu]) AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/teseq.c]) AC_CONFIG_HEADER([src/config.h]) # Checks for programs. AC_PROG_CC AM_PROG_CC_C_O AC_PROG_INSTALL AM_MISSING_PROG([HELP2MAN], [help2man]) AM_MISSING_PROG([CHECKMK], [checkmk]) # Checks for libraries. PKG_CHECK_MODULES([libcheck], [check], , : ) AM_CONDITIONAL([DO_CHECK_TESTS], [test -n "${libcheck_LIBS:-}"]) # Checks for header files. AC_HEADER_STDC AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stddef.h stdlib.h string.h strings.h getopt.h]) # Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics. AC_C_CONST AC_TYPE_SIZE_T # Checks for library functions. AC_FUNC_MALLOC AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED AC_FUNC_VPRINTF AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strchr]) # Check that vsnprintf take (NULL, 0 ... ) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working vsnprintf], [teseq_cv_vsnprintf_works], [dnl AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[ #include #include int count_printf (const char *format, ...) { int count; va_list ap; va_start (ap, format); count = vsnprintf (NULL, 0, format, ap); va_end (ap); return count; } ]],[[count_printf ("%s", "supercalifragilisticexpialidocious");]])] , [teseq_cv_vsnprintf_works=yes], [teseq_cv_vsnprintf_works=no] )] ) AS_IF([test AS_VAR_GET([teseq_cv_vsnprintf_works]) = yes],, AC_MSG_FAILURE([ You do not have a reasonable implmentation of vsnprintf. Teseq would either fail to build or segfault. ])) AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile]) AC_CONFIG_FILES([reseq],[chmod +x reseq]) AC_CONFIG_FILES([run-tests:tests/run.in],[chmod +x run-tests]) AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([src/test-inputbuf.inf], [test "$srcdir" = . || \ cp "$srcdir/src/test-inputbuf.inf" \ src/test-inputbuf.inf]) AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([doc], [mkdir -p doc]) AC_OUTPUT teseq-1.1.1/reseq0000775000175000017500000001651212563445654010646 00000000000000#!/usr/bin/env perl # reseq. Generated from reseq.in by configure. # Copyright (C) 2008,2013 Micah Cowan # # Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, # are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright # notice and this notice are preserved. use strict; use warnings; use Getopt::Long; use POSIX; use Time::HiRes qw(gettimeofday); our $VERSION = '1.1.1'; our $inf; our $outf; our $replay = 0; our $last_time; our $halts = 0; our $timings; our $divisor = 1.0; our $timingsf; our $last_delay = undef; our $last_last_delay = 0.0; our $count; our $termios; our $orig_lflag; our $orig_ccmin; our $orig_cctime; our @controls = ( "NUL", "SOH", "STX", "ETX", "EOT", "ENQ", "ACK", "BEL", "BS", "HT", "LF", "VT", "FF", "CR", "SO", "SI", "DLE", "DC1", "DC2", "DC3", "DC4", "NAK", "SYN", "ETB", "CAN", "EM", "SUB", "ESC", "IS4", "IS3", "IS2", "IS1" ); our %controls; $controls{$controls[$_]} = chr($_) for (0 .. $#controls); $controls{'DEL'} = chr(0x7f); sub usage { my $status = shift; my $f = $status == 0 ? \*STDOUT : \*STDERR; print $f <. Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved. There is NO WARANTEE, to the extent permitted by law. END_VERSION exit (0); } sub emit { my $str = join ($, ? $, : '', @_); $count += length ($str); print $outf $str; } sub process_control { my $control = shift; if ($control =~ /^x([[:xdigit:]]{2})/) { &emit(chr (hex ($1))); } else { $control =~ s#/.*$##; unless (exists $controls{$control}) { print STDERR ("reseq: line $.: unrecognized \"control\": " . "\"\Q$control\E\"\n"); } else { &emit($controls{$control}); } } } sub process_sequence { my $stuff = shift; if ($stuff eq 'Esc') { &emit("\033"); } elsif ($stuff eq 'Spc') { &emit(' '); } else { &emit("$stuff"); } } sub process_delay { if ($replay) { my $lt = $last_time; $last_time = gettimeofday; my $delay = $_[0]; return if !defined($delay); $delay /= $divisor; $delay -= ($last_time - $lt); return if $delay <= 0.0001; select (undef, undef, undef, $delay); } elsif ($timings) { # Why must we wait until we've seen a second delay line before # emitting the first one? The answer is that "script" emits its # delays such that they are counted _before_ the read, rather than # after. So we need to wait until the second delay line before # we know how large a character-count we should place in the first # line (which should get a zero-sized delay). if (defined $last_delay) { $last_last_delay = 0.0 unless defined $last_last_delay; printf $timingsf ("%f %u\n", $last_last_delay, $count); } $count = 0; $last_last_delay = $last_delay; $last_delay = $_[0]; } } sub process_halt { return unless $replay and $halts; my $data; # read any already-available data sysread(STDIN, $data, 65535); # Now block til we get one more char. $termios->setcc( VMIN, 1 ); $termios->setattr( 0, &POSIX::TCSANOW ); sysread(STDIN, $data, 1); $termios->setcc( VMIN, 0 ); $termios->setattr( 0, &POSIX::TCSANOW ); } sub process_line { local $_ = shift; if (/^-?\|(.*)\|([-.]?)$/) { &emit("$1"); &emit( "\n") if $2 eq '.'; } elsif (/^\./g) { &process_control ($1) while /\G\s*(\S+)/g; } elsif (/^:/g) { &process_sequence ($1) while /\G\s*(\S+)/g; } elsif (/^@ +(.*)$/) { &process_delay ($1); } elsif (/^@@@/) { &process_halt; } elsif (/^[!\$+\[\/=\\^\{~]/) { die "Unknown semantic line prefix, line $.: $&\n"; } else { # Acceptable line prefix with no crucial semantic value. # This includes label (&) and description (") lines. } } sub restore_term { my $signal = shift; $termios->setlflag( $orig_lflag ); $termios->setcc( VMIN, $orig_ccmin ); $termios->setcc( VTIME, $orig_cctime ); $termios->setattr( 0, &POSIX::TCSANOW ); if (defined $signal) { undef $SIG{$signal}; raise $signal; } } sub setup_signals { for my $sig (qw(TERM INT TSTP)) { $SIG{$sig} = \&restore_term; } $SIG{'CONT'} = \&comeback; } sub rawish_term { my $new_lflag = $termios->getlflag; $new_lflag &= ~(ECHO | ECHONL | ICANON | IEXTEN); $termios->setlflag($new_lflag); $termios->setcc( VMIN, 0 ); $termios->setcc( VTIME, 0 ); $termios->setattr( 0, &POSIX::TCSANOW ) or die "setattr: $!"; } sub comeback { &setup_signals; &rawish_term; } ### main ### &Getopt::Long::Configure ('bundling'); &GetOptions ('help|h' => sub { &usage (0); }, 'version|V' => \&version, 'replay' => \$replay, 'halts' => \$halts, 'timings|t=s' => \$timings, 'd=f' => \$divisor) || &usage (1); if ($replay) { die "Divisor cannot be zero.\n" unless $divisor; &usage (1) unless @ARGV == 1 || @ARGV == 2; } else { &usage (1) unless @ARGV == 2; } if ($replay && $halts) { # Put the terminal into raw mode, with no echo, and install signal # handler to restore terminal settings. unless ( -t STDIN ) { die "Specified --halts, but STDIN is not a terminal.\n"; } $termios = POSIX::Termios->new or die "Termios->new"; $termios->getattr( 0 ) or die "getattr: $!"; $orig_lflag = $termios->getlflag; $orig_ccmin = $termios->getcc( VMIN ); $orig_cctime = $termios->getcc( VTIME ); &setup_signals; &rawish_term; } if ($ARGV[0] eq '-') { $inf = \*STDIN; } else { open ($inf, '<', $ARGV[0]) or die "Couldn't open $ARGV[0]: $!\n"; } if ($replay && @ARGV < 2 || $ARGV[1] eq '-') { $outf = \*STDOUT; } else { open ($outf, '>', $ARGV[1]) or die "Couldn't open $ARGV[1]: $!\n"; } if ($timings) { die "Can't do both --replay and --timings.\n" if ($replay); open ($timingsf, '>', $timings) or die "Couldn't open ${timings}: $!\n"; } my $line; select $outf; $| = 1; if ($replay) { $last_time = gettimeofday; } while (defined ($line = <$inf>)) { &process_line ("$line"); } &process_delay (undef); &restore_term if $termios; teseq-1.1.1/configure0000775000175000017500000054614412563445651011516 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. # Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for GNU teseq 1.1.1. # # Report bugs to . # # # Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves. if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec; # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. # Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. BASH_ENV=/dev/null ENV=/dev/null (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV case $- in # (((( *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; * ) as_opts= ;; esac exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} # Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail # out after a failed `exec'. $as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2 as_fn_exit 255 fi # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses. { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;} if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi " as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); } as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; } as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; } as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; } as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; } exitcode=0 as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; } as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; } as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; } as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; } if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then : else exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved. fi test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1 test -x / || exit 1" as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" && test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1 test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1" if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then : as_have_required=yes else as_have_required=no fi if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then : else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR as_found=false for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. as_found=: case $as_dir in #( /*) for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : break 2 fi fi done;; esac as_found=false done $as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes fi; } IFS=$as_save_IFS if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then : export CONFIG_SHELL # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. # Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. BASH_ENV=/dev/null ENV=/dev/null (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV case $- in # (((( *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; * ) as_opts= ;; esac exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} # Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail # out after a failed `exec'. $as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2 exit 255 fi if test x$as_have_required = xno; then : $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all" $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system." if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should" $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later." else $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org and bug-teseq@gnu.org $0: about your system, including any error possibly output $0: before this message. Then install a modern shell, or $0: manually run the script under such a shell if you do $0: have one." fi exit 1 fi fi fi SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} export SHELL # Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools. CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS= unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS ## --------------------- ## ## M4sh Shell Functions. ## ## --------------------- ## # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p # as_fn_executable_p FILE # ----------------------- # Test if FILE is an executable regular file. as_fn_executable_p () { test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" } # as_fn_executable_p # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" && test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || { # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) sed -n ' p /[$]LINENO/= ' <$as_myself | sed ' s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ t lineno b :lineno N :loop s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ t loop s/-\n.*// ' >$as_me.lineno && chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; } # If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have # already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall # in an infinite loop. This has already happened in practice. _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). . "./$as_me.lineno" # Exit status is that of the last command. exit } ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -pR' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi as_test_x='test -x' as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 &1 # Name of the host. # hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status, # so uname gets run too. ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` # # Initializations. # ac_default_prefix=/usr/local ac_clean_files= ac_config_libobj_dir=. LIBOBJS= cross_compiling=no subdirs= MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='GNU teseq' PACKAGE_TARNAME='teseq' PACKAGE_VERSION='1.1.1' PACKAGE_STRING='GNU teseq 1.1.1' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='bug-teseq@gnu.org' PACKAGE_URL='http://www.gnu.org/software/teseq/' ac_unique_file="src/teseq.c" # Factoring default headers for most tests. ac_includes_default="\ #include #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H # include #endif #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include # include #else # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H # include # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H # if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H # include # endif # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include #endif" ac_subst_vars='am__EXEEXT_FALSE am__EXEEXT_TRUE LTLIBOBJS LIBOBJS EGREP GREP CPP DO_CHECK_TESTS_FALSE DO_CHECK_TESTS_TRUE libcheck_LIBS libcheck_CFLAGS PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR PKG_CONFIG_PATH PKG_CONFIG CHECKMK HELP2MAN am__fastdepCC_FALSE am__fastdepCC_TRUE CCDEPMODE am__nodep AMDEPBACKSLASH AMDEP_FALSE AMDEP_TRUE am__quote am__include DEPDIR OBJEXT EXEEXT ac_ct_CC CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS CFLAGS CC AM_BACKSLASH AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY AM_DEFAULT_V AM_V am__untar am__tar AMTAR am__leading_dot SET_MAKE AWK mkdir_p MKDIR_P INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM STRIP install_sh MAKEINFO AUTOHEADER AUTOMAKE AUTOCONF ACLOCAL VERSION PACKAGE CYGPATH_W am__isrc INSTALL_DATA INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_PROGRAM target_alias host_alias build_alias LIBS ECHO_T ECHO_N ECHO_C DEFS mandir localedir libdir psdir pdfdir dvidir htmldir infodir docdir oldincludedir includedir localstatedir sharedstatedir sysconfdir datadir datarootdir libexecdir sbindir bindir program_transform_name prefix exec_prefix PACKAGE_URL PACKAGE_BUGREPORT PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_NAME PATH_SEPARATOR SHELL' ac_subst_files='' ac_user_opts=' enable_option_checking enable_silent_rules enable_dependency_tracking ' ac_precious_vars='build_alias host_alias target_alias CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS LIBS CPPFLAGS PKG_CONFIG PKG_CONFIG_PATH PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR libcheck_CFLAGS libcheck_LIBS CPP' # Initialize some variables set by options. ac_init_help= ac_init_version=false ac_unrecognized_opts= ac_unrecognized_sep= # The variables have the same names as the options, with # dashes changed to underlines. cache_file=/dev/null exec_prefix=NONE no_create= no_recursion= prefix=NONE program_prefix=NONE program_suffix=NONE program_transform_name=s,x,x, silent= site= srcdir= verbose= x_includes=NONE x_libraries=NONE # Installation directory options. # These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" # and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix # by default will actually change. # Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. # (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' datarootdir='${prefix}/share' datadir='${datarootdir}' sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' localstatedir='${prefix}/var' includedir='${prefix}/include' oldincludedir='/usr/include' docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' infodir='${datarootdir}/info' htmldir='${docdir}' dvidir='${docdir}' pdfdir='${docdir}' psdir='${docdir}' libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' mandir='${datarootdir}/man' ac_prev= ac_dashdash= for ac_option do # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$ac_prev"; then eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option ac_prev= continue fi case $ac_option in *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; *=) ac_optarg= ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in --) ac_dashdash=yes ;; -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) ac_prev=bindir ;; -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) bindir=$ac_optarg ;; -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) ac_prev=build_alias ;; -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ac_prev=cache_file ;; -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; --config-cache | -C) cache_file=config.cache ;; -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) ac_prev=datadir ;; -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) datadir=$ac_optarg ;; -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) ac_prev=datarootdir ;; -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; -disable-* | --disable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) ac_prev=docdir ;; -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) docdir=$ac_optarg ;; -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) ac_prev=dvidir ;; -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; -enable-* | --enable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ | --exec | --exe | --ex) ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) # Obsolete; use --with-gas. with_gas=yes ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) ac_init_help=long ;; -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) ac_init_help=recursive ;; -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) ac_init_help=short ;; -host | --host | --hos | --ho) ac_prev=host_alias ;; -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) ac_prev=htmldir ;; -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ | --ht=*) htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) ac_prev=includedir ;; -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) includedir=$ac_optarg ;; -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) ac_prev=infodir ;; -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) infodir=$ac_optarg ;; -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) ac_prev=libdir ;; -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) libdir=$ac_optarg ;; -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ | --libexe | --libex | --libe) ac_prev=libexecdir ;; -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) ac_prev=localedir ;; -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) localedir=$ac_optarg ;; -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) ac_prev=localstatedir ;; -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) ac_prev=mandir ;; -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) mandir=$ac_optarg ;; -nfp | --nfp | --nf) # Obsolete; use --without-fp. with_fp=no ;; -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) no_create=yes ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) no_recursion=yes ;; -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ac_prev=program_prefix ;; -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ac_prev=program_suffix ;; -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ | --program-trans | --program-tran \ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) ac_prev=pdfdir ;; -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) ac_prev=psdir ;; -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) psdir=$ac_optarg ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) silent=yes ;; -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) ac_prev=sbindir ;; -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ | --sbi=* | --sb=*) sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ | --sha | --sh) ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ | --sha=* | --sh=*) sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -site | --site | --sit) ac_prev=site ;; -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) site=$ac_optarg ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) ac_prev=target_alias ;; -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) verbose=yes ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) ac_init_version=: ;; -with-* | --with-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -without-* | --without-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; --x) # Obsolete; use --with-x. with_x=yes ;; -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) ac_prev=x_includes ;; -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ac_prev=x_libraries ;; -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option' Try \`$0 --help' for more information" ;; *=*) ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. case $ac_envvar in #( '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* ) as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;; esac eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg export $ac_envvar ;; *) # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}" ;; esac done if test -n "$ac_prev"; then ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option" fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then case $enable_option_checking in no) ;; fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;; *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; esac fi # Check all directory arguments for consistency. for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ libdir localedir mandir do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var # Remove trailing slashes. case $ac_val in */ ) ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; esac # Be sure to have absolute directory names. case $ac_val in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; esac as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" done # There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' # used to hold the argument of --host etc. # FIXME: To remove some day. build=$build_alias host=$host_alias target=$target_alias # FIXME: To remove some day. if test "x$host_alias" != x; then if test "x$build_alias" = x; then cross_compiling=maybe elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then cross_compiling=yes fi fi ac_tool_prefix= test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined" test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory" # Find the source files, if location was not specified. if test -z "$srcdir"; then ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || $as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_myself" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` srcdir=$ac_confdir if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then srcdir=.. fi else ac_srcdir_defaulted=no fi if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" fi ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" ac_abs_confdir=`( cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg" pwd)` # When building in place, set srcdir=. if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then srcdir=. fi # Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. # Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info # mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. case $srcdir in */) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; esac for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} done # # Report the --help message. # if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF \`configure' configures GNU teseq 1.1.1 to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. Configuration: -h, --help display this help and exit --help=short display options specific to this package --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages -V, --version display version information and exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking ...' messages --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' -n, --no-create do not create output files --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] Installation directories: --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX [$ac_default_prefix] --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX [PREFIX] By default, \`make install' will install all the files in \`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. For better control, use the options below. Fine tuning of the installation directories: --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/teseq] --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] _ACEOF cat <<\_ACEOF Program names: --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names _ACEOF fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of GNU teseq 1.1.1:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF Optional Features: --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] --enable-silent-rules less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1") --disable-silent-rules verbose build output (undo: "make V=0") --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build Some influential environment variables: CC C compiler command CFLAGS C compiler flags LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a nonstandard directory LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if you have headers in a nonstandard directory PKG_CONFIG path to pkg-config utility PKG_CONFIG_PATH directories to add to pkg-config's search path PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path libcheck_CFLAGS C compiler flags for libcheck, overriding pkg-config libcheck_LIBS linker flags for libcheck, overriding pkg-config CPP C preprocessor Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. Report bugs to . GNU teseq home page: . General help using GNU software: . _ACEOF ac_status=$? fi if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue test -d "$ac_dir" || { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || continue ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } # Check for guested configure. if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive else $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 fi || ac_status=$? cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } done fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF GNU teseq configure 1.1.1 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. _ACEOF exit fi ## ------------------------ ## ## Autoconf initialization. ## ## ------------------------ ## # ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO # -------------------------- # Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_compile # ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO # ---------------------- # Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_cpp () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && { test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_cpp # ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO # ---------------------- # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes # that executables *can* be run. ac_fn_c_try_run () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=$ac_status fi rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_run # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------------------- # Tests whether HEADER exists, giving a warning if it cannot be compiled using # the include files in INCLUDES and setting the cache variable VAR # accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if eval \${$3+:} false; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } else # Is the header compilable? { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 usability" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking $2 usability... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_header_compiler=yes else ac_header_compiler=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; } # Is the header present? { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 presence" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking $2 presence... " >&6; } cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : ac_header_preproc=yes else ac_header_preproc=no fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; } # So? What about this header? case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in #(( yes:no: ) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} ;; no:yes:* ) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} ( $as_echo "## -------------------------------- ## ## Report this to bug-teseq@gnu.org ## ## -------------------------------- ##" ) | sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 ;; esac { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else eval "$3=\$ac_header_compiler" fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------------------- # Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in # INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_header_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : eval "$3=yes" else eval "$3=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile # ac_fn_c_check_type LINENO TYPE VAR INCLUDES # ------------------------------------------- # Tests whether TYPE exists after having included INCLUDES, setting cache # variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_c_check_type () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else eval "$3=no" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 int main () { if (sizeof ($2)) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 int main () { if (sizeof (($2))) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else eval "$3=yes" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_type # ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO # ----------------------- # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_c_try_link () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { test "$cross_compiling" = yes || test -x conftest$ac_exeext }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is # left behind by Apple's compiler. We do this before executing the actions. rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_link # ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR # ---------------------------------- # Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly ac_fn_c_check_func () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ /* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case declares $2. For example, HP-UX 11i declares gettimeofday. */ #define $2 innocuous_$2 /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, which can conflict with char $2 (); below. Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since exists even on freestanding compilers. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif #undef $2 /* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" #endif char $2 (); /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2 choke me #endif int main () { return $2 (); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : eval "$3=yes" else eval "$3=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_c_check_func cat >config.log <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. It was created by GNU teseq $as_me 1.1.1, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ _ACEOF exec 5>>config.log { cat <<_ASUNAME ## --------- ## ## Platform. ## ## --------- ## hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` _ASUNAME as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" done IFS=$as_save_IFS } >&5 cat >&5 <<_ACEOF ## ----------- ## ## Core tests. ## ## ----------- ## _ACEOF # Keep a trace of the command line. # Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. # Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. # Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. # Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. ac_configure_args= ac_configure_args0= ac_configure_args1= ac_must_keep_next=false for ac_pass in 1 2 do for ac_arg do case $ac_arg in -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) continue ;; *\'*) ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac case $ac_pass in 1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;; 2) as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'" if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. else case $ac_arg in *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) case "$ac_configure_args0 " in "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; esac ;; -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; esac fi as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac done done { ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;} { ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;} # When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete # config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there # would cause problems or look ugly. # WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. # WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. trap 'exit_status=$? # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. { echo $as_echo "## ---------------- ## ## Cache variables. ## ## ---------------- ##" echo # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) sed -n \ "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" ;; #( *) sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) echo $as_echo "## ----------------- ## ## Output variables. ## ## ----------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then $as_echo "## ------------------- ## ## File substitutions. ## ## ------------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_files do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo fi if test -s confdefs.h; then $as_echo "## ----------- ## ## confdefs.h. ## ## ----------- ##" echo cat confdefs.h echo fi test "$ac_signal" != 0 && $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" } >&5 rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && exit $exit_status ' 0 for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal done ac_signal=0 # confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h $as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h # Predefined preprocessor variables. cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL" _ACEOF # Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. # Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. ac_site_file1=NONE ac_site_file2=NONE if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then # We do not want a PATH search for config.site. case $CONFIG_SITE in #(( -*) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;; *) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; esac elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site else ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site fi for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" do test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 . "$ac_site_file" \ || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi done if test -r "$cache_file"; then # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file. if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} case $cache_file in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; *) . "./$cache_file";; esac fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} >$cache_file fi # Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same # value. ac_cache_corrupted=false for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in set,) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,set) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,);; *) if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} fi;; esac # Pass precious variables to config.status. if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then case $ac_new_val in *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; esac case " $ac_configure_args " in *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac fi done if $ac_cache_corrupted; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5 fi ## -------------------- ## ## Main body of script. ## ## -------------------- ## ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu am__api_version='1.14' ac_aux_dir= for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" break elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" break elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" break fi done if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" "$LINENO" 5 fi # These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, # and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. # They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory # whose full name contains unusual characters. ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. # Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), # so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or # incompatible versions: # SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install # SunOS /usr/etc/install # IRIX /sbin/install # AIX /bin/install # AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs # AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag # AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args # SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" # OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic # ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. # Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; } if test -z "$INSTALL"; then if ${ac_cv_path_install+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. case $as_dir/ in #(( ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \ ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \ /usr/ucb/* ) ;; *) # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root # by default. for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then if test $ac_prog = install && grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. : elif test $ac_prog = install && grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use. : else rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir echo one > conftest.one echo two > conftest.two mkdir conftest.dir if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" && test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one && test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two then ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c" break 3 fi fi fi done done ;; esac done IFS=$as_save_IFS rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir fi if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. INSTALL=$ac_install_sh fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5 $as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; } # Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. # It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; } # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]*) as_fn_error $? "unsafe absolute working directory name" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $srcdir in *[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]*) as_fn_error $? "unsafe srcdir value: '$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac # Do 'set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( am_has_slept=no for am_try in 1 2; do echo "timestamp, slept: $am_has_slept" > conftest.file set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$*" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". as_fn_error $? "ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5 fi if test "$2" = conftest.file || test $am_try -eq 2; then break fi # Just in case. sleep 1 am_has_slept=yes done test "$2" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else as_fn_error $? "newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock" "$LINENO" 5 fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } # If we didn't sleep, we still need to ensure time stamps of config.status and # generated files are strictly newer. am_sleep_pid= if grep 'slept: no' conftest.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then ( sleep 1 ) & am_sleep_pid=$! fi rm -f conftest.file test "$program_prefix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name" # Use a double $ so make ignores it. test "$program_suffix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s&\$&$program_suffix&;$program_transform_name" # Double any \ or $. # By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless. ac_script='s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//' program_transform_name=`$as_echo "$program_transform_name" | sed "$ac_script"` # expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; *) MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; esac fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --is-lightweight"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING " else am_missing_run= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 'missing' script is too old or missing" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 'missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;} fi if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi # Installed binaries are usually stripped using 'strip' when the user # run "make install-strip". However 'strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the 'STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP if test -n "$STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy strip; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_STRIP" = x; then STRIP=":" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP fi else STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP" fi fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... " >&6; } if test -z "$MKDIR_P"; then if ${ac_cv_path_mkdir+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/opt/sfw/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" || continue case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #( 'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \ 'mkdir (fileutils) '4.1*) ac_cv_path_mkdir=$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext break 3;; esac done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p" else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. Don't cache a # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d" fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5 $as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; } for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_AWK+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$AWK"; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK if test -n "$AWK"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AWK" >&5 $as_echo "$AWK" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$AWK" && break done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } set x ${MAKE-make} ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF SHELL = /bin/sh all: @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' _ACEOF # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; *) eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; esac rm -f conftest.make fi if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } SET_MAKE= else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null # Check whether --enable-silent-rules was given. if test "${enable_silent_rules+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_silent_rules; fi case $enable_silent_rules in # ((( yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;; no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;; *) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;; esac am_make=${MAKE-make} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $am_make supports nested variables" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $am_make supports nested variables... " >&6; } if ${am_cv_make_support_nested_variables+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if $as_echo 'TRUE=$(BAR$(V)) BAR0=false BAR1=true V=1 am__doit: @$(TRUE) .PHONY: am__doit' | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes else am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&6; } if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then AM_V='$(V)' AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)' else AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY fi AM_BACKSLASH='\' if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." am__isrc=' -I$(srcdir)' # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then as_fn_error $? "source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" "$LINENO" 5 fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi # Define the identity of the package. PACKAGE='teseq' VERSION='1.1.1' cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define VERSION "$VERSION" _ACEOF # Some tools Automake needs. ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"} AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"} AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"} AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"} MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"} # For better backward compatibility. To be removed once Automake 1.9.x # dies out for good. For more background, see: # # mkdir_p='$(MKDIR_P)' # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. # Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used # in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... AMTAR='$${TAR-tar}' # We'll loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. _am_tools='gnutar pax cpio none' am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -' # POSIX will say in a future version that running "rm -f" with no argument # is OK; and we want to be able to make that assumption in our Makefile # recipes. So use an aggressive probe to check that the usage we want is # actually supported "in the wild" to an acceptable degree. # See automake bug#10828. # To make any issue more visible, cause the running configure to be aborted # by default if the 'rm' program in use doesn't match our expectations; the # user can still override this though. if rm -f && rm -fr && rm -rf; then : OK; else cat >&2 <<'END' Oops! Your 'rm' program seems unable to run without file operands specified on the command line, even when the '-f' option is present. This is contrary to the behaviour of most rm programs out there, and not conforming with the upcoming POSIX standard: Please tell bug-automake@gnu.org about your system, including the value of your $PATH and any error possibly output before this message. This can help us improve future automake versions. END if test x"$ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM" = x"yes"; then echo 'Configuration will proceed anyway, since you have set the' >&2 echo 'ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM variable to "yes"' >&2 echo >&2 else cat >&2 <<'END' Aborting the configuration process, to ensure you take notice of the issue. You can download and install GNU coreutils to get an 'rm' implementation that behaves properly: . If you want to complete the configuration process using your problematic 'rm' anyway, export the environment variable ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM to "yes", and re-run configure. END as_fn_error $? "Your 'rm' program is bad, sorry." "$LINENO" 5 fi fi ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers src/config.h" # Checks for programs. ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi else CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else ac_prog_rejected=no as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then ac_prog_rejected=yes continue fi ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC shift if test $# != 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. shift ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" fi fi fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$CC"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 $as_echo "$CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$CC" && break done fi if test -z "$CC"; then ac_ct_CC=$CC for ac_prog in cl.exe do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then CC="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CC=$ac_ct_CC fi fi fi test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } # Provide some information about the compiler. $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5 set X $ac_compile ac_compiler=$2 for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then sed '10a\ ... rest of stderr output deleted ... 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 fi rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } done cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" # Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. # It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition # of exeext. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` # The possible output files: ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*" ac_rmfiles= for ac_file in $ac_files do case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; esac done rm -f $ac_rmfiles if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. # So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' # in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, # so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to # Autoconf. for ac_file in $ac_files '' do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; [ab].out ) # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most # certainly right. break;; *.* ) if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; then :; else ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` fi # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of # actually working. break;; * ) break;; esac done test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= else ac_file='' fi if test -z "$ac_file"; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) # catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will # work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with # `rm'. for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` break;; * ) break;; esac done else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext ac_exeext=$EXEEXT cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include int main () { FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w"); return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out" # Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either # the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then cross_compiling=no else if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then cross_compiling=yes else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs. If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 $as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue; case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;; *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` break;; esac done else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext ac_objext=$OBJEXT { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { #ifndef __GNUC__ choke me #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_compiler_gnu=yes else ac_compiler_gnu=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then GCC=yes else GCC= fi ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag ac_c_werror_flag=yes ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes else CFLAGS="" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag CFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-g -O2" else CFLAGS="-g" fi else if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-O2" else CFLAGS= fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no ac_save_CC=$CC cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include struct stat; /* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ struct buf { int x; }; FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); static char *e (p, i) char **p; int i; { return p[i]; } static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) { char *s; va_list v; va_start (v,p); s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); va_end (v); return s; } /* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something that's true only with -std. */ int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; /* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters inside strings and character constants. */ #define FOO(x) 'x' int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; int test (int i, double x); struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); int argc; char **argv; int main () { return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; ; return 0; } _ACEOF for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" do CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break done rm -f conftest.$ac_ext CC=$ac_save_CC fi # AC_CACHE_VAL case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in x) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 $as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; xno) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 $as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; *) CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; esac if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then : fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC understands -c and -o together" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CC understands -c and -o together... " >&6; } if ${am_cv_prog_cc_c_o+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF # Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc. # Following AC_PROG_CC_C_O, we do the test twice because some # compilers refuse to overwrite an existing .o file with -o, # though they will create one. am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=yes for am_i in 1 2; do if { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext" >&5 ($CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext) >&5 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } \ && test -f conftest2.$ac_objext; then : OK else am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=no break fi done rm -f core conftest* unset am_i fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" >&6; } if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" != yes; then # Losing compiler, so override with the script. # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC. # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another. # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case, # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)" CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC" fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps" ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles" am_make=${MAKE-make} cat > confinc << 'END' am__doit: @echo this is the am__doit target .PHONY: am__doit END # If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for style of include used by $am_make... " >&6; } am__include="#" am__quote= _am_result=none # First try GNU make style include. echo "include confinc" > confmf # Ignore all kinds of additional output from 'make'. case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=include am__quote= _am_result=GNU ;; esac # Now try BSD make style include. if test "$am__include" = "#"; then echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=.include am__quote="\"" _am_result=BSD ;; esac fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $_am_result" >&5 $as_echo "$_am_result" >&6; } rm -f confinc confmf # Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking was given. if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then : enableval=$enable_dependency_tracking; fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' am__nodep='_no' fi if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then AMDEP_TRUE= AMDEP_FALSE='#' else AMDEP_TRUE='#' AMDEP_FALSE= fi depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list= { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking dependency style of $depcc... " >&6; } if ${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named 'D' -- because '-MD' means "put the output # in D". rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using ": > sub/conftst$i.h" creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 10 /bin/sh. echo '/* dummy */' > sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with '-c' and '-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle '-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs. am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # After this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested. if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok '-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5 $as_echo "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6; } CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then am__fastdepCC_TRUE= am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#' else am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#' am__fastdepCC_FALSE= fi HELP2MAN=${HELP2MAN-"${am_missing_run}help2man"} CHECKMK=${CHECKMK-"${am_missing_run}checkmk"} # Checks for libraries. if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $PKG_CONFIG in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $PKG_CONFIG" >&5 $as_echo "$PKG_CONFIG" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi fi if test -z "$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"; then ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG # Extract the first word of "pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy pkg-config; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else case $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac fi ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG if test -n "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi if test "x$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" = x; then PKG_CONFIG="" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac PKG_CONFIG=$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG fi else PKG_CONFIG="$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG" fi fi if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then _pkg_min_version=0.9.0 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version... " >&6; } if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } PKG_CONFIG="" fi fi pkg_failed=no { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for libcheck" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for libcheck... " >&6; } if test -n "$libcheck_CFLAGS"; then pkg_cv_libcheck_CFLAGS="$libcheck_CFLAGS" elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"check\""; } >&5 ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "check") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then pkg_cv_libcheck_CFLAGS=`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags "check" 2>/dev/null` test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes else pkg_failed=yes fi else pkg_failed=untried fi if test -n "$libcheck_LIBS"; then pkg_cv_libcheck_LIBS="$libcheck_LIBS" elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors \"check\""; } >&5 ($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "check") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then pkg_cv_libcheck_LIBS=`$PKG_CONFIG --libs "check" 2>/dev/null` test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes else pkg_failed=yes fi else pkg_failed=untried fi if test $pkg_failed = yes; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes else _pkg_short_errors_supported=no fi if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then libcheck_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors --cflags --libs "check" 2>&1` else libcheck_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --cflags --libs "check" 2>&1` fi # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs echo "$libcheck_PKG_ERRORS" >&5 : elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } : else libcheck_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_libcheck_CFLAGS libcheck_LIBS=$pkg_cv_libcheck_LIBS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } fi if test -n "${libcheck_LIBS:-}"; then DO_CHECK_TESTS_TRUE= DO_CHECK_TESTS_FALSE='#' else DO_CHECK_TESTS_TRUE='#' DO_CHECK_TESTS_FALSE= fi # Checks for header files. ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; } # On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then CPP= fi if test -z "$CPP"; then if ${ac_cv_prog_CPP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" do ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since # exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : break fi done ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP else ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5 $as_echo "$CPP" >&6; } ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since # exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$GREP"; then ac_path_GREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_GREP" || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; } GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" else if test -z "$EGREP"; then ac_path_EGREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in egrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_EGREP" || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include #include int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_header_stdc=yes else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : : else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) # define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) #else # define ISLOWER(c) \ (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) #endif #define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) return 2; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then $as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h fi # On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default " if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done for ac_header in stddef.h stdlib.h string.h strings.h getopt.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default" if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done # Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for an ANSI C-conforming const" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for an ANSI C-conforming const... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_c_const+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { #ifndef __cplusplus /* Ultrix mips cc rejects this sort of thing. */ typedef int charset[2]; const charset cs = { 0, 0 }; /* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this. */ char const *const *pcpcc; char **ppc; /* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this. */ struct point {int x, y;}; static struct point const zero = {0,0}; /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this. It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in an arm of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant expression */ const char *g = "string"; pcpcc = &g + (g ? g-g : 0); /* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */ ++pcpcc; ppc = (char**) pcpcc; pcpcc = (char const *const *) ppc; { /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this sort of thing. */ char tx; char *t = &tx; char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0; *t++ = 0; if (s) return 0; } { /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this. */ int x[] = {25, 17}; const int *foo = &x[0]; ++foo; } { /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */ typedef const int *iptr; iptr p = 0; ++p; } { /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this sort of thing, saying "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */ struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; } bx; struct s *b = &bx; b->j = 5; } { /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */ const int foo = 10; if (!foo) return 0; } return !cs[0] && !zero.x; #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_c_const=yes else ac_cv_c_const=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_const" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_c_const" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then $as_echo "#define const /**/" >>confdefs.h fi ac_fn_c_check_type "$LINENO" "size_t" "ac_cv_type_size_t" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_type_size_t" = xyes; then : else cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define size_t unsigned int _ACEOF fi # Checks for library functions. for ac_header in stdlib.h do : ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "stdlib.h" "ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 _ACEOF fi done { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for GNU libc compatible malloc" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for GNU libc compatible malloc... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull=no else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STDLIB_H # include #else char *malloc (); #endif int main () { return ! malloc (0); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull=yes else ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull = yes; then : $as_echo "#define HAVE_MALLOC 1" >>confdefs.h else $as_echo "#define HAVE_MALLOC 0" >>confdefs.h case " $LIBOBJS " in *" malloc.$ac_objext "* ) ;; *) LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.$ac_objext" ;; esac $as_echo "#define malloc rpl_malloc" >>confdefs.h fi if ${ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed=no fi for ac_func in vprintf do : ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "vprintf" "ac_cv_func_vprintf" if test "x$ac_cv_func_vprintf" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_VPRINTF 1 _ACEOF ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "_doprnt" "ac_cv_func__doprnt" if test "x$ac_cv_func__doprnt" = xyes; then : $as_echo "#define HAVE_DOPRNT 1" >>confdefs.h fi fi done for ac_func in strchr do : ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "strchr" "ac_cv_func_strchr" if test "x$ac_cv_func_strchr" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_STRCHR 1 _ACEOF fi done # Check that vsnprintf take (NULL, 0 ... ) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for working vsnprintf" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for working vsnprintf... " >&6; } if ${teseq_cv_vsnprintf_works+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot run test program while cross compiling See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include int count_printf (const char *format, ...) { int count; va_list ap; va_start (ap, format); count = vsnprintf (NULL, 0, format, ap); va_end (ap); return count; } int main () { count_printf ("%s", "supercalifragilisticexpialidocious"); ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : teseq_cv_vsnprintf_works=yes else teseq_cv_vsnprintf_works=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $teseq_cv_vsnprintf_works" >&5 $as_echo "$teseq_cv_vsnprintf_works" >&6; } if test $teseq_cv_vsnprintf_works = yes; then : else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? " You do not have a reasonable implmentation of vsnprintf. Teseq would either fail to build or segfault. See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile" ac_config_files="$ac_config_files reseq" ac_config_files="$ac_config_files run-tests:tests/run.in" ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands src/test-inputbuf.inf" ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands doc" cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure # scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. # It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't # want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # # config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it # the --recheck option to rerun configure. # # `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when # loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the # following values. _ACEOF # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, we kill variables containing newlines. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \. sed -n \ "s/'/'\\\\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" ;; #( *) # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) | sed ' /^ac_cv_env_/b end t clear :clear s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ t end s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ :end' >>confcache if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else if test -w "$cache_file"; then if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then cat confcache >"$cache_file" else case $cache_file in #( */* | ?:*) mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ && mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #( *) mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;; esac fi fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} fi fi rm -f confcache test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix # Let make expand exec_prefix. test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H ac_libobjs= ac_ltlibobjs= U= for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' done LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking that generated files are newer than configure" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking that generated files are newer than configure... " >&6; } if test -n "$am_sleep_pid"; then # Hide warnings about reused PIDs. wait $am_sleep_pid 2>/dev/null fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: done" >&5 $as_echo "done" >&6; } if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then am__EXEEXT_TRUE= am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#' else am__EXEEXT_TRUE='#' am__EXEEXT_FALSE= fi if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi if test -z "${DO_CHECK_TESTS_TRUE}" && test -z "${DO_CHECK_TESTS_FALSE}"; then as_fn_error $? "conditional \"DO_CHECK_TESTS\" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." "$LINENO" 5 fi : "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}" ac_write_fail=0 ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} as_write_fail=0 cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 #! $SHELL # Generated by $as_me. # Run this file to recreate the current configuration. # Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging # configure, is in config.log if it exists. debug=false ac_cs_recheck=false ac_cs_silent=false SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} export SHELL _ASEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -pR' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi # as_fn_executable_p FILE # ----------------------- # Test if FILE is an executable regular file. as_fn_executable_p () { test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" } # as_fn_executable_p as_test_x='test -x' as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" exec 6>&1 ## ----------------------------------- ## ## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ## ## ----------------------------------- ## _ASEOF test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" This file was extended by GNU teseq $as_me 1.1.1, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS $ $0 $@ on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` " _ACEOF case $ac_config_files in *" "*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;; esac case $ac_config_headers in *" "*) set x $ac_config_headers; shift; ac_config_headers=$*;; esac cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Files that config.status was made for. config_files="$ac_config_files" config_headers="$ac_config_headers" config_commands="$ac_config_commands" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_usage="\ \`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions from templates according to the current configuration. Unless the files and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]... -h, --help print this help, then exit -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit --config print configuration, then exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print progress messages -d, --debug don't remove temporary files --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration file FILE --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration header FILE Configuration files: $config_files Configuration headers: $config_headers Configuration commands: $config_commands Report bugs to . GNU teseq home page: . General help using GNU software: ." _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ GNU teseq config.status 1.1.1 configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69, with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' srcdir='$srcdir' INSTALL='$INSTALL' MKDIR_P='$MKDIR_P' AWK='$AWK' test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. ac_need_defaults=: while test $# != 0 do case $1 in --*=?*) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ac_shift=: ;; --*=) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg= ac_shift=: ;; *) ac_option=$1 ac_optarg=$2 ac_shift=shift ;; esac case $ac_option in # Handling of the options. -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) ac_cs_recheck=: ;; --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;; --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) debug=: ;; --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) $ac_shift case $ac_optarg in *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;; esac as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'" ac_need_defaults=false;; --header | --heade | --head | --hea ) $ac_shift case $ac_optarg in *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac as_fn_append CONFIG_HEADERS " '$ac_optarg'" ac_need_defaults=false;; --he | --h) # Conflict between --help and --header as_fn_error $? "ambiguous option: \`$1' Try \`$0 --help' for more information.";; --help | --hel | -h ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) ac_cs_silent=: ;; # This is an error. -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1' Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;; *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1" ac_need_defaults=false ;; esac shift done ac_configure_extra_args= if $ac_cs_silent; then exec 6>/dev/null ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if \$ac_cs_recheck; then set X $SHELL '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion shift \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' export CONFIG_SHELL exec "\$@" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 exec 5>>config.log { echo sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX ## Running $as_me. ## _ASBOX $as_echo "$ac_log" } >&5 _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # # INIT-COMMANDS # AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Handling of arguments. for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets do case $ac_config_target in "src/config.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS src/config.h" ;; "depfiles") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;; "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; "reseq") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES reseq" ;; "run-tests") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES run-tests:tests/run.in" ;; "src/test-inputbuf.inf") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS src/test-inputbuf.inf" ;; "doc") CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS doc" ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac done # If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, # then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. # We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely # bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. if $ac_need_defaults; then test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands fi # Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree # simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, # creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. # Hook for its removal unless debugging. # Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: # after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. $debug || { tmp= ac_tmp= trap 'exit_status=$? : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}" { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status ' 0 trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15 } # Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -d "$tmp" } || { tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") } || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5 ac_tmp=$tmp # Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. # No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. # This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'` # On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr. # But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this # point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback. if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\' fi ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' /dev/null` if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r' else ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr fi echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" && _ACEOF { echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && echo "_ACEOF" } >conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'` ac_delim='%!_!# ' for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do . ./conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then break elif $ac_last_try; then as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 else ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " fi done rm -f conf$$subs.sh cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && _ACEOF sed -n ' h s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ p g s/^[^!]*!// :repl t repl s/'"$ac_delim"'$// t delim :nl h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ p n b repl :more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t nl :delim h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ p b :more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t delim ' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 rm -f conf$$subs.awk cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 _ACAWK cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 FS = "" } { line = $ 0 nfields = split(line, field, "@") substed = 0 len = length(field[1]) for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { key = field[i] keylen = length(key) if (S_is_set[key]) { value = S[key] line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) substed = 1 } else len += 1 + keylen } print line } _ACAWK _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" else cat fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5 _ACEOF # VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir), # ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and # trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty # (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[ ]*/{ h s/// s/^/:/ s/[ ]*$/:/ s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g s/:@srcdir@:/:/g s/^:*// s/:*$// x s/\(=[ ]*\).*/\1/ G s/\n// s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// }' fi cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" # Set up the scripts for CONFIG_HEADERS section. # No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_HEADERS. # This happens for instance with `./config.status Makefile'. if test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS"; then cat >"$ac_tmp/defines.awk" <<\_ACAWK || BEGIN { _ACEOF # Transform confdefs.h into an awk script `defines.awk', embedded as # here-document in config.status, that substitutes the proper values into # config.h.in to produce config.h. # Create a delimiter string that does not exist in confdefs.h, to ease # handling of long lines. ac_delim='%!_!# ' for ac_last_try in false false :; do ac_tt=`sed -n "/$ac_delim/p" confdefs.h` if test -z "$ac_tt"; then break elif $ac_last_try; then as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_HEADERS" "$LINENO" 5 else ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " fi done # For the awk script, D is an array of macro values keyed by name, # likewise P contains macro parameters if any. Preserve backslash # newline sequences. ac_word_re=[_$as_cr_Letters][_$as_cr_alnum]* sed -n ' s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g t rset :rset s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*/ / t def d :def s/\\$// t bsnl s/["\\]/\\&/g s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ D["\1"]=" \3"/p s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2"/p d :bsnl s/["\\]/\\&/g s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)\(([^()]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/P["\1"]="\2"\ D["\1"]=" \3\\\\\\n"\\/p t cont s/^ \('"$ac_word_re"'\)[ ]*\(.*\)/D["\1"]=" \2\\\\\\n"\\/p t cont d :cont n s/.\{148\}/&'"$ac_delim"'/g t clear :clear s/\\$// t bsnlc s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/p d :bsnlc s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\\\\\n"\\/p b cont ' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 for (key in D) D_is_set[key] = 1 FS = "" } /^[\t ]*#[\t ]*(define|undef)[\t ]+$ac_word_re([\t (]|\$)/ { line = \$ 0 split(line, arg, " ") if (arg[1] == "#") { defundef = arg[2] mac1 = arg[3] } else { defundef = substr(arg[1], 2) mac1 = arg[2] } split(mac1, mac2, "(") #) macro = mac2[1] prefix = substr(line, 1, index(line, defundef) - 1) if (D_is_set[macro]) { # Preserve the white space surrounding the "#". print prefix "define", macro P[macro] D[macro] next } else { # Replace #undef with comments. This is necessary, for example, # in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it. if (defundef == "undef") { print "/*", prefix defundef, macro, "*/" next } } } { print } _ACAWK _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 as_fn_error $? "could not setup config headers machinery" "$LINENO" 5 fi # test -n "$CONFIG_HEADERS" eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES :H $CONFIG_HEADERS :C $CONFIG_COMMANDS" shift for ac_tag do case $ac_tag in :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; esac case $ac_mode$ac_tag in :[FHL]*:*);; :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;; :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; esac ac_save_IFS=$IFS IFS=: set x $ac_tag IFS=$ac_save_IFS shift ac_file=$1 shift case $ac_mode in :L) ac_source=$1;; :[FH]) ac_file_inputs= for ac_f do case $ac_f in -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";; *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. test -f "$ac_f" || case $ac_f in [\\/$]*) false;; *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; esac || as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'" done # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ configure_input='Generated from '` $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' `' by configure.' if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} fi # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. case $configure_input in #( *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; esac case $ac_tag in *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac ;; esac ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || $as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$ac_file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix case $ac_mode in :F) # # CONFIG_FILE # case $INSTALL in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;; *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;; esac ac_MKDIR_P=$MKDIR_P case $MKDIR_P in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; */*) ac_MKDIR_P=$ac_top_build_prefix$MKDIR_P ;; esac _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. # FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= ac_sed_dataroot=' /datarootdir/ { p q } /@datadir@/p /@docdir@/p /@infodir@/p /@localedir@/p /@mandir@/p' case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in *datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; *@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_datarootdir_hack=' s&@datadir@&$datadir&g s&@docdir@&$docdir&g s&@infodir@&$infodir&g s&@localedir@&$localedir&g s&@mandir@&$mandir&g s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; esac _ACEOF # Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. # Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. # FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub $extrasub _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 :t /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t s&@MKDIR_P@&$ac_MKDIR_P&;t t $ac_datarootdir_hack " eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' \ "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;} rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin" case $ac_file in -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";; *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";; esac \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; :H) # # CONFIG_HEADER # if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then { $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ && eval '$AWK -f "$ac_tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" } >"$ac_tmp/config.h" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 if diff "$ac_file" "$ac_tmp/config.h" >/dev/null 2>&1; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;} else rm -f "$ac_file" mv "$ac_tmp/config.h" "$ac_file" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 fi else $as_echo "/* $configure_input */" \ && eval '$AWK -f "$ac_tmp/defines.awk"' "$ac_file_inputs" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create -" "$LINENO" 5 fi # Compute "$ac_file"'s index in $config_headers. _am_arg="$ac_file" _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`$as_dirname -- "$_am_arg" || $as_expr X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$_am_arg" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$_am_arg" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'`/stamp-h$_am_stamp_count ;; :C) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: executing $ac_file commands" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: executing $ac_file commands" >&6;} ;; esac case $ac_file$ac_mode in "depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || { # Older Autoconf quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval # if we detect the quoting. case $CONFIG_FILES in *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; esac shift for mf do # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. # We used to match only the files named 'Makefile.in', but # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then dirpart=`$as_dirname -- "$mf" || $as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$mf" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` else continue fi # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote # from the Makefile without running 'make'. DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "$am__include" && continue am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the # expansion. for file in `sed -n " s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g'`; do # Make sure the directory exists. test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" || $as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir; as_fn_mkdir_p # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" done done } ;; "reseq":F) chmod +x reseq ;; "run-tests":F) chmod +x run-tests ;; "src/test-inputbuf.inf":C) test "$srcdir" = . || \ cp "$srcdir/src/test-inputbuf.inf" \ src/test-inputbuf.inf ;; "doc":C) mkdir -p doc ;; esac done # for ac_tag as_fn_exit 0 _ACEOF ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save test $ac_write_fail = 0 || as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 # configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. # config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. # Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open # by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its # output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, # effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and # appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we # need to make the FD available again. if test "$no_create" != yes; then ac_cs_success=: ac_config_status_args= test "$silent" = yes && ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" exec 5>/dev/null $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false exec 5>>config.log # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1 fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} fi teseq-1.1.1/INSTALL0000644000175000017500000003661012563445651010626 00000000000000Installation Instructions ************************* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is, without warranty of any kind. Basic Installation ================== Briefly, the shell command `./configure && make && make install' should configure, build, and install this package. The following more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this `INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions. The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package. It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for debugging `configure'). It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache' and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale cache files. If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create `configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'. The simplest way to compile this package is: 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type `./configure' to configure the package for your system. Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints some messages telling which features it is checking for. 2. Type `make' to compile the package. 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries. 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root privileges. 5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but this time using the binaries in their final installed location. This target does not install anything. Running this target as a regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required root privileges, verifies that the installation completed correctly. 6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came with the distribution. 7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the GNU Coding Standards. 8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly. This target is generally not run by end users. Compilers and Options ===================== Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help' for details on some of the pertinent environment variables. You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here is an example: ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix *Note Defining Variables::, for more details. Compiling For Multiple Architectures ==================================== You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. This is known as a "VPATH" build. With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another architecture. On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or "universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like this: ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E" This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results using the `lipo' tool if you have problems. Installation Names ================== By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under `/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an absolute file name. You can specify separate installation prefixes for architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix. In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory specifications that were not explicitly provided. The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the `make install' command line to change installation locations without having to reconfigure or recompile. The first method involves providing an override variable for each affected directory. For example, `make install prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of `${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during `configure', but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install time for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation. However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool. The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable. For example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend `/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of `DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand, it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}' at `configure' time. Optional Features ================= If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'. Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to `configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The `README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the package recognizes. For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't, you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and `--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations. Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the execution of `make' will be. For these packages, running `./configure --enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure --disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be overridden with `make V=0'. Particular systems ================== On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in order to use an ANSI C compiler: ./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500" and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX. HP-UX `make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped generated files such as `configure' are involved. Use GNU `make' instead. On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot parse its `' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended to try ./configure CC="cc" and if that doesn't work, try ./configure CC="cc -nodtk" On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'. This directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of these programs are available in `/usr/bin'. So, if you need `/usr/ucb' in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'. On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common', not `/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options: ./configure --prefix=/boot/common Specifying the System Type ========================== There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the `--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form: CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM where SYSTEM can have one of these forms: OS KERNEL-OS See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If `config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't need to know the machine type. If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will produce code for. If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a platform different from the build platform, you should specify the "host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'. Sharing Defaults ================ If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'. `configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then `PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the `CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script. A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script. Defining Variables ================== Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run configure again during the build, and the customized values of these variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example: ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is overridden in the site shell script). Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to an Autoconf limitation. Until the limitation is lifted, you can use this workaround: CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash `configure' Invocation ====================== `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates. `--help' `-h' Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit. `--help=short' `--help=recursive' Print a summary of the options unique to this package's `configure', and exit. The `short' variant lists options used only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options also present in any nested packages. `--version' `-V' Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure' script, and exit. `--cache-file=FILE' Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE, traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to disable caching. `--config-cache' `-C' Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'. `--quiet' `--silent' `-q' Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error messages will still be shown). `--srcdir=DIR' Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually `configure' can determine that directory automatically. `--prefix=DIR' Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names:: for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning the installation locations. `--no-create' `-n' Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output files. `configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run `configure --help' for more details. teseq-1.1.1/install-sh0000755000175000017500000003325512563445651011603 00000000000000#!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile scriptversion=2011-11-20.07; # UTC # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the # following copyright and license. # # Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium # # Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy # of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to # deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the # rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or # sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is # furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: # # The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in # all copies or substantial portions of the Software. # # THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR # IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, # FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE # X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN # AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- # TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. # # Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not # be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- # ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- # tium. # # # FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent # 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. nl=' ' IFS=" "" $nl" # set DOITPROG to echo to test this script # Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. doit=${DOITPROG-} if test -z "$doit"; then doit_exec=exec else doit_exec=$doit fi # Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; # or use environment vars. chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} posix_glob='?' initialize_posix_glob=' test "$posix_glob" != "?" || { if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then posix_glob= else posix_glob=: fi } ' posix_mkdir= # Desired mode of installed file. mode=0755 chgrpcmd= chmodcmd=$chmodprog chowncmd= mvcmd=$mvprog rmcmd="$rmprog -f" stripcmd= src= dst= dir_arg= dst_arg= copy_on_change=false no_target_directory= usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. Options: --help display this help and exit. --version display version info and exit. -c (ignored) -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) -d create directories instead of installing files. -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. -s $stripprog installed files. -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. Environment variables override the default commands: CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG " while test $# -ne 0; do case $1 in -c) ;; -C) copy_on_change=true;; -d) dir_arg=true;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" shift;; --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; -m) mode=$2 case $mode in *' '* | *' '* | *' '* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 exit 1;; esac shift;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" shift;; -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; -t) dst_arg=$2 # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $dst_arg in -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; esac shift;; -T) no_target_directory=true;; --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; --) shift break;; -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 exit 1;; *) break;; esac shift done if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. for arg do if test -n "$dst_arg"; then # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" shift # fnord fi shift # arg dst_arg=$arg # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $dst_arg in -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; esac done fi if test $# -eq 0; then if test -z "$dir_arg"; then echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 exit 1 fi # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument. # This can happen when creating conditional directories. exit 0 fi if test -z "$dir_arg"; then do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret' trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1 trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2 trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13 trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15 # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. case $mode in # Optimize common cases. *644) cp_umask=133;; *755) cp_umask=22;; *[0-7]) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw='% 200' fi cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; *) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw=,u+rw fi cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; esac fi for src do # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $src in -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;; esac if test -n "$dir_arg"; then dst=$src dstdir=$dst test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? else # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 exit 1 fi dst=$dst_arg # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work # if double slashes aren't ignored. if test -d "$dst"; then if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 exit 1 fi dstdir=$dst dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"` dstdir_status=0 else # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails. dstdir=` (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null || expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || echo X"$dst" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q' ` test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? fi fi obsolete_mkdir_used=false if test $dstdir_status != 0; then case $posix_mkdir in '') # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. umask=`umask` case $stripcmd.$umask in # Optimize common cases. *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; *[0-7]) mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 `;; *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; esac # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. if test -n "$dir_arg"; then mkdir_mode=-m$mode else mkdir_mode= fi posix_mkdir=false case $umask in *[123567][0-7][0-7]) # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. ;; *) tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 if (umask $mkdir_umask && exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1 then if test -z "$dir_arg" || { # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` case $ls_ld_tmpdir in d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; *) false;; esac && $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && { ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" } } then posix_mkdir=: fi rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" else # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null fi trap '' 0;; esac;; esac if $posix_mkdir && ( umask $mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" ) then : else # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX, # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. case $dstdir in /*) prefix='/';; [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';; *) prefix='';; esac eval "$initialize_posix_glob" oIFS=$IFS IFS=/ $posix_glob set -f set fnord $dstdir shift $posix_glob set +f IFS=$oIFS prefixes= for d do test X"$d" = X && continue prefix=$prefix$d if test -d "$prefix"; then prefixes= else if $posix_mkdir; then (umask=$mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 else case $prefix in *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; *) qprefix=$prefix;; esac prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" fi fi prefix=$prefix/ done if test -n "$prefixes"; then # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. (umask $mkdir_umask && eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 obsolete_mkdir_used=true fi fi fi if test -n "$dir_arg"; then { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 else # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 # Copy the file name to the temp name. (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. # # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. # { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. if $copy_on_change && old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && eval "$initialize_posix_glob" && $posix_glob set -f && set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && $posix_glob set +f && test "$old" = "$new" && $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 then rm -f "$dsttmp" else # Rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not # support -f. { # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some # systems and the destination file might be busy for other # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new # file should still install successfully. { test ! -f "$dst" || $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } } || { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 (exit 1); exit 1 } } && # Now rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" } fi || exit 1 trap '' 0 fi done # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: teseq-1.1.1/NEWS0000664000175000017500000000376112563445610010272 00000000000000 -*- text -* NEWS file for GNU Teseq Copyright (C) 2008,2013 Micah Cowan Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved. Version 1.1.1 * Updated all files to reflect new email address for maintainer: micah@addictivecode.org (previous address, micah@cowan.name, is no longer valid) * Added links in the (Texinfo) manual to playable videos that demonstrate basic teseq functionality, and how to use teseq to create _and edit_ interactive terminal demos: * https://asciinema.org/a/7443 * https://asciinema.org/a/7445 * Added example in the manual for using teseq to strip escapes out of a typescript file. * Note: a new (optional) build dependency has been introduced: pkg-config, which is now used to find whether libcheck is installed. * BUG FIX: Fixed an issue where teseq could spin indefinitely churning out \xFF bytes on no further input. Input from a command such as $ printf '\033!!\177' would produce this issue. This issue was discovered by means of american fuzzy lop, http://lcamtuf.coredump.cx/afl/ * BUG FIX: Fixed an issue with \x7F (DEL) being treated as a valid final character for control sequences, and being printed on teseq's output (which should not be printing non-whitespace control characters). Version 1.1 * Colorized output now supported via the --color (or --colour) option, and the TESEQ_COLORS environment variable. * Descriptions and labels for non-standard controls from DEC, Xterm, Rxvt, etc, are now always issued, without the need for the -x option. * Reseq now recognizes "halt" (@@@) lines (with --halts option), waiting for keypress before continuing. * Teseq now identifies which charset is being switched, by its ISO IR registration. * BUG FIX: Teseq could crash on the input, `\033$z'. Version 1.0.0 * Initial release! teseq-1.1.1/Makefile.in0000664000175000017500000021261012563445652011641 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ # Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in (in this, # and all subdirectories). # # Makefile for the top-level directory of GNU teseq. # Copyright (C) 2008 Micah Cowan. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . VPATH = @srcdir@ am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)' am__make_running_with_option = \ case $${target_option-} in \ ?) ;; \ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ has_opt=no; \ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ else \ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ *\\[\ \ ]*) \ bs=\\; \ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ esac; \ fi; \ skip_next=no; \ strip_trailopt () \ { \ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ }; \ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ case $$flg in \ *=*|--*) continue;; \ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ esac; \ case $$flg in \ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ esac; \ done; \ test $$has_opt = yes am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : bin_PROGRAMS = teseq$(EXEEXT) @DO_CHECK_TESTS_TRUE@check_PROGRAMS = src/test-ringbuf$(EXEEXT) \ @DO_CHECK_TESTS_TRUE@ src/test-inputbuf$(EXEEXT) subdir = . DIST_COMMON = INSTALL NEWS README AUTHORS ChangeLog \ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ $(top_srcdir)/configure $(am__configure_deps) \ $(top_srcdir)/src/config.h.in $(srcdir)/reseq.in \ $(top_srcdir)/tests/run.in $(dist_bin_SCRIPTS) depcomp \ $(doc_teseq_TEXINFOS) mdate-sh $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi \ $(srcdir)/doc/stamp-vti texinfo.tex $(dist_man_MANS) \ test-driver COPYING compile install-sh missing ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \ configure.lineno config.status.lineno mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/src/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = reseq run-tests CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" \ "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" PROGRAMS = $(bin_PROGRAMS) am__dirstamp = $(am__leading_dot)dirstamp am_src_test_inputbuf_OBJECTS = \ src/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.$(OBJEXT) \ src/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.$(OBJEXT) \ src/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.$(OBJEXT) src_test_inputbuf_OBJECTS = $(am_src_test_inputbuf_OBJECTS) src_test_inputbuf_DEPENDENCIES = src_test_inputbuf_LINK = $(CCLD) $(src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ am_src_test_ringbuf_OBJECTS = \ src/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.$(OBJEXT) \ src/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.$(OBJEXT) src_test_ringbuf_OBJECTS = $(am_src_test_ringbuf_OBJECTS) src_test_ringbuf_DEPENDENCIES = src_test_ringbuf_LINK = $(CCLD) $(src_test_ringbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ am_teseq_OBJECTS = src/teseq.$(OBJEXT) src/inputbuf.$(OBJEXT) \ src/ringbuf.$(OBJEXT) src/putter.$(OBJEXT) src/csi.$(OBJEXT) teseq_OBJECTS = $(am_teseq_OBJECTS) teseq_LDADD = $(LDADD) am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ *) f=$$p;; \ esac; am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; am__install_max = 40 am__nobase_strip_setup = \ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'` am__nobase_strip = \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||" am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }' am__base_list = \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \ test -z "$$files" \ || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \ || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \ } SCRIPTS = $(dist_bin_SCRIPTS) AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_P_0 = false am__v_P_1 = : AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; am__v_GEN_1 = AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_at_0 = @ am__v_at_1 = DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)/src depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles am__mv = mv -f AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@) am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_lt_0 = --silent am__v_lt_1 = COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_@AM_V@) am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@; am__v_CC_1 = CCLD = $(CC) LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_V@) am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@; am__v_CCLD_1 = SOURCES = $(src_test_inputbuf_SOURCES) $(src_test_ringbuf_SOURCES) \ $(teseq_SOURCES) DIST_SOURCES = $(src_test_inputbuf_SOURCES) \ $(src_test_ringbuf_SOURCES) $(teseq_SOURCES) AM_V_DVIPS = $(am__v_DVIPS_@AM_V@) am__v_DVIPS_ = $(am__v_DVIPS_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_DVIPS_0 = @echo " DVIPS " $@; am__v_DVIPS_1 = AM_V_MAKEINFO = $(am__v_MAKEINFO_@AM_V@) am__v_MAKEINFO_ = $(am__v_MAKEINFO_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_MAKEINFO_0 = @echo " MAKEINFO" $@; am__v_MAKEINFO_1 = AM_V_INFOHTML = $(am__v_INFOHTML_@AM_V@) am__v_INFOHTML_ = $(am__v_INFOHTML_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_INFOHTML_0 = @echo " INFOHTML" $@; am__v_INFOHTML_1 = AM_V_TEXI2DVI = $(am__v_TEXI2DVI_@AM_V@) am__v_TEXI2DVI_ = $(am__v_TEXI2DVI_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_TEXI2DVI_0 = @echo " TEXI2DVI" $@; am__v_TEXI2DVI_1 = AM_V_TEXI2PDF = $(am__v_TEXI2PDF_@AM_V@) am__v_TEXI2PDF_ = $(am__v_TEXI2PDF_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_TEXI2PDF_0 = @echo " TEXI2PDF" $@; am__v_TEXI2PDF_1 = AM_V_texinfo = $(am__v_texinfo_@AM_V@) am__v_texinfo_ = $(am__v_texinfo_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_texinfo_0 = -q am__v_texinfo_1 = AM_V_texidevnull = $(am__v_texidevnull_@AM_V@) am__v_texidevnull_ = $(am__v_texidevnull_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_texidevnull_0 = > /dev/null am__v_texidevnull_1 = INFO_DEPS = $(srcdir)/doc/teseq.info am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = $(srcdir) DVIS = doc/teseq.dvi PDFS = doc/teseq.pdf PSS = doc/teseq.ps HTMLS = doc/teseq.html TEXINFOS = doc/teseq.texi TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi TEXI2PDF = $(TEXI2DVI) --pdf --batch MAKEINFOHTML = $(MAKEINFO) --html AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) DVIPS = dvips am__can_run_installinfo = \ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ n|no|NO) false;; \ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ esac man1dir = $(mandir)/man1 NROFF = nroff MANS = $(dist_man_MANS) am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) # Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input, # and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is # *not* preserved. am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \ ' # Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because, # e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables # for different programs/libraries. am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | $(am__uniquify_input)` ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags CSCOPE = cscope AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = cscope check recheck am__tty_colors_dummy = \ mgn= red= grn= lgn= blu= brg= std=; \ am__color_tests=no am__tty_colors = { \ $(am__tty_colors_dummy); \ if test "X$(AM_COLOR_TESTS)" = Xno; then \ am__color_tests=no; \ elif test "X$(AM_COLOR_TESTS)" = Xalways; then \ am__color_tests=yes; \ elif test "X$$TERM" != Xdumb && { test -t 1; } 2>/dev/null; then \ am__color_tests=yes; \ fi; \ if test $$am__color_tests = yes; then \ red=''; \ grn=''; \ lgn=''; \ blu=''; \ mgn=''; \ brg=''; \ std=''; \ fi; \ } am__recheck_rx = ^[ ]*:recheck:[ ]* am__global_test_result_rx = ^[ ]*:global-test-result:[ ]* am__copy_in_global_log_rx = ^[ ]*:copy-in-global-log:[ ]* # A command that, given a newline-separated list of test names on the # standard input, print the name of the tests that are to be re-run # upon "make recheck". am__list_recheck_tests = $(AWK) '{ \ recheck = 1; \ while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".trs"))) != 0) \ { \ if (rc < 0) \ { \ if ((getline line2 < ($$0 ".log")) < 0) \ recheck = 0; \ break; \ } \ else if (line ~ /$(am__recheck_rx)[nN][Oo]/) \ { \ recheck = 0; \ break; \ } \ else if (line ~ /$(am__recheck_rx)[yY][eE][sS]/) \ { \ break; \ } \ }; \ if (recheck) \ print $$0; \ close ($$0 ".trs"); \ close ($$0 ".log"); \ }' # A command that, given a newline-separated list of test names on the # standard input, create the global log from their .trs and .log files. am__create_global_log = $(AWK) ' \ function fatal(msg) \ { \ print "fatal: making $@: " msg | "cat >&2"; \ exit 1; \ } \ function rst_section(header) \ { \ print header; \ len = length(header); \ for (i = 1; i <= len; i = i + 1) \ printf "="; \ printf "\n\n"; \ } \ { \ copy_in_global_log = 1; \ global_test_result = "RUN"; \ while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".trs"))) != 0) \ { \ if (rc < 0) \ fatal("failed to read from " $$0 ".trs"); \ if (line ~ /$(am__global_test_result_rx)/) \ { \ sub("$(am__global_test_result_rx)", "", line); \ sub("[ ]*$$", "", line); \ global_test_result = line; \ } \ else if (line ~ /$(am__copy_in_global_log_rx)[nN][oO]/) \ copy_in_global_log = 0; \ }; \ if (copy_in_global_log) \ { \ rst_section(global_test_result ": " $$0); \ while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".log"))) != 0) \ { \ if (rc < 0) \ fatal("failed to read from " $$0 ".log"); \ print line; \ }; \ printf "\n"; \ }; \ close ($$0 ".trs"); \ close ($$0 ".log"); \ }' # Restructured Text title. am__rst_title = { sed 's/.*/ & /;h;s/./=/g;p;x;s/ *$$//;p;g' && echo; } # Solaris 10 'make', and several other traditional 'make' implementations, # pass "-e" to $(SHELL), and POSIX 2008 even requires this. Work around it # by disabling -e (using the XSI extension "set +e") if it's set. am__sh_e_setup = case $$- in *e*) set +e;; esac # Default flags passed to test drivers. am__common_driver_flags = \ --color-tests "$$am__color_tests" \ --enable-hard-errors "$$am__enable_hard_errors" \ --expect-failure "$$am__expect_failure" # To be inserted before the command running the test. Creates the # directory for the log if needed. Stores in $dir the directory # containing $f, in $tst the test, in $log the log. Executes the # developer- defined test setup AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT (if any), and # passes TESTS_ENVIRONMENT. Set up options for the wrapper that # will run the test scripts (or their associated LOG_COMPILER, if # thy have one). am__check_pre = \ $(am__sh_e_setup); \ $(am__vpath_adj_setup) $(am__vpath_adj) \ $(am__tty_colors); \ srcdir=$(srcdir); export srcdir; \ case "$@" in \ */*) am__odir=`echo "./$@" | sed 's|/[^/]*$$||'`;; \ *) am__odir=.;; \ esac; \ test "x$$am__odir" = x"." || test -d "$$am__odir" \ || $(MKDIR_P) "$$am__odir" || exit $$?; \ if test -f "./$$f"; then dir=./; \ elif test -f "$$f"; then dir=; \ else dir="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ tst=$$dir$$f; log='$@'; \ if test -n '$(DISABLE_HARD_ERRORS)'; then \ am__enable_hard_errors=no; \ else \ am__enable_hard_errors=yes; \ fi; \ case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \ *[\ \ ]$$f[\ \ ]* | *[\ \ ]$$dir$$f[\ \ ]*) \ am__expect_failure=yes;; \ *) \ am__expect_failure=no;; \ esac; \ $(AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) $(TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) # A shell command to get the names of the tests scripts with any registered # extension removed (i.e., equivalently, the names of the test logs, with # the '.log' extension removed). The result is saved in the shell variable # '$bases'. This honors runtime overriding of TESTS and TEST_LOGS. Sadly, # we cannot use something simpler, involving e.g., "$(TEST_LOGS:.log=)", # since that might cause problem with VPATH rewrites for suffix-less tests. # See also 'test-harness-vpath-rewrite.sh' and 'test-trs-basic.sh'. am__set_TESTS_bases = \ bases='$(TEST_LOGS)'; \ bases=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i; done | sed 's/\.log$$//'`; \ bases=`echo $$bases` RECHECK_LOGS = $(TEST_LOGS) TEST_SUITE_LOG = test-suite.log TEST_EXTENSIONS = @EXEEXT@ .test LOG_DRIVER = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/test-driver LOG_COMPILE = $(LOG_COMPILER) $(AM_LOG_FLAGS) $(LOG_FLAGS) am__set_b = \ case '$@' in \ */*) \ case '$*' in \ */*) b='$*';; \ *) b=`echo '$@' | sed 's/\.log$$//'`; \ esac;; \ *) \ b='$*';; \ esac am__test_logs1 = $(TESTS:=.log) am__test_logs2 = $(am__test_logs1:@EXEEXT@.log=.log) TEST_LOGS = $(am__test_logs2:.test.log=.log) TEST_LOG_DRIVER = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/test-driver TEST_LOG_COMPILE = $(TEST_LOG_COMPILER) $(AM_TEST_LOG_FLAGS) \ $(TEST_LOG_FLAGS) DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) top_distdir = $(distdir) am__remove_distdir = \ if test -d "$(distdir)"; then \ find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \ && rm -rf "$(distdir)" \ || { sleep 5 && rm -rf "$(distdir)"; }; \ else :; fi am__post_remove_distdir = $(am__remove_distdir) DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir).tar.bz2 $(distdir).tar.xz GZIP_ENV = --best DIST_TARGETS = dist-xz dist-bzip2 dist-gzip distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles = $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) \ | sed 's|^\./|$(prefix)/|' | grep -v '$(infodir)/dir$$' distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CHECKMK = @CHECKMK@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GREP = @GREP@ HELP2MAN = @HELP2MAN@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build_alias = @build_alias@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host_alias = @host_alias@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libcheck_CFLAGS = @libcheck_CFLAGS@ libcheck_LIBS = @libcheck_LIBS@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = subdir-objects dist_bin_SCRIPTS = reseq teseq_SOURCES = src/teseq.c src/inputbuf.c src/ringbuf.c src/putter.c \ src/csi.c \ src/sgr.h src/csi.h src/inputbuf.h src/ringbuf.h src/putter.h \ src/c1.h src/teseq.h src/modes.h @DO_CHECK_TESTS_TRUE@check_DATA = src/test-inputbuf.inf @DO_CHECK_TESTS_TRUE@TESTS = $(check_PROGRAMS) src_test_ringbuf_SOURCES = src/test-ringbuf.c src/ringbuf.c src_test_ringbuf_CFLAGS = @libcheck_CFLAGS@ src_test_ringbuf_LDADD = @libcheck_LIBS@ src_test_inputbuf_SOURCES = src/test-inputbuf.c src/inputbuf.c src/ringbuf.c src_test_inputbuf_LDADD = @libcheck_LIBS@ src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS = @libcheck_CFLAGS@ info_TEXINFOS = doc/teseq.texi doc_teseq_TEXINFOS = doc/fdl.texi dist_man_MANS = doc/teseq.1 doc/reseq.1 SUFFIXES = .cm EXTRA_DIST = src/test-inputbuf.inf exercise-seqs CLEANFILES = teseq.dvi all: all-am .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .cm .c .dvi .log .o .obj .ps .test .test$(EXEEXT) .trs am--refresh: Makefile @: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu'; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu \ && exit 0; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \ $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck $(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) $(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): src/config.h: src/stamp-h1 @test -f $@ || rm -f src/stamp-h1 @test -f $@ || $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) src/stamp-h1 src/stamp-h1: $(top_srcdir)/src/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @rm -f src/stamp-h1 cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status src/config.h $(top_srcdir)/src/config.h.in: $(am__configure_deps) ($(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)) rm -f src/stamp-h1 touch $@ distclean-hdr: -rm -f src/config.h src/stamp-h1 reseq: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/reseq.in cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ run-tests: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_srcdir)/tests/run.in cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ install-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \ sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//' | \ while read p p1; do if test -f $$p \ ; then echo "$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \ done | \ sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n;h' \ -e 's|.*|.|' \ -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' | \ sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1 } \ { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \ if ($$2 == $$4) files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \ else { print "f", $$3 "/" $$4, $$1; } } \ END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \ while read type dir files; do \ if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \ } \ ; done uninstall-binPROGRAMS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \ sed -e 'h;s,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform)' \ -e 's/$$/$(EXEEXT)/' \ `; \ test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" && rm -f $$files clean-binPROGRAMS: -test -z "$(bin_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(bin_PROGRAMS) clean-checkPROGRAMS: -test -z "$(check_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(check_PROGRAMS) src/$(am__dirstamp): @$(MKDIR_P) src @: > src/$(am__dirstamp) src/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp): @$(MKDIR_P) src/$(DEPDIR) @: > src/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) src/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.$(OBJEXT): src/$(am__dirstamp) \ src/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) src/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.$(OBJEXT): src/$(am__dirstamp) \ src/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) src/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.$(OBJEXT): src/$(am__dirstamp) \ src/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) src/test-inputbuf$(EXEEXT): $(src_test_inputbuf_OBJECTS) $(src_test_inputbuf_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_src_test_inputbuf_DEPENDENCIES) src/$(am__dirstamp) @rm -f src/test-inputbuf$(EXEEXT) $(AM_V_CCLD)$(src_test_inputbuf_LINK) $(src_test_inputbuf_OBJECTS) $(src_test_inputbuf_LDADD) $(LIBS) src/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.$(OBJEXT): src/$(am__dirstamp) \ src/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) src/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.$(OBJEXT): src/$(am__dirstamp) \ src/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) src/test-ringbuf$(EXEEXT): $(src_test_ringbuf_OBJECTS) $(src_test_ringbuf_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_src_test_ringbuf_DEPENDENCIES) src/$(am__dirstamp) @rm -f src/test-ringbuf$(EXEEXT) $(AM_V_CCLD)$(src_test_ringbuf_LINK) $(src_test_ringbuf_OBJECTS) $(src_test_ringbuf_LDADD) $(LIBS) src/teseq.$(OBJEXT): src/$(am__dirstamp) src/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) src/inputbuf.$(OBJEXT): src/$(am__dirstamp) \ src/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) src/ringbuf.$(OBJEXT): src/$(am__dirstamp) \ src/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) src/putter.$(OBJEXT): src/$(am__dirstamp) \ src/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) src/csi.$(OBJEXT): src/$(am__dirstamp) src/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) teseq$(EXEEXT): $(teseq_OBJECTS) $(teseq_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_teseq_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f teseq$(EXEEXT) $(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(teseq_OBJECTS) $(teseq_LDADD) $(LIBS) install-dist_binSCRIPTS: $(dist_bin_SCRIPTS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(dist_bin_SCRIPTS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ if test -f "$$d$$p"; then echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \ done | \ sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n' \ -e 'h;s|.*|.|' \ -e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;$(transform)' | sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1; } \ { d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \ if ($$2 == $$4) { files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \ if (++n[d] == $(am__install_max)) { \ print "f", d, files[d]; n[d] = 0; files[d] = "" } } \ else { print "f", d "/" $$4, $$1 } } \ END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \ while read type dir files; do \ if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir'"; \ $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \ } \ ; done uninstall-dist_binSCRIPTS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(dist_bin_SCRIPTS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || exit 0; \ files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \ sed -e 's,.*/,,;$(transform)'`; \ dir='$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) -rm -f src/*.$(OBJEXT) distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@src/$(DEPDIR)/csi.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@src/$(DEPDIR)/inputbuf.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@src/$(DEPDIR)/putter.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@src/$(DEPDIR)/ringbuf.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.Po@am__quote@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@src/$(DEPDIR)/teseq.Po@am__quote@ .c.o: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)depbase=`echo $@ | sed 's|[^/]*$$|$(DEPDIR)/&|;s|\.o$$||'`;\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $$depbase.Tpo -c -o $@ $< &&\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $$depbase.Tpo $$depbase.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $< .c.obj: @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)depbase=`echo $@ | sed 's|[^/]*$$|$(DEPDIR)/&|;s|\.obj$$||'`;\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $$depbase.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` &&\ @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(am__mv) $$depbase.Tpo $$depbase.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'` src/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.o: src/test-inputbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT src/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.o -MD -MP -MF src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.Tpo -c -o src/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.o `test -f 'src/test-inputbuf.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`src/test-inputbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.Tpo src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='src/test-inputbuf.c' object='src/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o src/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.o `test -f 'src/test-inputbuf.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`src/test-inputbuf.c src/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.obj: src/test-inputbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT src/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.obj -MD -MP -MF src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.Tpo -c -o src/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.obj `if test -f 'src/test-inputbuf.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'src/test-inputbuf.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/src/test-inputbuf.c'; fi` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.Tpo src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='src/test-inputbuf.c' object='src/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o src/src_test_inputbuf-test-inputbuf.obj `if test -f 'src/test-inputbuf.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'src/test-inputbuf.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/src/test-inputbuf.c'; fi` src/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.o: src/inputbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT src/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.o -MD -MP -MF src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.Tpo -c -o src/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.o `test -f 'src/inputbuf.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`src/inputbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.Tpo src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='src/inputbuf.c' object='src/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o src/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.o `test -f 'src/inputbuf.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`src/inputbuf.c src/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.obj: src/inputbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT src/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.obj -MD -MP -MF src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.Tpo -c -o src/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.obj `if test -f 'src/inputbuf.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'src/inputbuf.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/src/inputbuf.c'; fi` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.Tpo src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='src/inputbuf.c' object='src/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o src/src_test_inputbuf-inputbuf.obj `if test -f 'src/inputbuf.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'src/inputbuf.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/src/inputbuf.c'; fi` src/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.o: src/ringbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT src/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.o -MD -MP -MF src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.Tpo -c -o src/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.o `test -f 'src/ringbuf.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`src/ringbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.Tpo src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='src/ringbuf.c' object='src/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o src/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.o `test -f 'src/ringbuf.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`src/ringbuf.c src/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.obj: src/ringbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT src/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.obj -MD -MP -MF src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.Tpo -c -o src/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.obj `if test -f 'src/ringbuf.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'src/ringbuf.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/src/ringbuf.c'; fi` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.Tpo src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='src/ringbuf.c' object='src/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o src/src_test_inputbuf-ringbuf.obj `if test -f 'src/ringbuf.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'src/ringbuf.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/src/ringbuf.c'; fi` src/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.o: src/test-ringbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_ringbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT src/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.o -MD -MP -MF src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.Tpo -c -o src/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.o `test -f 'src/test-ringbuf.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`src/test-ringbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.Tpo src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='src/test-ringbuf.c' object='src/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_ringbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o src/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.o `test -f 'src/test-ringbuf.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`src/test-ringbuf.c src/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.obj: src/test-ringbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_ringbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT src/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.obj -MD -MP -MF src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.Tpo -c -o src/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.obj `if test -f 'src/test-ringbuf.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'src/test-ringbuf.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/src/test-ringbuf.c'; fi` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.Tpo src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='src/test-ringbuf.c' object='src/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_ringbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o src/src_test_ringbuf-test-ringbuf.obj `if test -f 'src/test-ringbuf.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'src/test-ringbuf.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/src/test-ringbuf.c'; fi` src/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.o: src/ringbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_ringbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT src/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.o -MD -MP -MF src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.Tpo -c -o src/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.o `test -f 'src/ringbuf.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`src/ringbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.Tpo src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='src/ringbuf.c' object='src/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_ringbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o src/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.o `test -f 'src/ringbuf.c' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`src/ringbuf.c src/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.obj: src/ringbuf.c @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_ringbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -MT src/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.obj -MD -MP -MF src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.Tpo -c -o src/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.obj `if test -f 'src/ringbuf.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'src/ringbuf.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/src/ringbuf.c'; fi` @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.Tpo src/$(DEPDIR)/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.Po @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='src/ringbuf.c' object='src/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(src_test_ringbuf_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c -o src/src_test_ringbuf-ringbuf.obj `if test -f 'src/ringbuf.c'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'src/ringbuf.c'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/src/ringbuf.c'; fi` doc/$(am__dirstamp): @$(MKDIR_P) doc @: > doc/$(am__dirstamp) $(srcdir)/doc/teseq.info: doc/teseq.texi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $(doc_teseq_TEXINFOS) $(AM_V_MAKEINFO)restore=: && backupdir="$(am__leading_dot)am$$$$" && \ am__cwd=`pwd` && $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && \ rm -rf $$backupdir && mkdir $$backupdir && \ if ($(MAKEINFO) --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ for f in $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9][0-9]; do \ if test -f $$f; then mv $$f $$backupdir; restore=mv; else :; fi; \ done; \ else :; fi && \ cd "$$am__cwd"; \ if $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I doc -I $(srcdir)/doc \ -o $@ $(srcdir)/doc/teseq.texi; \ then \ rc=0; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir); \ else \ rc=$$?; \ $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && \ $$restore $$backupdir/* `echo "./$@" | sed 's|[^/]*$$||'`; \ fi; \ rm -rf $$backupdir; exit $$rc doc/teseq.dvi: doc/teseq.texi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $(doc_teseq_TEXINFOS) doc/$(am__dirstamp) $(AM_V_TEXI2DVI)TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I doc -I $(srcdir)/doc' \ $(TEXI2DVI) $(AM_V_texinfo) --build-dir=$(@:.dvi=.t2d) -o $@ $(AM_V_texidevnull) \ `test -f 'doc/teseq.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`doc/teseq.texi doc/teseq.pdf: doc/teseq.texi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $(doc_teseq_TEXINFOS) doc/$(am__dirstamp) $(AM_V_TEXI2PDF)TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I doc -I $(srcdir)/doc' \ $(TEXI2PDF) $(AM_V_texinfo) --build-dir=$(@:.pdf=.t2p) -o $@ $(AM_V_texidevnull) \ `test -f 'doc/teseq.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`doc/teseq.texi doc/teseq.html: doc/teseq.texi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $(doc_teseq_TEXINFOS) doc/$(am__dirstamp) $(AM_V_MAKEINFO)rm -rf $(@:.html=.htp) $(AM_V_at)if $(MAKEINFOHTML) $(AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I doc -I $(srcdir)/doc \ -o $(@:.html=.htp) `test -f 'doc/teseq.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`doc/teseq.texi; \ then \ rm -rf $@ && mv $(@:.html=.htp) $@; \ else \ rm -rf $(@:.html=.htp); exit 1; \ fi $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi: $(srcdir)/doc/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/doc/stamp-vti: doc/teseq.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure @test -f doc/$(am__dirstamp) || $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) doc/$(am__dirstamp) @(dir=.; test -f ./doc/teseq.texi || dir=$(srcdir); \ set `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $$dir/doc/teseq.texi`; \ echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \ echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \ echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \ echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp @cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi \ || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi"; \ cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi) -@rm -f vti.tmp @cp $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi $@ mostlyclean-vti: -rm -f vti.tmp maintainer-clean-vti: -rm -f $(srcdir)/doc/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/doc/version.texi .dvi.ps: $(AM_V_DVIPS)TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \ $(DVIPS) $(AM_V_texinfo) -o $@ $< uninstall-dvi-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(DVIS)'; test -n "$(dvidir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-html-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(HTMLS)'; test -n "$(htmldir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -rf '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ rm -rf "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-info-am: @$(PRE_UNINSTALL) @if test -d '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && $(am__can_run_installinfo); then \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' --remove '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'"; \ if install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" --remove "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \ then :; else test ! -f "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || exit 1; fi; \ done; \ else :; fi @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ relfile_i=`echo "$$relfile" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ (if test -d "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" && cd "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"; then \ echo " cd '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]"; \ rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]; \ else :; fi); \ done uninstall-pdf-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(PDFS)'; test -n "$(pdfdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-ps-am: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(PSS)'; test -n "$(psdir)" || list=; \ for p in $$list; do \ $(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f"; \ done dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \ for base in $$list; do \ case $$base in \ $(srcdir)/*) base=`echo "$$base" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ esac; \ if test -f $$base; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ base_i=`echo "$$base" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ for file in $$d/$$base $$d/$$base-[0-9] $$d/$$base-[0-9][0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9][0-9]; do \ if test -f $$file; then \ relfile=`expr "$$file" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$relfile" || \ cp -p $$file "$(distdir)/$$relfile"; \ else :; fi; \ done; \ done mostlyclean-aminfo: -rm -rf doc/teseq.t2d doc/teseq.t2p clean-aminfo: -test -z "doc/teseq.dvi doc/teseq.pdf doc/teseq.ps doc/teseq.html" \ || rm -rf doc/teseq.dvi doc/teseq.pdf doc/teseq.ps doc/teseq.html maintainer-clean-aminfo: @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; for i in $$list; do \ i_i=`echo "$$i" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ echo " rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]"; \ rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]; \ done install-man1: $(dist_man_MANS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list1=''; \ list2='$(dist_man_MANS)'; \ test -n "$(man1dir)" \ && test -n "`echo $$list1$$list2`" \ || exit 0; \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit 1; \ { for i in $$list1; do echo "$$i"; done; \ if test -n "$$list2"; then \ for i in $$list2; do echo "$$i"; done \ | sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \ fi; \ } | while read p; do \ if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \ done | \ sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \ -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \ sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \ list=; while read file base inst; do \ if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \ fi; \ done; \ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ test -z "$$files" || { \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit $$?; }; \ done; } uninstall-man1: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list=''; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \ files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \ l2='$(dist_man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \ sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \ } | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \ -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \ dir='$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir) ID: $(am__tagged_files) $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique tags: tags-am TAGS: tags tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: ctags-am CTAGS: ctags ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" cscope: cscope.files test ! -s cscope.files \ || $(CSCOPE) -b -q $(AM_CSCOPEFLAGS) $(CSCOPEFLAGS) -i cscope.files $(CSCOPE_ARGS) clean-cscope: -rm -f cscope.files cscope.files: clean-cscope cscopelist cscopelist: cscopelist-am cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files) list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ case "$(srcdir)" in \ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \ esac; \ for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then \ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \ else \ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \ fi; \ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags -rm -f cscope.out cscope.in.out cscope.po.out cscope.files # Recover from deleted '.trs' file; this should ensure that # "rm -f foo.log; make foo.trs" re-run 'foo.test', and re-create # both 'foo.log' and 'foo.trs'. Break the recipe in two subshells # to avoid problems with "make -n". .log.trs: rm -f $< $@ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $< # Leading 'am--fnord' is there to ensure the list of targets does not # expand to empty, as could happen e.g. with make check TESTS=''. am--fnord $(TEST_LOGS) $(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs): $(am__force_recheck) am--force-recheck: @: $(TEST_SUITE_LOG): $(TEST_LOGS) @$(am__set_TESTS_bases); \ am__f_ok () { test -f "$$1" && test -r "$$1"; }; \ redo_bases=`for i in $$bases; do \ am__f_ok $$i.trs && am__f_ok $$i.log || echo $$i; \ done`; \ if test -n "$$redo_bases"; then \ redo_logs=`for i in $$redo_bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \ redo_results=`for i in $$redo_bases; do echo $$i.trs; done`; \ if $(am__make_dryrun); then :; else \ rm -f $$redo_logs && rm -f $$redo_results || exit 1; \ fi; \ fi; \ if test -n "$$am__remaking_logs"; then \ echo "fatal: making $(TEST_SUITE_LOG): possible infinite" \ "recursion detected" >&2; \ else \ am__remaking_logs=yes $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$redo_logs; \ fi; \ if $(am__make_dryrun); then :; else \ st=0; \ errmsg="fatal: making $(TEST_SUITE_LOG): failed to create"; \ for i in $$redo_bases; do \ test -f $$i.trs && test -r $$i.trs \ || { echo "$$errmsg $$i.trs" >&2; st=1; }; \ test -f $$i.log && test -r $$i.log \ || { echo "$$errmsg $$i.log" >&2; st=1; }; \ done; \ test $$st -eq 0 || exit 1; \ fi @$(am__sh_e_setup); $(am__tty_colors); $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \ ws='[ ]'; \ results=`for b in $$bases; do echo $$b.trs; done`; \ test -n "$$results" || results=/dev/null; \ all=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:" $$results | wc -l`; \ pass=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*PASS" $$results | wc -l`; \ fail=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*FAIL" $$results | wc -l`; \ skip=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*SKIP" $$results | wc -l`; \ xfail=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*XFAIL" $$results | wc -l`; \ xpass=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*XPASS" $$results | wc -l`; \ error=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*ERROR" $$results | wc -l`; \ if test `expr $$fail + $$xpass + $$error` -eq 0; then \ success=true; \ else \ success=false; \ fi; \ br='==================='; br=$$br$$br$$br$$br; \ result_count () \ { \ if test x"$$1" = x"--maybe-color"; then \ maybe_colorize=yes; \ elif test x"$$1" = x"--no-color"; then \ maybe_colorize=no; \ else \ echo "$@: invalid 'result_count' usage" >&2; exit 4; \ fi; \ shift; \ desc=$$1 count=$$2; \ if test $$maybe_colorize = yes && test $$count -gt 0; then \ color_start=$$3 color_end=$$std; \ else \ color_start= color_end=; \ fi; \ echo "$${color_start}# $$desc $$count$${color_end}"; \ }; \ create_testsuite_report () \ { \ result_count $$1 "TOTAL:" $$all "$$brg"; \ result_count $$1 "PASS: " $$pass "$$grn"; \ result_count $$1 "SKIP: " $$skip "$$blu"; \ result_count $$1 "XFAIL:" $$xfail "$$lgn"; \ result_count $$1 "FAIL: " $$fail "$$red"; \ result_count $$1 "XPASS:" $$xpass "$$red"; \ result_count $$1 "ERROR:" $$error "$$mgn"; \ }; \ { \ echo "$(PACKAGE_STRING): $(subdir)/$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" | \ $(am__rst_title); \ create_testsuite_report --no-color; \ echo; \ echo ".. contents:: :depth: 2"; \ echo; \ for b in $$bases; do echo $$b; done \ | $(am__create_global_log); \ } >$(TEST_SUITE_LOG).tmp || exit 1; \ mv $(TEST_SUITE_LOG).tmp $(TEST_SUITE_LOG); \ if $$success; then \ col="$$grn"; \ else \ col="$$red"; \ test x"$$VERBOSE" = x || cat $(TEST_SUITE_LOG); \ fi; \ echo "$${col}$$br$${std}"; \ echo "$${col}Testsuite summary for $(PACKAGE_STRING)$${std}"; \ echo "$${col}$$br$${std}"; \ create_testsuite_report --maybe-color; \ echo "$$col$$br$$std"; \ if $$success; then :; else \ echo "$${col}See $(subdir)/$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)$${std}"; \ if test -n "$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; then \ echo "$${col}Please report to $(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)$${std}"; \ fi; \ echo "$$col$$br$$std"; \ fi; \ $$success || exit 1 check-TESTS: @list='$(RECHECK_LOGS)'; test -z "$$list" || rm -f $$list @list='$(RECHECK_LOGS:.log=.trs)'; test -z "$$list" || rm -f $$list @test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) @set +e; $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \ log_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \ trs_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.trs; done`; \ log_list=`echo $$log_list`; trs_list=`echo $$trs_list`; \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) TEST_LOGS="$$log_list"; \ exit $$?; recheck: all $(check_PROGRAMS) $(check_DATA) @test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) @set +e; $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \ bases=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i; done \ | $(am__list_recheck_tests)` || exit 1; \ log_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \ log_list=`echo $$log_list`; \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) \ am__force_recheck=am--force-recheck \ TEST_LOGS="$$log_list"; \ exit $$? src/test-ringbuf.log: src/test-ringbuf$(EXEEXT) @p='src/test-ringbuf$(EXEEXT)'; \ b='src/test-ringbuf'; \ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT) src/test-inputbuf.log: src/test-inputbuf$(EXEEXT) @p='src/test-inputbuf$(EXEEXT)'; \ b='src/test-inputbuf'; \ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT) .test.log: @p='$<'; \ $(am__set_b); \ $(am__check_pre) $(TEST_LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_TEST_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(TEST_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(TEST_LOG_COMPILE) \ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT) @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@.test$(EXEEXT).log: @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ @p='$<'; \ @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ $(am__set_b); \ @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ $(am__check_pre) $(TEST_LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \ @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \ @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_TEST_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(TEST_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(TEST_LOG_COMPILE) \ @am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT) distdir: $(DISTFILES) $(am__remove_distdir) test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)" @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \ dist-info dist-hook -test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \ || find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \ -exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \ || chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)" dist-gzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-bzip2: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | BZIP2=$${BZIP2--9} bzip2 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2 $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-lzip: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzip -c $${LZIP_OPT--9} >$(distdir).tar.lz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-xz: distdir tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | XZ_OPT=$${XZ_OPT--e} xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-tarZ: distdir @echo WARNING: "Support for shar distribution archives is" \ "deprecated." >&2 @echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2 tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-shar: distdir @echo WARNING: "Support for distribution archives compressed with" \ "legacy program 'compress' is deprecated." >&2 @echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2 shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist-zip: distdir -rm -f $(distdir).zip zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir) $(am__post_remove_distdir) dist dist-all: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(DIST_TARGETS) am__post_remove_distdir='@:' $(am__post_remove_distdir) # This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then # it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another # tarfile. distcheck: dist case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \ *.tar.gz*) \ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.bz2*) \ bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.lz*) \ lzip -dc $(distdir).tar.lz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.xz*) \ xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.tar.Z*) \ uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\ *.shar.gz*) \ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ *.zip*) \ unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ esac chmod -R a-w $(distdir) chmod u+w $(distdir) mkdir $(distdir)/_build $(distdir)/_inst chmod a-w $(distdir) test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \ dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \ && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \ && am__cwd=`pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \ && ../configure \ $(AM_DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \ --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \ distuninstallcheck \ && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \ && ({ \ (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \ distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \ } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \ && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \ && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \ && cd "$$am__cwd" \ || exit 1 $(am__post_remove_distdir) @(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \ list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \ sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x' distuninstallcheck: @test -n '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ echo 'ERROR: trying to run $@ with an empty' \ '$$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ exit 1; \ }; \ $(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \ echo 'ERROR: cannot chdir into $(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \ exit 1; \ }; \ test `$(am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \ if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \ echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \ fi ; \ $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 distcleancheck: distclean @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \ echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \ exit 1 ; \ fi @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \ || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \ $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \ exit 1; } >&2 check-am: all-am $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(check_PROGRAMS) $(check_DATA) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-TESTS check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS) $(PROGRAMS) $(SCRIPTS) $(MANS) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: -test -z "$(TEST_LOGS)" || rm -f $(TEST_LOGS) -test -z "$(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs)" || rm -f $(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs) -test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) clean-generic: -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) -rm -f doc/$(am__dirstamp) -rm -f src/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) -rm -f src/$(am__dirstamp) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-aminfo clean-binPROGRAMS clean-checkPROGRAMS \ clean-generic clean-local mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -rf src/$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \ distclean-hdr distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: $(DVIS) html: html-am html-am: $(HTMLS) info: info-am info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) install-data-am: install-info-am install-man install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: $(DVIS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(DVIS)'; test -n "$(dvidir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)" || exit $$?; \ done install-exec-am: install-binPROGRAMS install-dist_binSCRIPTS install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: $(HTMLS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(HTMLS)'; list2=; test -n "$(htmldir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p" || test -d "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ $(am__strip_dir) \ d2=$$d$$p; \ if test -d "$$d2"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit 1; \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$d2'/* '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d2"/* "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit $$?; \ else \ list2="$$list2 $$d2"; \ fi; \ done; \ test -z "$$list2" || { echo "$$list2" | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)" || exit $$?; \ done; } install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; test -n "$(infodir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for file in $$list; do \ case $$file in \ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ esac; \ if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ file_i=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \ for ifile in $$d/$$file $$d/$$file-[0-9] $$d/$$file-[0-9][0-9] \ $$d/$$file_i[0-9] $$d/$$file_i[0-9][0-9] ; do \ if test -f $$ifile; then \ echo "$$ifile"; \ else : ; fi; \ done; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" || exit $$?; done @$(POST_INSTALL) @if $(am__can_run_installinfo); then \ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; test -n "$(infodir)" || list=; \ for file in $$list; do \ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \ echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'";\ install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || :;\ done; \ else : ; fi install-man: install-man1 install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: $(PDFS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(PDFS)'; test -n "$(pdfdir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)" || exit $$?; done install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: $(PSS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) @list='$(PSS)'; test -n "$(psdir)" || list=; \ if test -n "$$list"; then \ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)'"; \ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)" || exit 1; \ fi; \ for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo "$$d$$p"; \ done | $(am__base_list) | \ while read files; do \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)'"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)" || exit $$?; done installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES) -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache -rm -rf src/$(DEPDIR) -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \ maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: $(PDFS) ps: ps-am ps-am: $(PSS) uninstall-am: uninstall-binPROGRAMS uninstall-dist_binSCRIPTS \ uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am uninstall-info-am \ uninstall-man uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am uninstall-man: uninstall-man1 .MAKE: check-am install-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am am--refresh check check-TESTS \ check-am clean clean-aminfo clean-binPROGRAMS \ clean-checkPROGRAMS clean-cscope clean-generic clean-local \ cscope cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am dist dist-all dist-bzip2 \ dist-gzip dist-hook dist-info dist-lzip dist-shar dist-tarZ \ dist-xz dist-zip distcheck distclean distclean-compile \ distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags distcleancheck \ distdir distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html html-am info \ info-am install install-am install-binPROGRAMS install-data \ install-data-am install-dist_binSCRIPTS install-dvi \ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ install-man1 install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \ install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \ maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean \ mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \ mostlyclean-vti pdf pdf-am ps ps-am recheck tags tags-am \ uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-binPROGRAMS \ uninstall-dist_binSCRIPTS uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am \ uninstall-info-am uninstall-man uninstall-man1 \ uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am doc/teseq.1: src/teseq.c $(HELP2MAN) ./teseq -o doc/teseq.1 -n "Format text with terminal escapes and control sequences for human consumption." doc/reseq.1: ./reseq.in $(HELP2MAN) ./reseq -o doc/reseq.1 -n "Reverse the translations made by teseq." .cm.c: $(CHECKMK) $< > $@ || ( rm -f $@ && false ) check: check-teseq check-reseq check-seqs check-teseq: teseq run-tests ./run-tests check-reseq: reseq run-tests ./run-tests -r check-seqs: teseq TESEQ=$(builddir)/teseq $(srcdir)/exercise-seqs dist-hook: cp -R -- `find $(srcdir)/tests -type d ! -name tests` $(distdir)/tests clean-local: find tests -name r-output -o -name output | xargs rm -f rm -f tests/cmdline--/-o rm -f tests/timing/timing-out test "$(srcdir)" = . || rm -f src/test-inputbuf.inf rm -f doc/teseq.1 doc/reseq.1 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: teseq-1.1.1/COPYING0000664000175000017500000010451312562462730010624 00000000000000 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 3, 29 June 2007 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software and other kinds of works. The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions. Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. TERMS AND CONDITIONS 0. Definitions. "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks. "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and "recipients" may be individuals or organizations. To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program. To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without modification), making available to the public, and in some countries other activities as well. To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. 1. Source Code. The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source form of a work. A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is widely used among developers working in that language. The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A "Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control those activities. However, it does not include the work's System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work. The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source. The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work. 2. Basic Permissions. All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary. 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures. When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures. 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it, and giving a relevant date. b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under section 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to "keep intact all notices". c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your work need not make them do so. A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate. 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these ways: a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange. b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord with subsection 6b. d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under subsection 6d. A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work. A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product. "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made. If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM). The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network. Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying. 7. Additional Terms. "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions. When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it; or c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as different from the original version; or d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material; or e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors. All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying. If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms. Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above requirements apply either way. 8. Termination. You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11). However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation. Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice. Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10. 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. 11. Patents. A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License. Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version. In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party. If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid. If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it. A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such. 14. Revised Versions of this License. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program. Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version. 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 16. Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Copyright (C) This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see . The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. But first, please read . teseq-1.1.1/Makefile.am0000664000175000017500000000506512563246146011631 00000000000000# Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in (in this, # and all subdirectories). # # Makefile for the top-level directory of GNU teseq. # Copyright (C) 2008 Micah Cowan. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = subdir-objects # AM_CFLAGS=-Wall -g -O2 -ansi -pedantic-errors bin_PROGRAMS = teseq dist_bin_SCRIPTS = reseq teseq_SOURCES = src/teseq.c src/inputbuf.c src/ringbuf.c src/putter.c \ src/csi.c \ src/sgr.h src/csi.h src/inputbuf.h src/ringbuf.h src/putter.h \ src/c1.h src/teseq.h src/modes.h if DO_CHECK_TESTS check_PROGRAMS = src/test-ringbuf src/test-inputbuf check_DATA = src/test-inputbuf.inf TESTS = $(check_PROGRAMS) endif src_test_ringbuf_SOURCES = src/test-ringbuf.c src/ringbuf.c src_test_ringbuf_CFLAGS = @libcheck_CFLAGS@ src_test_ringbuf_LDADD = @libcheck_LIBS@ src_test_inputbuf_SOURCES = src/test-inputbuf.c src/inputbuf.c src/ringbuf.c src_test_inputbuf_LDADD = @libcheck_LIBS@ src_test_inputbuf_CFLAGS = @libcheck_CFLAGS@ info_TEXINFOS = doc/teseq.texi doc_teseq_TEXINFOS = doc/fdl.texi dist_man_MANS = doc/teseq.1 doc/reseq.1 SUFFIXES = .cm doc/teseq.1: src/teseq.c $(HELP2MAN) ./teseq -o doc/teseq.1 -n "Format text with terminal escapes and control sequences for human consumption." doc/reseq.1: ./reseq.in $(HELP2MAN) ./reseq -o doc/reseq.1 -n "Reverse the translations made by teseq." .cm.c: $(CHECKMK) $< > $@ || ( rm -f $@ && false ) check: check-teseq check-reseq check-seqs check-teseq: teseq run-tests ./run-tests check-reseq: reseq run-tests ./run-tests -r check-seqs: teseq TESEQ=$(builddir)/teseq $(srcdir)/exercise-seqs EXTRA_DIST=src/test-inputbuf.inf exercise-seqs dist-hook: cp -R -- `find $(srcdir)/tests -type d ! -name tests` $(distdir)/tests clean-local: find tests -name r-output -o -name output | xargs rm -f rm -f tests/cmdline--/-o rm -f tests/timing/timing-out test "$(srcdir)" = . || rm -f src/test-inputbuf.inf rm -f doc/teseq.1 doc/reseq.1 CLEANFILES = teseq.dvi teseq-1.1.1/src/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677010450 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/src/modes.h0000664000175000017500000000455212562462730011642 00000000000000/* modes.h */ /* Copyright (C) 2008 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #include struct mode_info { const char *acro; const char *name; const char *reset; const char *set; const char *reset_desc; const char *set_desc; }; struct mode_info modes[] = { {NULL}, {"GATM", "GUARDED AREA TRANSFER MODE", "GUARD", "ALL"}, {"KAM", "KEYBOARD ACTION MODE", "ENABLED", "DISABLED"}, {"CRM", "CONTROL REPRESENTATION MODE", "CONTROL", "GRAPHIC"}, {"IRM", "INSERTION REPLACEMENT MODE", "REPLACE", "INSERT"}, {"SRTM", "STATUS REPORT TRANSFER MODE", "NORMAL", "DIAGNOSTIC"}, {"ERM", "ERASURE MODE", "PROTECT", "ALL"}, {"VEM", "LINE EDITING MODE", "FOLLOWING", "PRECEDING"}, {"BDSM", "BI-DIRECTIONAL SUPPORT MODE", "EXPLICIT", "IMPLICIT"}, {"DCSM", "DEVICE COMPONENT SELECT MODE", "PRESENTATION", "DATA"}, {"HEM", "CHARACTER EDITING MODE", "FOLLOWING", "PRECEDING"}, {"PUM", "POSITIONING UNIT MODE", "CHARACTER", "SIZE"}, {"SRM", "SEND/RECEIVE MODE", "MONITOR", "SIMULTANEOUS"}, {"FEAM", "FORMAT EFFECTOR ACTION MODE", "EXECUTE", "STORE"}, {"FETM", "FORMAT EFFECTOR TRANSFER MODE","INSERT", "EXCLUDE"}, {"MATM", "MULTIPLE AREA TRANSFER MODE", "SINGLE", "MULTIPLE"}, {"TTM", "TRANSFER TERMINATION MODE", "CURSOR", "ALL"}, {"SATM", "SELECTED AREA TRANSFER MODE", "SELECT", "ALL"}, {"TSM", "TABULATION STOP MODE", "MULTIPLE", "SINGLE"}, {NULL}, {NULL}, {"GRCM", "GRAPHIC RENDITION COMBINATION GRCM", "REPLACING", "CUMULATIVE"}, {"ZDM", "ZERO DEFAULT MODE", "ZERO", "DEFAULT"} }; teseq-1.1.1/src/ringbuf.h0000664000175000017500000000331512562462730012163 00000000000000/* ringbuf.h: input read-ahead ring buffer implementation. */ /* Copyright (C) 2008 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ /* See test-ringbuf.cm for usage. */ #ifndef RINGBUF_H #define RINGBUF_H struct ringbuf; struct ringbuf *ringbuf_new (size_t); void ringbuf_delete (struct ringbuf *); int ringbuf_is_empty (struct ringbuf *rb); size_t ringbuf_space_avail (struct ringbuf *rb); int ringbuf_putmem (struct ringbuf *rb, const char *mem, size_t memsz); int ringbuf_put (struct ringbuf *, unsigned char); int ringbuf_putback (struct ringbuf *, unsigned char); int ringbuf_get (struct ringbuf *); void ringbuf_clear (struct ringbuf *); /* buffer iterator. */ struct ringbuf_reader; struct ringbuf_reader *ringbuf_reader_new (struct ringbuf *); void ringbuf_reader_delete (struct ringbuf_reader *); void ringbuf_reader_reset (struct ringbuf_reader *); void ringbuf_reader_to_end (struct ringbuf_reader *); int ringbuf_reader_at_end (struct ringbuf_reader *); int ringbuf_reader_get (struct ringbuf_reader *); void ringbuf_reader_consume (struct ringbuf_reader *); #endif teseq-1.1.1/src/inputbuf.c0000664000175000017500000000603512562462730012360 00000000000000/* inputbuf.c */ /* Copyright (C) 2008 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #include "teseq.h" #include #include #include "inputbuf.h" #include "ringbuf.h" struct inputbuf { FILE *file; int saving; size_t count; size_t saved_count; struct ringbuf *rb; struct ringbuf_reader *reader; int err; }; struct inputbuf * inputbuf_new (FILE * f, size_t bufsz) { struct inputbuf *ret = NULL; struct ringbuf *rb = NULL; struct ringbuf_reader *reader = NULL; ret = malloc (sizeof *ret); if (!ret) goto cleanup; rb = ringbuf_new (bufsz); if (!rb) goto cleanup; reader = ringbuf_reader_new (rb); if (!reader) goto cleanup; ret->rb = rb; ret->reader = reader; ret->file = f; ret->saving = 0; ret->count = 0; ret->err = 0; return ret; cleanup: free (ret); free (rb); free (reader); return NULL; } void inputbuf_delete (struct inputbuf *ib) { ringbuf_delete (ib->rb); free (ib); } int inputbuf_io_error (struct inputbuf *ib) { return ib->err; } int inputbuf_get (struct inputbuf *ib) { int c; if (ib->saving) { c = ringbuf_reader_get (ib->reader); if (c == EOF && ringbuf_space_avail (ib->rb)) { errno = 0; c = getc (ib->file); if (c == EOF) ib->err = errno; else ringbuf_put (ib->rb, c); } if (c != EOF) ++ib->saved_count; } else { c = ringbuf_get (ib->rb); if (c == EOF) { errno = 0; c = getc (ib->file); } if (c == EOF) ib->err = errno; else ++ib->count; } return c; } int inputbuf_saving (struct inputbuf *ib) { if (ib->saving) return 1; ib->saving = 1; ib->saved_count = 0; ringbuf_reader_reset (ib->reader); return 0; } int inputbuf_rewind (struct inputbuf *ib) { ringbuf_reader_reset (ib->reader); ib->saving = 0; return 0; } int inputbuf_forget (struct inputbuf *ib) { if (!ib->saving) return 1; ringbuf_reader_consume (ib->reader); ib->saving = 0; ib->count += ib->saved_count; return 0; } size_t inputbuf_get_count (struct inputbuf *ib) { return ib->count; } void inputbuf_reset_count (struct inputbuf *ib) { ib->count = 0; ib->saved_count = 0; } int inputbuf_avail (struct inputbuf *ib) { return ib->saving ? !ringbuf_reader_at_end (ib->reader) : !ringbuf_is_empty (ib->rb); } teseq-1.1.1/src/c1.h0000664000175000017500000000341212562462730011030 00000000000000/* c1.h */ /* Copyright (C) 2008 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ const char *c1_labels[][2] = { {NULL, NULL}, {NULL, NULL}, {"BPH", "BREAK PERMITTED HERE"}, {"NBH", "NO BREAK HERE"}, {NULL, NULL}, {"NEL", "NEXT LINE"}, {"SSA", "START OF SELECTED AREA"}, {"ESA", "END OF SELECTED AREA"}, {"HTS", "CHARACTER TABULATION SET"}, {"HTJ", "CHARACTER TABULATION WITH JUSTIFICATION"}, {"VTS", "LINE TABULATION SET"}, {"PLD", "PARTIAL LINE FORWARD"}, {"PLU", "PARTIAL LINE BACKWARD"}, {"RI", "REVERSE LINE FEED"}, {"SS2", "SINGLE-SHIFT TWO"}, {"SS3", "SINGLE-SHIFT THREE"}, {"DCS", "DEVICE CONTROL STRING"}, {"PU1", "PRIVATE USE ONE"}, {"PU2", "PRIVATE USE TWO"}, {"STS", "SET TRANSMIT STATE"}, {"CCH", "CANCEL CHARACTER"}, {"MW", "MESSAGE WAITING"}, {"SPA", "START OF GUARDED AREA"}, {"EPA", "END OF GUARDED AREA"}, {"SOS", "START OF STRING"}, {NULL, NULL}, {"SCI", "SINGLE CHARACTER INTRODUCER"}, {"CSI", "CONTROL SEQUENCE INTRODUCER"}, {"ST", "STRING TERMINATOR"}, {"OSC", "OPERATING SYSTEM COMMAND"}, {"PM", "PRIVACY MESSAGE"}, {"APC", "APPLICATION PROGRAM COMMAND"} }; teseq-1.1.1/src/ringbuf.c0000664000175000017500000001134212562462730012155 00000000000000/* ringbuf.c: input read-ahead ring buffer implementation. */ /* Copyright (C) 2008 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #include "teseq.h" #include #include #include #include "ringbuf.h" #define ADVANCE_CURSOR(rb, c) \ do { \ ++(c); \ if ((c) == (rb)->buf + (rb)->size) \ (c) = (rb)->buf; \ } while (0) #define BACKUP_CURSOR(rb, c) \ do { \ if ((c) == (rb)->buf) \ (c) += ((rb)->size - 1u); \ else \ --(c); \ } while (0) struct ringbuf { size_t size; unsigned char *buf; unsigned char *start; unsigned char *end; int full; }; struct ringbuf * ringbuf_new (size_t bufsz) { unsigned char *buf = malloc (bufsz); struct ringbuf *newbuf; if (!buf) return NULL; newbuf = malloc (sizeof *newbuf); if (!newbuf) { free (buf); return NULL; } newbuf->size = bufsz; newbuf->buf = buf; newbuf->start = buf; newbuf->end = buf; newbuf->full = 0; return newbuf; } void ringbuf_delete (struct ringbuf *rb) { free (rb->buf); free (rb); } int ringbuf_is_empty (struct ringbuf *rb) { return rb->start == rb->end && !rb->full; } int ringbuf_put (struct ringbuf *rb, unsigned char c) { if (rb->full) return 1; *rb->end++ = c; if (rb->end == rb->buf + rb->size) rb->end = rb->buf; if (rb->start == rb->end) rb->full = 1; return 0; } int ringbuf_putback (struct ringbuf *rb, unsigned char c) { if (rb->full) return 1; BACKUP_CURSOR (rb, rb->start); *rb->start = c; return 0; } size_t ringbuf_space_avail (struct ringbuf * rb) { if (rb->full) return 0u; if (rb->end >= rb->start) return (((rb->buf + rb->size) - rb->end) + (rb->start - rb->buf)); return rb->start - rb->end; } int ringbuf_putmem (struct ringbuf *rb, const char *mem, size_t memsz) { if (rb->full) return 1; if (ringbuf_space_avail (rb) < memsz) return 1; if (rb->end >= rb->start) { size_t snip = rb->buf + rb->size - rb->end; if (snip > memsz) snip = memsz; memcpy (rb->end, mem, snip); memsz -= snip; rb->end += snip; if (rb->end == rb->buf + rb->size) rb->end = rb->buf; if (memsz == 0) return 0; mem += snip; } memcpy (rb->end, mem, memsz); rb->end += memsz; if (rb->end == rb->start) rb->full = 1; return 0; } int ringbuf_get (struct ringbuf *rb) { int ret; if (ringbuf_is_empty (rb)) return EOF; rb->full = 0; ret = *rb->start; ADVANCE_CURSOR (rb, rb->start); if (rb->start == rb->buf + rb->size) rb->start = rb->buf; return ret; } void ringbuf_clear (struct ringbuf *rb) { rb->start = rb->end; rb->full = 0; } /* buffer iterator. */ struct ringbuf_reader { struct ringbuf *rb; unsigned char *cursor; }; struct ringbuf_reader * ringbuf_reader_new (struct ringbuf *rb) { struct ringbuf_reader *reader = malloc (sizeof *reader); if (!reader) return NULL; reader->rb = rb; ringbuf_reader_reset (reader); return reader; } void ringbuf_reader_delete (struct ringbuf_reader *reader) { free (reader); } void ringbuf_reader_reset (struct ringbuf_reader *reader) { if (ringbuf_is_empty (reader->rb)) reader->cursor = NULL; else reader->cursor = reader->rb->start; } void ringbuf_reader_to_end (struct ringbuf_reader *reader) { reader->cursor = NULL; } int ringbuf_reader_at_end (struct ringbuf_reader *reader) { return reader->cursor == NULL; } int ringbuf_reader_get (struct ringbuf_reader *reader) { int ret; if (reader->cursor == NULL) return EOF; ret = *reader->cursor; ADVANCE_CURSOR (reader->rb, reader->cursor); if (reader->cursor == reader->rb->end) reader->cursor = NULL; return ret; } void ringbuf_reader_consume (struct ringbuf_reader *reader) { if (reader->cursor == NULL) { reader->rb->start = reader->rb->end; reader->rb->full = 0; } else if (reader->cursor != reader->rb->start) { reader->rb->start = reader->cursor; reader->rb->full = 0; } } teseq-1.1.1/src/inputbuf.h0000664000175000017500000000325112562462730012362 00000000000000/* inputbuf.h */ /* Copyright (C) 2008 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ /* Input buffer. Fetches characters one at a time from an input stream. The inputbuf_saving function is used to initiate "look-ahead" mode, to begin saving the characters into a buffer. The inputbuf_rewind function is used to re-read the saved characters; and inputbuf_forget is used to indicate that we are done processing the saved characters, and they should be forgotten. See test-inputbuf.cm for usage. */ #ifndef INPUTBUF_H #define INPUTBUF_H #include struct inputbuf; struct inputbuf *inputbuf_new (FILE *, size_t); void inputbuf_delete (struct inputbuf *); int inputbuf_io_error (struct inputbuf *); int inputbuf_get (struct inputbuf *); int inputbuf_saving (struct inputbuf *); int inputbuf_rewind (struct inputbuf *); int inputbuf_forget (struct inputbuf *); size_t inputbuf_get_count (struct inputbuf *); void inputbuf_reset_count (struct inputbuf *); int inputbuf_avail (struct inputbuf *); #endif teseq-1.1.1/src/config.h.in0000664000175000017500000000423012563445651012402 00000000000000/* src/config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ /* Define to 1 if you don't have `vprintf' but do have `_doprnt.' */ #undef HAVE_DOPRNT /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_GETOPT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H /* Define to 1 if your system has a GNU libc compatible `malloc' function, and to 0 otherwise. */ #undef HAVE_MALLOC /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_MEMORY_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDDEF_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDINT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `strchr' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRCHR /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRING_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */ #undef HAVE_VPRINTF /* Name of package */ #undef PACKAGE /* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ #undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT /* Define to the full name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME /* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING /* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME /* Define to the home page for this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_URL /* Define to the version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION /* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #undef STDC_HEADERS /* Version number of package */ #undef VERSION /* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ #undef const /* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */ #undef malloc /* Define to `unsigned int' if does not define. */ #undef size_t teseq-1.1.1/src/putter.c0000664000175000017500000001540312562462730012046 00000000000000/* putter.c */ /* Copyright (C) 2008,2013 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #include "teseq.h" #include #include #include #include #include "putter.h" #define DEFAULT_LINE_MAX 78 struct putter { FILE *file; size_t nc; const char *presep; size_t presz; const char *postsep; size_t postsz; size_t linemax; struct sgr_def *sgr; struct sgr_def *sgr_decor; putter_error_handler handler; void *handler_arg; }; struct putter * putter_new (FILE * file) { struct putter *p = malloc (sizeof *p); p->file = file; p->nc = 0; p->linemax = DEFAULT_LINE_MAX; p->presep = p->postsep = ""; p->presz = 0; p->postsz = 0; p->handler = NULL; p->handler_arg = NULL; p->sgr = NULL; p->sgr_decor = NULL; return p; } #define HANDLER_IF(p, cond) \ do \ { \ if ((p)->handler && cond) \ (p)->handler (errno, (p)->handler_arg); \ } \ while (0) #define HANDLE_ERROR(p, action, cond) \ do \ { \ errno = 0; \ action; \ HANDLER_IF(p, cond); \ } \ while (0) #define BRACED(p) \ ((p)->presep != NULL && (p)->presep[0] != '\0') static struct sgr_def sgr0 = { "", 0 }; static void do_color (struct putter *p, struct sgr_def *sgr) { int e; if (configuration.color != CFG_COLOR_ALWAYS || sgr == NULL) return; HANDLE_ERROR ( p, e = fprintf (p->file, "\033[%.*sm", sgr->len, sgr->sgr), e < 0 ); } void putter_set_handler (struct putter *p, putter_error_handler f, void *arg) { p->handler = f; p->handler_arg = arg; } void putter_delete (struct putter *p) { free (p); } static void ensure_space (struct putter *p, size_t addition) { errno = 0; if (p->nc + addition > p->linemax || p->nc + p->presz == p->linemax) { int cs; if (BRACED (p)) { do_color (p, &sgr0); do_color (p, p->sgr_decor); HANDLE_ERROR ( p, cs = fprintf (p->file, "%s\n%s", p->presep, p->postsep), cs < 0 ); if (p->sgr_decor) do_color(p, &sgr0); do_color(p, p->sgr); } else { do_color (p, &sgr0); HANDLE_ERROR ( p, cs = fputc ('\n', p->file), cs == EOF ); do_color(p, p->sgr); HANDLE_ERROR ( p, cs = fputs (p->postsep, p->file), cs < 0 ); } p->nc = p->postsz; } p->nc += addition; } void putter_start (struct putter *p, struct sgr_def *sgr, struct sgr_def *sgr_decor, /* Only used for text decorations. */ const char *s, const char *pre, const char *post) { int e; p->presep = pre; p->postsep = post; p->presz = strlen (pre); p->postsz = strlen (post); p->sgr = sgr; p->sgr_decor = sgr_decor; if (p->sgr_decor && p->sgr_decor->len == 0) p->sgr_decor = NULL; if (p->nc > 0) { HANDLE_ERROR ( p, e = putc ('\n', p->file), e == EOF ); } p->nc = strlen (s); errno = 0; if (BRACED (p)) do_color (p, p->sgr_decor); else do_color (p, p->sgr); HANDLE_ERROR ( p, e = fputs (s, p->file), e == EOF ); if (BRACED (p)) { if (p->sgr_decor) do_color (p, &sgr0); do_color (p, p->sgr); } } void putter_finish (struct putter *p, const char *s) { int cs; if (p->nc == 0) return; p->nc = 0; do_color (p, &sgr0); if (BRACED (p)) do_color (p, p->sgr_decor); HANDLE_ERROR ( p, cs = fprintf (p->file, "%s", s), cs < 0 ); if (BRACED (p) && p->sgr_decor) do_color (p, &sgr0); HANDLE_ERROR ( p, cs = fputc ('\n', p->file), cs < 0 ); p->presep = ""; p->postsep = ""; p->presz = 0; p->postsz = 0; p->sgr = NULL; p->sgr_decor = NULL; } void putter_putc (struct putter *p, unsigned char c) { int e; ensure_space (p, 1); HANDLE_ERROR ( p, e = putc (c, p->file), e == EOF ); } void putter_puts (struct putter *p, const char *s) { int e; ensure_space (p, strlen (s)); HANDLE_ERROR ( p, e = fputs (s, p->file), e == EOF ); } void putter_printf (struct putter *p, const char *fmt, ...) { int len, ret, serr; va_list ap; va_start (ap, fmt); len = vsnprintf (NULL, 0, fmt, ap); va_end (ap); ensure_space (p, len); va_start (ap, fmt); errno = 0; ret = vfprintf (p->file, fmt, ap); serr = errno; va_end (ap); errno = serr; HANDLER_IF (p, ret < 0); return; } /* Combines: * putter_start (p, "", "", ""); * putter_printf (p, fmt, ...); * putter_finish (p, ""); */ static void vsingle (struct putter *p, struct sgr_def *sgr, const char *pfx, const char *fmt, va_list ap) { int e; if (p->nc > 0) { do_color (p, &sgr0); HANDLE_ERROR ( p, e = putc ('\n', p->file), e == EOF ); } do_color (p, sgr); fputs (pfx, p->file); HANDLE_ERROR ( p, e = vfprintf (p->file, fmt, ap), e < 0 ); p->presep = ""; p->postsep = ""; p->presz = 0; p->postsz = 0; p->nc = 0; p->sgr = NULL; p->sgr_decor = NULL; do_color (p, &sgr0); HANDLE_ERROR ( p, e = putc ('\n', p->file), e == EOF ); } #define DEF_SINGLE_WRAP(name, pfx) \ void \ putter_single_ ## name (struct putter *p, const char *fmt, ...) \ { \ va_list ap; \ va_start (ap, fmt); \ vsingle (p, &sgr_ ## name, (pfx), fmt, ap); \ va_end (ap); \ } DEF_SINGLE_WRAP (esc, ": ") DEF_SINGLE_WRAP (delay, "@ ") DEF_SINGLE_WRAP (label, "& ") DEF_SINGLE_WRAP (desc, "\" ") teseq-1.1.1/src/test-inputbuf.c0000664000175000017500000001170312563445677013347 00000000000000/* * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE. Generated by checkmk. * Edit the original source file "src/test-inputbuf.cm" instead. */ #include #line 1 "src/test-inputbuf.cm" /* -*- c -*- */ /* test-inputbuf.cm: tests for inputbuf.c. */ /* Copyright (C) 2008 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #include "teseq.h" #include #include #include "inputbuf.h" struct inputbuf *the_buffer; void initfile (void) { FILE *f = fopen ("src/test-inputbuf.inf", "r"); fail_if (f == NULL); the_buffer = inputbuf_new (f, 10); } START_TEST(basic) { #line 41 /* Reading from the file. */ fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'a'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'b'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get_count (the_buffer) == 2); fail_unless (inputbuf_saving (the_buffer) == 0); /* Reading from the file, and filling the buffer. */ fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'c'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'd'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'e'); /* Count doesn't increment during a save; still 2. */ fail_unless (inputbuf_get_count (the_buffer) == 2); fail_unless (inputbuf_rewind (the_buffer) == 0); /* Consuming the save buffer. */ fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'c'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'd'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get_count (the_buffer) == 4); fail_unless (inputbuf_saving (the_buffer) == 0); /* Reading from the buffer, but not consuming. */ fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'e'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get_count (the_buffer) == 4); fail_unless (inputbuf_forget (the_buffer) == 0); /* Count is incremented to the total read characters upon inputbuf_forget. */ fail_unless (inputbuf_get_count (the_buffer) == 5); inputbuf_reset_count (the_buffer); fail_unless (inputbuf_get_count (the_buffer) == 0); /* Reading from the file. */ fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'f'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'g'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'h'); /* Reading at EOF. (A saved EOF should give EOF on re-read.) */ fail_unless (inputbuf_saving (the_buffer) == 0); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == EOF); fail_unless (inputbuf_rewind (the_buffer) == 0); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == EOF); } END_TEST START_TEST(avail) { #line 78 fail_unless (inputbuf_avail (the_buffer) == 0); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'a'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'b'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'c'); /* Haven't buffered anything, so nothing avail: */ fail_unless (inputbuf_avail (the_buffer) == 0); fail_unless (inputbuf_saving (the_buffer) == 0); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'd'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'e'); fail_unless (inputbuf_rewind (the_buffer) == 0); fail_unless (inputbuf_avail (the_buffer) != 0); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'd'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'e'); fail_unless (inputbuf_avail (the_buffer) == 0); } END_TEST START_TEST(limits) { #line 96 FILE *f = fopen ("src/test-inputbuf.inf", "r"); fail_if (f == NULL); the_buffer = inputbuf_new (f, 3); fail_unless (inputbuf_saving (the_buffer) == 0); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'a'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'b'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'c'); fail_unless (inputbuf_get (the_buffer) == -1); } END_TEST int main(void) { Suite *s1 = suite_create("Core"); TCase *tc1_1 = tcase_create("Core"); TCase *tc1_2 = tcase_create("bounds"); SRunner *sr = srunner_create(s1); int nf; /* User-specified pre-run code */ #line 106 tcase_add_checked_fixture (tc1_1, initfile, NULL); suite_add_tcase(s1, tc1_1); tcase_add_test(tc1_1, basic); tcase_add_test(tc1_1, avail); suite_add_tcase(s1, tc1_2); tcase_add_test(tc1_2, limits); srunner_run_all(sr, CK_ENV); nf = srunner_ntests_failed(sr); srunner_free(sr); return nf == 0 ? 0 : 1; } teseq-1.1.1/src/teseq.c0000664000175000017500000014171712563236547011662 00000000000000/* teseq.c: Analysis of terminal controls and escape sequences. */ /* Copyright (C) 2008,2010,2013 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #include "teseq.h" #include #include #ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include "inputbuf.h" #include "putter.h" /* label/description maps. */ #include "csi.h" #include "c1.h" #define CONTROL(c) ((unsigned char)((c) - 0x40) & 0x7f) #define UNCONTROL(c) ((unsigned char)((c) + 0x40) & 0x7f) #define C_ESC (CONTROL ('[')) #define C_DEL (CONTROL ('?')) #define GET_COLUMN(c) (((c) & 0xf0) >> 4) #define IS_CSI_FINAL_COLUMN(col) ((col) >= 4 && (col) <= 7) #define IS_CSI_INTERMEDIATE_COLUMN(col) ((col) == 2) #define IS_CSI_INTERMEDIATE_CHAR(c) \ IS_CSI_INTERMEDIATE_COLUMN (GET_COLUMN (c)) #define IS_CSI_FINAL_CHAR(c) (((c) != C_DEL) && \ IS_CSI_FINAL_COLUMN (GET_COLUMN (c))) #define IS_nF_INTERMEDIATE_CHAR(c) (GET_COLUMN (c) == 2) #define IS_nF_FINAL_CHAR(c) ((c) >= 0x30 && (c) < 0x7f) #define IS_CONTROL(c) (GET_COLUMN (c) <= 1) /* 0x3a (:) is not actually a private parameter, but since it's not * used by any standard we're aware of, except ones that aren't used in * practice, we'll consider it private for our purposes. */ #define IS_PRIVATE_PARAM_CHAR(c) (((c) >= 0x3c && (c) <= 0x3f) \ || (c) == 0x3a) enum processor_state { ST_INIT, ST_TEXT, ST_CTRL }; struct processor { struct inputbuf *ibuf; struct putter *putr; enum processor_state st; int print_dot; size_t mark; size_t next_mark; }; struct delay { double time; size_t chars; }; const char *control_names[] = { "NUL", "SOH", "STX", "ETX", "EOT", "ENQ", "ACK", "BEL", "BS", "HT", "LF", "VT", "FF", "CR", "SO", "SI", "DLE", "DC1", "DC2", "DC3", "DC4", "NAK", "SYN", "ETB", "CAN", "EM", "SUB", "ESC", "IS4", "IS3", "IS2", "IS1" }; static const char default_color_string[] = "|>=36;7,.=31,:=33,&=35,\"=32,@=34"; struct sgr_def sgr_text, sgr_text_decor, sgr_ctrl, sgr_esc, sgr_label, sgr_desc, sgr_delay; struct config configuration = { 0 }; const char *program_name; static struct termios saved_stty; static struct termios working_stty; static int input_term_fd = -1; static int output_tty_p = 0; static volatile sig_atomic_t signal_pending_p; static int pending_signal; #define is_normal_text(x) ((x) >= 0x20 && (x) < 0x7f) #define is_ascii_digit(x) ((x) >= 0x30 && (x) <= 0x39) /* Handle write error in putter. */ void handle_write_error (int e, void *arg) { const char *argv0 = arg; fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: %s\n", argv0, "write error", strerror (e)); exit (e); } /* Read a line from a typescript timings file. */ void delay_read (FILE *f, struct delay *d) { double time; unsigned int chars; int converted; converted = fscanf (f, "%lf %u", &time, &chars); if (converted != 2) { d->time = 0.0; d->chars = 0; configuration.timings = NULL; } else { d->time = time; d->chars = chars; } } void print_esc_char (struct processor *p, unsigned char c) { if (c == C_ESC) putter_puts (p->putr, " Esc"); else if (c == ' ') putter_puts (p->putr, " Spc"); else { assert(c > 0x20 && c < 0x7f); putter_printf (p->putr, " %c", c); } } void maybe_print_label (struct processor *p, const char *acro, const char *name) { if (configuration.labels) putter_single_label (p->putr, "%s: %s", acro, name); } void print_csi_label (struct processor *p, const struct csi_handler *handler, int private) { if (handler->acro) { const char *privmsg = ""; if (private) privmsg = " (private params)"; putter_single_label (p->putr, "%s: %s%s", handler->acro, handler->label, privmsg); } } void print_c1_label (struct processor *p, unsigned char c) { unsigned char i = c - 0x40; const char **label = c1_labels[i]; if (label[0]) putter_single_label (p->putr, "%s: %s", label[0], label[1]); } void init_csi_params (const struct csi_handler *handler, size_t *n_params, unsigned int params[]) { if (handler->fn) { if (*n_params == 0 && handler->default0 != CSI_DEFAULT_NONE) params[(*n_params)++] = handler->default0; if (*n_params == 1 && CSI_USE_DEFAULT1 (handler->type)) params[(*n_params)++] = handler->default1; } } /* Called after read_csi_sequence has determined that we found a valid control sequence. Prints the escape sequence line (if configured), collects parameters, and invokes a hook to describe the control function (if configured). */ void process_csi_sequence (struct processor *p, const struct csi_handler *handler) { int c; int e = configuration.escapes; int private_params = 0; int last = 0; size_t n_params = 0; size_t cur_param = 0; unsigned int params[255]; if (e) putter_start (p->putr, &sgr_esc, NULL, ":", "", ": "); if (e) putter_puts (p->putr, " Esc"); c = inputbuf_get (p->ibuf); assert (c == '['); if (e) putter_printf (p->putr, " [", c); c = inputbuf_get (p->ibuf); if (!IS_CSI_FINAL_CHAR (c)) { if (IS_PRIVATE_PARAM_CHAR (c)) { private_params = c; } } for (;;) { if (is_ascii_digit (c)) { if (is_ascii_digit (last)) { /* XXX: range check here. */ cur_param *= 10; cur_param += c - '0'; } else { cur_param = c - '0'; } } else { if (is_ascii_digit (last)) { if (n_params < N_ARY_ELEMS (params)) params[n_params++] = cur_param; if (e) putter_printf (p->putr, " %d", cur_param); } else if ((last != 0 || private_params == 0) && ! IS_CSI_INTERMEDIATE_CHAR (last) && n_params < N_ARY_ELEMS (params)) { int param = CSI_GET_DEFAULT (handler, n_params); if (param >= 0) { params[n_params] = param; ++n_params; } } if (e) print_esc_char (p, c); } last = c; if (IS_CSI_FINAL_CHAR (c)) break; c = inputbuf_get (p->ibuf); } if (e) putter_finish (p->putr, ""); if (configuration.labels) print_csi_label (p, handler, private_params); if (configuration.descriptions && handler->fn) { int wrong_num_params = 0; init_csi_params (handler, &n_params, params); wrong_num_params = ((handler->type == CSI_FUNC_PN || handler->type == CSI_FUNC_PS) && n_params != 1); wrong_num_params |= ((handler->type == CSI_FUNC_PN_PN || handler->type == CSI_FUNC_PS_PS) && n_params != 2); if (! wrong_num_params) { handler->fn (c, private_params, p->putr, n_params, params); } } } /* Determine whether the remaining characters after an initial CSI make a valid control sequence; and if so, return information about the control function from the final byte. */ const struct csi_handler * read_csi_sequence (struct processor *p) { enum { SEQ_CSI_PARAM_FIRST_CHAR, SEQ_CSI_PARAMETER, SEQ_CSI_INTERMEDIATE } state = SEQ_CSI_PARAM_FIRST_CHAR; int c, col; int private_params = 0; unsigned char interm = 0; size_t intermsz = 0; while (1) { c = inputbuf_get (p->ibuf); if (c == EOF) return NULL; col = GET_COLUMN (c); switch (state) { case SEQ_CSI_PARAM_FIRST_CHAR: state = SEQ_CSI_PARAMETER; if (IS_PRIVATE_PARAM_CHAR (c)) private_params = c; case SEQ_CSI_PARAMETER: if (IS_CSI_INTERMEDIATE_COLUMN (col)) { state = SEQ_CSI_INTERMEDIATE; } else if (col == 3) { if (private_params == 0 && IS_PRIVATE_PARAM_CHAR (c)) return NULL; break; } /* Fall through */ case SEQ_CSI_INTERMEDIATE: if (c == C_DEL) { return NULL; } else if (IS_CSI_FINAL_COLUMN (col)) { inputbuf_rewind (p->ibuf); return get_csi_handler (private_params, intermsz, interm, c); } else if (! IS_CSI_INTERMEDIATE_COLUMN (col)) { return NULL; } else { interm = c; ++intermsz; } } } abort (); } /* Table of names of ISO-IR character sets. See http://www.itscj.ipsj.or.jp/ISO-IR/overview.htm */ static const char * const iso_ir_names[] = { /* 000 */ NULL, /* 001 */ NULL, /* 002 */ "ISO_646.irv:1973", /* 003 */ NULL, /* 004 */ "ISO646-GB", /* = "BS_4730" */ /* 005 */ NULL, /* 006 */ "US-ASCII", /* = "ISO646-US", "ISO_646.irv:1991", "ANSI_X3.4-1968" */ /* 007 */ NULL, /* 008 */ NULL, /* 008-1 and 008-2 handled below: "NATS-SEFI" and "NATS-SEFI-ADD" */ /* 009 */ NULL, /* 009-1 and 009-2 handled below: "NATS-DANO" and "NATS-DANO-ADD" */ /* 010 */ "ISO646-SE", /* = "ISO646-FI" = "SEN_850200_B" */ /* 011 */ "ISO646-SE2", /* = "SEN_850200_C" */ /* 012 */ NULL, /* 013 */ "JIS_C6220-1969-JP", /* 014 */ "ISO646-JP",/* = "JIS_C6220-1969" */ /* 015 */ "ISO646-IT", /* 016 */ "ISO646-PT", /* 017 */ "ISO646-ES", /* 018 */ "GREEK7-OLD", /* 019 */ "LATIN-GREEK", /* 020 */ NULL, /* 021 */ "ISO646-DE", /* = "DIN_66003" */ /* 022 */ NULL, /* 023 */ NULL, /* 024 */ NULL, /* 025 */ "ISO646-FR1", /* = "NF_Z_62-010_1973" */ /* 026 */ NULL, /* 027 */ "LATIN-GREEK-1", /* 028 */ NULL, /* 029 */ NULL, /* 030 */ NULL, /* 031 */ "ISO_5428:1976", /* 032 */ NULL, /* 033 */ NULL, /* 034 */ NULL, /* 035 */ NULL, /* 036 */ NULL, /* 037 */ "ISO_5427", /* 038 */ "DIN_31624", /* 039 */ "ISO_6438", /* = "DIN_31625" */ /* 040 */ NULL, /* 041 */ NULL, /* 042 */ "JIS_C6226-1978", /* 043 */ NULL, /* 044 */ NULL, /* 045 */ NULL, /* 046 */ NULL, /* 047 */ "ISO-IR-47", /* an ISO646 variant */ /* 048 */ NULL, /* 049 */ "INIS", /* 050 */ "INIS-8", /* 051 */ "INIS-CYRILLIC", /* 052 */ NULL, /* 053 */ "ISO_5426", /* = "ISO_5426:1980" */ /* 054 */ "ISO_5427:1981", /* 055 */ "ISO_5428", /* = "ISO_5428:1980" */ /* 056 */ NULL, /* 057 */ "ISO646-CN", /* = "GB_1988-80" */ /* 058 */ "GB_2312-80", /* 059 */ "CODAR-U", /* 060 */ "ISO646-NO", /* = "NS_4551-1" */ /* 061 */ "ISO646-NO2", /* = "NS_4551-2" */ /* 062 */ NULL, /* 063 */ NULL, /* 064 */ NULL, /* 065 */ NULL, /* 066 */ NULL, /* 067 */ NULL, /* 068 */ "APL", /* 069 */ "ISO646-FR", /* = "NF_Z_62-010" */ /* 070 */ "CCITT-VIDEOTEX", /* not an official name */ /* 071 */ "CCITT-MOSAIC-2", /* not an official name */ /* 072 */ NULL, /* 073 */ NULL, /* 074 */ NULL, /* 075 */ NULL, /* 076 */ NULL, /* 077 */ NULL, /* 078 */ NULL, /* 079 */ NULL, /* 080 */ NULL, /* 081 */ NULL, /* 082 */ NULL, /* 083 */ NULL, /* 084 */ "ISO646-PT2", /* 085 */ "ISO646-ES2", /* 086 */ "ISO646-HU", /* = "MSZ_7795-3" */ /* 087 */ NULL, /* usused: "JIS_C6226-1983" = "JIS_X0208-1983" */ /* 088 */ "GREEK7", /* 089 */ "ARABIC7", /* = "ASMO_449" */ /* 090 */ "ISO_6937-2", /* = "ISO_6937-2:1983" */ /* 091 */ "ISO646-JP-OCR-A", /* 092 */ "ISO646-JP-OCR-B", /* 093 */ "ISO646-JP-OCR-B-EXT", /* not an official name */ /* 094 */ "ISO646-JP-OCR-HAND", /* not an official name */ /* 095 */ "ISO646-JP-OCR-HAND-EXT", /* not an official name */ /* 096 */ "JIS_C6229-1984-OCR-HAND", /* not an official name */ /* 097 */ NULL, /* 098 */ "ISO_2033", /* 099 */ "ANSI_X3.110", /* 100 */ "ISO-8859-1", /* 101 */ "ISO-8859-2", /* 102 */ "ISO646-T.61", /* not an official name */ /* 103 */ "T.61", /* 104 */ NULL, /* 105 */ NULL, /* 106 */ NULL, /* 107 */ NULL, /* 108 */ NULL, /* 109 */ "ISO-8859-3", /* 110 */ "ISO-8859-4", /* 111 */ "ECMA-CYRILLIC", /* 112 */ NULL, /* 113 */ NULL, /* 114 */ NULL, /* 115 */ NULL, /* 116 */ NULL, /* 117 */ NULL, /* 118 */ NULL, /* 119 */ NULL, /* 120 */ NULL, /* 121 */ "ISO646-CA", /* = "CSA_Z243.4-1985-1" */ /* 122 */ "ISO646-CA2", /* = "CSA_Z243.4-1985-2" */ /* 123 */ "CSA_Z243.4-1985-EXT", /* not an official name */ /* 124 */ NULL, /* 125 */ NULL, /* 126 */ "ISO-8859-7:1987", /* = "ELOT_128" = "ECMA-118" */ /* 127 */ "ISO-8859-6", /* = "ECMA-114" = "ASMO-708" */ /* 128 */ "T.101-2", /* not an official name, same as ISO-IR-99 */ /* 129 */ "T.101-3", /* not an official name */ /* 130 */ NULL, /* 131 */ NULL, /* 132 */ NULL, /* 133 */ NULL, /* 134 */ NULL, /* 135 */ NULL, /* 136 */ NULL, /* 137 */ "CCITT-MOSAIC-1", /* not an official name */ /* 138 */ "ISO-8859-8:1988", /* = "ECMA-121" */ /* 139 */ "CSN_369103", /* 140 */ NULL, /* 141 */ "ISO646-YU", /* 142 */ "BSI_IST-2", /* not an official name */ /* 143 */ "IEC_P27-1", /* 144 */ "ISO-8859-5", /* = "ECMA-113:1988" */ /* 145 */ NULL, /* 146 */ "JUS_003", /* not an official name */ /* 147 */ "JUS_004", /* not an official name */ /* 148 */ "ISO-8859-9", /* = "ECMA-128" */ /* 149 */ "KSC_5601", /* = "KS_C_5601-1987" */ /* 150 */ "GREEK-CCITT", /* 151 */ "ISO646-CU", /* = "NC_99-10:81" */ /* 152 */ "ISO_6937-2-RESIDUAL", /* not an official name */ /* 153 */ "GOST_19768-74", /* = "ST_SEV_358-88" */ /* 154 */ "ISO-IR-154", /* 155 */ "ISO_10367-BOX", /* 156 */ "ISO_6937:1992", /* 157 */ "ISO-8859-10", /* 158 */ "ISO-IR-158", /* 159 */ "JIS_X0212-1990", /* 160 */ NULL, /* 161 */ NULL, /* 162 */ NULL, /* 163 */ NULL, /* 164 */ "HEBREW-CCITT", /* not an official name */ /* 165 */ "CHINESE-CCITT", /* not an official name */ /* 166 */ "TIS-620", /* = "TIS620-2533:1990" */ /* 167 */ "ARABIC-BULL", /* not an official name */ /* 168 */ "JIS_X0208-1990", /* 169 */ "BLISSYMBOL", /* not an official name */ /* 170 */ "ISO646-INV", /* 171 */ "CNS11643-1:1986", /* 172 */ "CNS11643-2:1986", /* 173 */ "CCITT-MOSAIC-3", /* not an official name */ /* 174 */ NULL, /* 175 */ NULL, /* 176 */ NULL, /* 177 */ NULL, /* 178 */ NULL, /* 179 */ "ISO-8859-13", /* 180 */ "TCVN5712:1993", /* = "VSCII-2" */ /* 181 */ "ISO-IR-181", /* 182 */ "LATIN-WELSH", /* not an official name */ /* 183 */ "CNS11643-3:1992", /* 184 */ "CNS11643-4:1992", /* 185 */ "CNS11643-5:1992", /* 186 */ "CNS11643-6:1992", /* 187 */ "CNS11643-7:1992", /* 188 */ NULL, /* 189 */ NULL, /* 190 */ NULL, /* 191 */ NULL, /* 192 */ NULL, /* 193 */ NULL, /* 194 */ NULL, /* 195 */ NULL, /* 196 */ NULL, /* 197 */ "ISO-IR-197", /* 198 */ "ISO-8859-8", /* 199 */ "ISO-8859-14", /* 200 */ "CYRILLIC-URALIC", /* not an official name */ /* 201 */ "CYRILLIC-VOLGAIC", /* not an official name */ /* 202 */ "KPS_9566-97", /* 203 */ "ISO-8859-15", /* 204 */ "ISO-8859-1-EURO", /* not an official name */ /* 205 */ "ISO-8859-4-EURO", /* not an official name */ /* 206 */ "ISO-8859-13-EURO", /* not an official name */ /* 207 */ "ISO646-IE", /* = "IS_433:1996" */ /* 208 */ "IS_434:1997", /* 209 */ "ISO-IR-209", /* 210 */ NULL, /* 211 */ NULL, /* 212 */ NULL, /* 213 */ NULL, /* 214 */ NULL, /* 215 */ NULL, /* 216 */ NULL, /* 217 */ NULL, /* 218 */ NULL, /* 219 */ NULL, /* 220 */ NULL, /* 221 */ NULL, /* 222 */ NULL, /* 223 */ NULL, /* 224 */ NULL, /* 225 */ NULL, /* 226 */ "ISO-8859-16", /* = "SR_14111:1998" */ /* 227 */ "ISO-8859-7", /* = "ISO-8859-7:2003" */ /* 228 */ "JIS_X0213-1:2000", /* 229 */ "JIS_X0213-2:2000", /* 230 */ "TDS-565", /* 231 */ "ANSI_Z39.47", /* 232 */ "TDS-616", /* = "TDS-616:2003" */ /* 233 */ "JIS_X0213-1:2004", /* 234 */ "SI1311:2002" }; /* Return the name of a character set, given its ISO-IR registry number. */ static const char * iso_ir_name (float id) { if (id == 8.1) return "NATS-SEFI"; else if (id == 8.2) return "NATS-SEFI-ADD"; else if (id == 9.1) return "NATS-DANO"; else if (id == 9.2) return "NATS-DANO-ADD"; else { int i = (int) id; const char *name = NULL; if (i >= 0 && i < sizeof (iso_ir_names) / sizeof (iso_ir_names[0])) name = iso_ir_names[i]; if (name == NULL) { static char buf[20]; sprintf (buf, "ISO-IR-%d", i); name = buf; } return name; } } /* Table of code sets with 94 characters, assigned 1988-10 or before, for 3-byte escape sequences. ESC 0x28..0x2B 0x40+XX. See http://www.itscj.ipsj.or.jp/ISO-IR/table01.htm */ static float const iso_ir_table1[] = { 2, 4, 6, 8.1, 8.2, 9.1, 9.2, 10, 11, 13, 14, 21, 16, 39, 37, 38, 53, 54, 25, 55, 57, 27, 47, 49, 31, 15, 17, 18, 19, 50, 51, 59, 60, 61, 70, 71, 173, 68, 69, 84, 85, 86, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 98, 99, 102, 103, 121, 122, 137, 141, 146, 128, 147 }; /* Return the name of a character set, given the final byte of the 3-byte escape sequence ESC 0x28..0x2B 0x40+XX. Return NULL if unknown. */ static const char * iso_ir_table1_name (int f) { if (f >= 0x40 && f < 0x40 + sizeof (iso_ir_table1) / sizeof (iso_ir_table1[0])) return iso_ir_name (iso_ir_table1[f - 0x40]); else return NULL; } /* Table of code sets with 94 characters, assigned 1988-11 or later, for 4-byte escape sequences ESC 0x28..0x2B 0x21 0x40+XX. See http://www.itscj.ipsj.or.jp/ISO-IR/table02.htm */ static int const iso_ir_table2[] = { 150, 151, 170, 207, 230, 231, 232 }; /* Return the name of a character set, given the final byte of the 4-byte escape sequence ESC 0x28..0x2B 0x21 0x40+XX. Return NULL if unknown. */ static const char * iso_ir_table2_name (int f) { if (f >= 0x40 && f < 0x40 + sizeof (iso_ir_table2) / sizeof (iso_ir_table2[0])) return iso_ir_name (iso_ir_table2[f - 0x40]); else return NULL; } /* Table of code sets with 96 characters, for 3-byte escape sequences ESC 0x2D..0x2F 0x40+XX. See http://www.itscj.ipsj.or.jp/ISO-IR/table03.htm */ static int const iso_ir_table3[] = { 111, 100, 101, 109, 110, 123, 126, 127, 138, 139, 142, 143, 144, 148, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 164, 166, 167, 157, -1, 158, 179, 180, 181, 182, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 203, 204, 205, 206, 226, 208, 209, 227, 234, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 129 }; /* Return the name of a character set, given the final byte of the 3-byte escape sequence ESC 0x2D..0x2F 0x40+XX. Return NULL if unknown. */ static const char * iso_ir_table3_name (int f) { if (f >= 0x40 && f < 0x40 + sizeof (iso_ir_table3) / sizeof (iso_ir_table3[0])) { int id = iso_ir_table3[f - 0x40]; if (id >= 0) return iso_ir_name (id); } return NULL; } /* Table of code sets with multi-byte characters, for escape sequences ESC 0x24 [0x28] 0x40+XX (the 0x28 can be omitted only for the first three) and ESC 0x24 0x29..0x2B 0x40+XX. See http://www.itscj.ipsj.or.jp/ISO-IR/table04.htm */ static int const iso_ir_table4[] = { 42, 58, 168, 149, 159, 165, 169, 171, 172, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 202, 228, 229, 233 }; /* Return the name of a character set, given the final byte of the escape sequence ESC 0x24 [0x28] 0x40+XX (the 0x28 can be omitted only for the first three) or ESC 0x24 0x29..0x2B 0x40+XX. Return NULL if unknown. */ static const char * iso_ir_table4_name (int f) { if (f >= 0x40 && f < 0x40 + sizeof (iso_ir_table3) / sizeof (iso_ir_table3[0])) return iso_ir_name (iso_ir_table4[f - 0x40]); else return NULL; } /* Table of names of ISO-IR control character sets. See http://www.itscj.ipsj.or.jp/ISO-IR/overview.htm */ static const char * const iso_ir_control_names[] = { /* 000 */ NULL, /* 001 */ "ISO 646", /* 002 */ NULL, /* 003 */ NULL, /* 004 */ NULL, /* 005 */ NULL, /* 006 */ NULL, /* 007 */ "NATS", /* 008 */ NULL, /* 009 */ NULL, /* 010 */ NULL, /* 011 */ NULL, /* 012 */ NULL, /* 013 */ NULL, /* 014 */ NULL, /* 015 */ NULL, /* 016 */ NULL, /* 017 */ NULL, /* 018 */ NULL, /* 019 */ NULL, /* 020 */ NULL, /* 021 */ NULL, /* 022 */ NULL, /* 023 */ NULL, /* 024 */ NULL, /* 025 */ NULL, /* 026 */ "ISO-IR-26", /* 027 */ NULL, /* 028 */ NULL, /* 029 */ NULL, /* 030 */ NULL, /* 031 */ NULL, /* 032 */ NULL, /* 033 */ NULL, /* 034 */ NULL, /* 035 */ NULL, /* 036 */ "ISO-IR-36", /* 037 */ NULL, /* 038 */ NULL, /* 039 */ NULL, /* 040 */ "DIN_31626", /* 041 */ NULL, /* 042 */ NULL, /* 043 */ NULL, /* 044 */ NULL, /* 045 */ NULL, /* 046 */ NULL, /* 047 */ NULL, /* 048 */ "INIS", /* 049 */ NULL, /* 050 */ NULL, /* 051 */ NULL, /* 052 */ NULL, /* 053 */ NULL, /* 054 */ NULL, /* 055 */ NULL, /* 056 */ "VIDEOTEX-GB", /* not an official name */ /* 057 */ NULL, /* 058 */ NULL, /* 059 */ NULL, /* 060 */ NULL, /* 061 */ NULL, /* 062 */ NULL, /* 063 */ NULL, /* 064 */ NULL, /* 065 */ NULL, /* 066 */ NULL, /* 067 */ NULL, /* 068 */ NULL, /* 069 */ NULL, /* 070 */ NULL, /* 071 */ NULL, /* 072 */ NULL, /* 073 */ "VIDEOTEX-CCITT", /* not an official name */ /* 074 */ "JIS_C6225-1979", /* 075 */ NULL, /* 076 */ NULL, /* 077 */ "ISO_6429-1983", /* 078 */ NULL, /* 079 */ NULL, /* 080 */ NULL, /* 081 */ NULL, /* 082 */ NULL, /* 083 */ NULL, /* 084 */ NULL, /* 085 */ NULL, /* 086 */ NULL, /* 087 */ NULL, /* 088 */ NULL, /* 089 */ NULL, /* 090 */ NULL, /* 091 */ NULL, /* 092 */ NULL, /* 093 */ NULL, /* 094 */ NULL, /* 095 */ NULL, /* 096 */ NULL, /* 097 */ NULL, /* 098 */ NULL, /* 099 */ NULL, /* 100 */ NULL, /* 101 */ NULL, /* 102 */ NULL, /* 103 */ NULL, /* 104 */ "ISO_4873", /* 105 */ "ISO_4873", /* 106 */ "T.61", /* 107 */ "T.61", /* 108 */ NULL, /* 109 */ NULL, /* 110 */ NULL, /* 111 */ NULL, /* 112 */ NULL, /* 113 */ NULL, /* 114 */ NULL, /* 115 */ NULL, /* 116 */ NULL, /* 117 */ NULL, /* 118 */ NULL, /* 119 */ NULL, /* 120 */ NULL, /* 121 */ NULL, /* 122 */ NULL, /* 123 */ NULL, /* 124 */ "ISO_6630-1985", /* 125 */ NULL, /* 126 */ NULL, /* 127 */ NULL, /* 128 */ NULL, /* 129 */ NULL, /* 130 */ "ASMO_662-1985", /* = "ST_SEV_358" */ /* 131 */ NULL, /* 132 */ "T.101-1", /* not an official name */ /* 133 */ "T.101-1", /* not an official name */ /* 134 */ "T.101-2", /* not an official name */ /* 135 */ "T.101-3", /* not an official name */ /* 136 */ "T.101-3", /* not an official name */ /* 137 */ NULL, /* 138 */ NULL, /* 139 */ NULL, /* 140 */ "CSN_369102" }; /* Table of C0 control character sets, for 3-byte escape sequences ESC 0x21 0x40+XX. See http://www.itscj.ipsj.or.jp/ISO-IR/table05.htm */ static int const iso_ir_table5[] = { 1, 7, 48, 26, 36, 106, 74, 104, 130, 132, 134, 135, 140 }; /* Return the name of a C0 control character set, given the final byte of the 3-byte escape sequence ESC 0x21 0x40+XX. Return NULL if unknown. */ static const char * iso_ir_c0_name (int f) { if (f >= 0x40 && f < 0x40 + sizeof (iso_ir_table5) / sizeof (iso_ir_table5[0])) { int id = iso_ir_table5[f - 0x40]; if (id >= 0) return iso_ir_control_names[id]; } return NULL; } /* Table of C1 control character sets, for 3-byte escape sequences ESC 0x22 0x40+XX. See http://www.itscj.ipsj.or.jp/ISO-IR/table06.htm */ static int const iso_ir_table6[] = { 56, 73, 124, 77, 133, 40, 136, 105, 107 }; /* Return the name of a C1 control character set, given the final byte of the 3-byte escape sequence ESC 0x22 0x40+XX. Return NULL if unknown. */ static const char * iso_ir_c1_name (int f) { if (f >= 0x40 && f < 0x40 + sizeof (iso_ir_table6) / sizeof (iso_ir_table6[0])) { int id = iso_ir_table6[f - 0x40]; if (id >= 0) return iso_ir_control_names[id]; } return NULL; } /* Identify control character set invocation. Escape sequence: ESC 0x21..0x22 FINAL */ void print_cxd_info (struct processor *p, int intermediate, int final) { if (intermediate == 0x21) { maybe_print_label (p, "CZD", "C0-DESIGNATE"); if (configuration.descriptions) { const char *name = iso_ir_c0_name (final); if (name != NULL) putter_single_desc (p->putr, "Designate C0 Control Set of %s.", name); } } else { maybe_print_label (p, "C1D", "C1-DESIGNATE"); if (configuration.descriptions) { const char *name = iso_ir_c1_name (final); if (name != NULL) putter_single_desc (p->putr, "Designate C1 Control Set of %s.", name); } } } /* Identify graphical character set invocation. Escape sequence: ESC 0x28..2F [I1] FINAL */ void print_gxd_info (struct processor *p, int intermediate, int i1, int final) { /* See ISO 2022 = ECMA 035, section 14.3.2. */ int designate; const char *desig_strs = "Z123"; int set; if (intermediate >= 0x28 && intermediate <= 0x2b) { set = 4; designate = intermediate - 0x28; } else if (intermediate >= 0x2d && intermediate <= 0x2f) { set = 6; designate = intermediate - 0x2c; } else return; if (configuration.labels) { putter_single_label (p->putr, "G%cD%d: G%d-DESIGNATE 9%d-SET", desig_strs[designate], set, designate, set); } if (configuration.descriptions) { const char *designator; const char *explanation; { static char buf[10]; char *p = buf; if (i1 != 0) *p++ = i1; *p++ = final; *p = '\0'; designator = buf; } if (GET_COLUMN (final) == 3) explanation = " (private)"; else { static char buf[100]; const char *name; if (set == 4) { if (i1 == 0) /* ESC 0x28..0x2B FINAL */ name = iso_ir_table1_name (final); else if (i1 == 0x21) /* ESC 0x28..0x2B 0x21 FINAL */ name = iso_ir_table2_name (final); else name = NULL; } else { if (i1 == 0) /* ESC 0x2D..0x2F FINAL */ name = iso_ir_table3_name (final); else name = NULL; } if (name != NULL) { sprintf (buf, " (%s)", name); explanation = buf; } else explanation = ""; } putter_single_desc (p->putr, "Designate 9%d-character set " "%s%s to G%d.", set, designator, explanation, designate); } } /* Identify multibyte graphical character set invocation. Escape sequence: ESC 0x24 [I1] FINAL */ void print_gxdm_info (struct processor *p, int i1, int final) { /* See ISO 2022 = ECMA 035, section 14.3.2. */ int designate; const char *desig_strs = "Z123"; int set; if (i1 == (final == 0x40 || final == 0x41 || final == 0x42 ? 0 : 0x28)) { set = 4; designate = 0; } else if (i1 >= 0x29 && i1 <= 0x2b) { set = 4; designate = i1 - 0x28; } else if (i1 >= 0x2d && i1 <= 0x2f) { set = 6; designate = i1 - 0x2c; } else return; assert (designate >= 0); assert (designate < 4); if (configuration.labels) { putter_single_label (p->putr, "G%cDM%d: G%d-DESIGNATE MULTIBYTE 9%d-SET", desig_strs[designate], set, designate, set); } if (configuration.descriptions) { const char *explanation; if (GET_COLUMN (final) == 3) explanation = " (private)"; else { static char buf[100]; const char *name; name = (set == 4 ? iso_ir_table4_name (final) : NULL); if (name != NULL) { sprintf (buf, " (%s)", name); explanation = buf; } else explanation = ""; } putter_single_desc (p->putr, "Designate multibyte 9%d-character set " "%c%s to G%d.", set, final, explanation, designate); } } /* handle_nF: Handles Ecma-35 (nF)-type escape sequences. These generally control switching of character-encoding elements, and follow the format "Esc I... F", where "I..." is one or more intermediate characters in the range 0x20-0x2f, and the final byte "F" is a character in the range 0x30-0x7e. A final byte in the range 0x30-0x3f indicates a private function (but the type of function is always indicated by the first byte to follow the Esc). */ int handle_nF (struct processor *p, unsigned char i) { int i1 = 0; int f; int c; /* Esc already given. */ f = inputbuf_get (p->ibuf); if (IS_nF_INTERMEDIATE_CHAR (f)) { i1 = f; f = inputbuf_get (p->ibuf); c = f; while (IS_nF_INTERMEDIATE_CHAR (c)) c = inputbuf_get (p->ibuf); if (! IS_nF_FINAL_CHAR (c)) return 0; } else if (! IS_nF_FINAL_CHAR (f)) return 0; if (configuration.escapes) { inputbuf_rewind (p->ibuf); putter_start (p->putr, &sgr_esc, NULL, ":", "", ": "); print_esc_char (p, C_ESC); do { c = inputbuf_get (p->ibuf); print_esc_char (p, c); } while (! IS_nF_FINAL_CHAR (c)); putter_finish (p->putr, ""); } if (! IS_nF_FINAL_CHAR (f)) return 1; if (i == 0x20) maybe_print_label (p, "ACS", "ANNOUNCE CODE STRUCTURE"); else if (i == 0x21 || i == 0x22) print_cxd_info (p, i, f); else if (i == 0x24 && (i1 == 0 || i1 >= 0x27)) print_gxdm_info (p, i1, f); else if (i >= 0x28) print_gxd_info (p, i, i1, f); return 1; } /* handle_c1: format is Esc Fe, where Fe is a single byte in the range 0x40-0x5f. It indicates a control from the C1 set of Ecma-48 controls. In 8-bit Ecma-35-based encodings, these controls may also be specified as a single byte in the range 0x80-0x9f; but this representation is not currently supported by Teseq. If CSI (Esc [) is invoked, further processing is done to determine if there is a valid control sequence. */ int handle_c1 (struct processor *p, unsigned char c) { if (c == '[') { const struct csi_handler *h; if ((h = read_csi_sequence (p))) { process_csi_sequence (p, h); return 1; } else { inputbuf_rewind (p->ibuf); inputbuf_get (p->ibuf); /* Throw away '[' */ } } if (configuration.escapes) putter_single_esc (p->putr, "Esc %c", c); if (configuration.labels) print_c1_label (p, c); return 1; } /* handle_Fp: private function escape sequence, in the format "Esc Fp", where Fp is a byte in the 0x30-0x3f range. Among common uses for this sequence is the "keypad application mode", which VT100-style terminals use to change the key sequences generated by keys from the keypad; and "save/restore cursor". */ int handle_Fp (struct processor *p, unsigned char c) { if (configuration.escapes) putter_single_esc (p->putr, "Esc %c", c); switch (c) { case '7': maybe_print_label (p, "DECSC", "SAVE CURSOR"); break; case '8': maybe_print_label (p, "DECRC", "RESTORE CURSOR"); break; case '=': maybe_print_label (p, "DECKPAM", "KEYPAD APPLICATION MODE"); break; case '>': maybe_print_label (p, "DECKPNM", "KEYPAD NORMAL MODE"); break; } return 1; } /* handle_Fs: Standardized single function control, in the format "Esc Fs", where Fs is a byte in the 0x60-0x7e range, and designates a control function registered with ISO. */ int handle_Fs (struct processor *p, unsigned char c) { if (configuration.escapes) putter_single_esc (p->putr, "Esc %c", c); switch (c) { case 0x60: maybe_print_label (p, "DMI", "DISABLE MANUAL INPUT"); break; case 0x61: maybe_print_label (p, "INT", "INTERRUPT"); break; case 0x62: maybe_print_label (p, "EMI", "END OF MEDIUM"); break; case 0x63: maybe_print_label (p, "RIS", "RESET TO INITIAL STATE"); break; case 0x64: maybe_print_label (p, "CMD", "CODING METHOD DELIMITER"); break; case 0x6e: maybe_print_label (p, "LS2", "LOCKING-SHIFT TWO"); break; case 0x6f: maybe_print_label (p, "LS3", "LOCKING-SHIFT THREE"); break; case 0x7c: maybe_print_label (p, "LS3R", "LOCKING-SHIFT THREE RIGHT "); break; case 0x7d: maybe_print_label (p, "LS2R", "LOCKING-SHIFT TWO RIGHT "); break; case 0x7e: maybe_print_label (p, "LS1R", "LOCKING-SHIFT ONE RIGHT "); break; } return 1; } int handle_escape_sequence (struct processor *p) { int c; int handled = 0; inputbuf_saving (p->ibuf); c = inputbuf_get (p->ibuf); if (c != EOF) switch (GET_COLUMN (c)) { case 2: handled = handle_nF (p, c); break; case 3: handled = handle_Fp (p, c); break; case 4: case 5: handled = handle_c1 (p, c); break; case 6: case 7: if (c != C_DEL) handled = handle_Fs (p, c); break; } if (handled) { inputbuf_forget (p->ibuf); p->print_dot = 1; } else inputbuf_rewind (p->ibuf); return handled; } int print_control (struct processor *p, unsigned char c) { if (p->print_dot) { p->print_dot = 0; putter_start (p->putr, &sgr_ctrl, NULL, ".", "", "."); } if (IS_CONTROL (c) || c == C_DEL) { const char *name = "DEL"; if (c < 0x20) name = control_names[c]; if (configuration.control_hats) putter_printf (p->putr, " %s/^%c", name, UNCONTROL (c)); else putter_printf (p->putr, " %s", name); } else putter_printf (p->putr, " x%02X", (unsigned int) c); p->st = ST_CTRL; return 0; } void init_state (struct processor *p, unsigned char c) { p->print_dot = 1; if (c != '\n' && !is_normal_text (c)) { p->st = ST_CTRL; } else { putter_start (p->putr, &sgr_text, &sgr_text_decor, "|", "|-", "-|"); p->st = ST_TEXT; } } /* Finish the current state and return to ST_INIT. */ void finish_state (struct processor *p) { switch (p->st) { case ST_TEXT: putter_finish (p->putr, "|"); break; case ST_CTRL: putter_finish (p->putr, ""); break; case ST_INIT: break; default: assert (!"Can't get here!"); } p->st = ST_INIT; } void catchsig (int s) { if (!signal_pending_p) { pending_signal = s; signal_pending_p = 1; } } void handle_pending_signal (struct processor *p) { struct sigaction sa; if (!signal_pending_p || inputbuf_avail (p->ibuf)) return; if (output_tty_p) finish_state (p); if (input_term_fd != -1) tcsetattr (input_term_fd, TCSANOW, &saved_stty); sigaction (pending_signal, NULL, &sa); sa.sa_handler = SIG_DFL; sigaction (pending_signal, &sa, NULL); raise (pending_signal); sa.sa_handler = catchsig; sigaction (pending_signal, &sa, NULL); if (input_term_fd != -1) tcsetattr (input_term_fd, TCSANOW, &working_stty); signal_pending_p = 0; } void process (struct processor *p, unsigned char c) { int handled = 0; while (!handled) { switch (p->st) { case ST_INIT: /* We're not in the middle of processing any particular sort of characters. */ init_state (p, c); continue; case ST_TEXT: if (c == '\n') { putter_finish (p->putr, "|."); p->st = ST_INIT; /* Handled, don't continue. */ } else if (!is_normal_text (c)) { finish_state (p); continue; } else { putter_putc (p->putr, c); } break; case ST_CTRL: if (is_normal_text (c)) { finish_state (p); continue; } else if (c != C_ESC || !handle_escape_sequence (p)) print_control (p, c); break; } handled = 1; } } void usage (int status) { FILE *f = status == EXIT_SUCCESS ? stdout : stderr; fputs ("\ Usage: teseq [-CLDEx] [in [out]]\n\ or: teseq -h | --help\n\ or: teseq -V | --version\n\ Format text with terminal escapes and control sequences for human\n\ consumption.\n", f); putc ('\n', f); fputs ("\ -h, --help Display usage information (this message).\n\ -V, --version Display version and warrantee.\n", f); fputs ("\ -C Don't print ^X for C0 controls.\n\ -D Don't print descriptions.\n\ -E Don't print escape sequences.\n\ -L Don't print labels.\n", f); fputs ("\ --color=[WHEN], --colour=[WHEN]\n\ Colorize the output. WHEN defaults to 'always'\n\ or can be 'never' or 'auto'. See the full documentation.\n\ -I, --no-interactive\n\ Don't put the terminal into non-canonical or no-echo\n\ mode, and don't try to ensure output lines are finished\n\ when a signal is received.\n\ -b, --buffered Force teseq to buffer I/O.\n\ -t, --timings=TIMINGS\n\ Read timing info from TIMINGS and emit delay lines.\n\ -x (No effect; accepted for backwards compatibility.)\n", f); putc ('\n', f); fputs ("\ The GNU Teseq home page is at http://www.gnu.org/software/teseq/.\n\ Report all bugs to " PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "\n\ ", f); exit (status); } void version (void) { puts (PACKAGE_STRING); puts ("\ Copyright (C) 2008,2013 Micah Cowan .\n\ License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later \ \n\ This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n\ There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\ "); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } FILE * must_fopen (const char *fname, const char *mode, int dash) { FILE *f; if (dash && fname[0] == '-' && fname[1] == '\0') { if (strchr (mode, 'w')) return stdout; else return stdin; } f = fopen (fname, mode); if (f) return f; fprintf (stderr, "%s: couldn't open file %s: %s\n", program_name, fname, strerror (errno)); exit (EXIT_FAILURE); } void tty_setup (int fd) { struct termios ti; int intr; char *ctrl_name = NULL; if (tcgetattr (fd, &ti) != 0) return; saved_stty = ti; intr = ti.c_cc[VINTR]; ti.c_lflag &= ~ICANON; if (output_tty_p) ti.c_lflag &= ~ECHO; working_stty = ti; input_term_fd = fd; tcsetattr (fd, TCSANOW, &ti); /* Notify the user that they're in non-canonical mode. */ fprintf (stderr, " Terminal detected. Interactive mode (-I option to disable).\n" " Send the interrupt character to exit."); if (IS_CONTROL(intr)) { fprintf (stderr, " (Control-%c)", intr + '@'); /* <--- Example: '\003' -> (Control-C) */ } else if (intr == C_DEL) { fprintf (stderr, " (DEL, or Control-?)"); } fputs ("\n\n", stderr); } void signal_setup (void) { static const int sigs[] = { SIGINT, SIGTERM, SIGTSTP, SIGTTIN, SIGTTOU }; const int *sig, *sige = sigs + N_ARY_ELEMS (sigs); struct sigaction sa; sigset_t mask; sigemptyset (&mask); for (sig = sigs; sig != sige; ++sig) sigaddset (&mask, *sig); sa.sa_handler = catchsig; sa.sa_mask = mask; sa.sa_flags = 0; for (sig = sigs; sig != sige; ++sig) sigaction (*sig, &sa, NULL); } void parse_colors (const char *color_string) { const char *p, *s, *e; struct sgr_def *set_me; for (p = color_string; p[0] != '\0'; ) { set_me = NULL; switch (p[0]) { case '|': if (p[1] == '>') { set_me = &sgr_text; ++p; } else set_me = &sgr_text_decor; break; case '.': set_me = &sgr_ctrl; break; case ':': set_me = &sgr_esc; break; case '&': set_me = &sgr_label; break; case '"': set_me = &sgr_desc; break; case '@': set_me = &sgr_delay; break; default: ; /* Won't set anything, just skip to next one. */ } if (p[1] != '=') { /* Invalid definition, skip to next one. */ set_me = NULL; } if (p[1] == '\0') break; for (s = e = &p[2]; e[0] != '\0' && e[0] != ','; ++e) { if (! (e[0] >= 0x30 && e[0] < 0x40)) { /* Parameters can't fall outside this range. Skip * assignment. */ set_me = NULL; } } if ((set_me != NULL) && ((e - s) <= UINT_MAX)) { set_me->sgr = s; set_me->len = e - s; } if (e[0] == '\0') p = e; else p = e + 1; /* Skip comma. */ } } void color_setup (void) { const char *envstr = getenv("TESEQ_COLORS"); if (configuration.color != CFG_COLOR_ALWAYS) return; parse_colors (default_color_string); if (envstr) parse_colors (envstr); } #ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_H struct option teseq_opts[] = { { "help", 0, NULL, 'h' }, { "version", 0, NULL, 'V' }, { "timings", 1, NULL, 't' }, { "buffered", 0, NULL, 'b' }, { "no-interactive", 0, NULL, 'I' }, { "color", 2, &configuration.color, CFG_COLOR_SET }, { "colour", 2, &configuration.color, CFG_COLOR_SET }, { 0 } }; #endif void configure (struct processor *p, int argc, char **argv) { int opt, which; const char *timings_fname = NULL; FILE *inf = stdin; FILE *outf = stdout; int infd; configuration.control_hats = 1; configuration.descriptions = 1; configuration.labels = 1; configuration.escapes = 1; configuration.buffered = 0; configuration.handle_signals = 1; configuration.timings = NULL; configuration.color = CFG_COLOR_NONE; program_name = argv[0]; while ((opt = ( #define ACCEPTOPTS ":hVo:C^&D\"LEt:xbI" #ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_H getopt_long (argc, argv, ACCEPTOPTS, teseq_opts, &which) #else getopt (argc, argv, ACCEPTOPTS) #endif )) != -1) { switch (opt) { case 'h': usage (EXIT_SUCCESS); break; case 'V': version (); break; case '^': case 'C': configuration.control_hats = 0; break; case '"': case 'D': configuration.descriptions = 0; break; case '&': case 'L': configuration.labels = 0; break; case 'E': configuration.escapes = 0; break; case 'I': configuration.handle_signals = 0; break; case 'b': configuration.buffered = 1; break; case 't': timings_fname = optarg; break; case 'x': /* Used to control whether we print descriptions of * non-ANSI-defined sequences. This option is always on now. */ break; case ':': fprintf (stderr, "Option -%c requires an argument.\n\n", optopt); usage (EXIT_FAILURE); break; case 0: /* Long-only option. */ if (configuration.color == CFG_COLOR_SET) { if (!optarg || !strcasecmp(optarg, "always")) configuration.color = CFG_COLOR_ALWAYS; else if (!strcasecmp(optarg, "none")) configuration.color = CFG_COLOR_NONE; else if (!strcasecmp(optarg, "auto")) configuration.color = CFG_COLOR_AUTO; else { fprintf (stderr, "Option --color: Unknown argument ``%s''.\n\n", optarg); usage (EXIT_FAILURE); } } break; default: if (optopt == ':') { configuration.escapes = 0; break; } fprintf (stderr, "Unrecognized option -%c.\n\n", optopt); usage (EXIT_FAILURE); break; } } if (argv[optind] != NULL) { inf = must_fopen (argv[optind++], "r", 1); } if (argv[optind] != NULL) { outf = must_fopen (argv[optind++], "w", 1); } if (timings_fname != NULL) { configuration.timings = must_fopen (timings_fname, "r", 0); } /* Set input/output to unbuffered. */ infd = fileno (inf); if (!configuration.buffered) { /* Don't unbuffer if input's a plain file. */ struct stat s; int r = fstat (infd, &s); if (r == -1 || !S_ISREG (s.st_mode)) { setvbuf (inf, NULL, _IONBF, 0); setvbuf (outf, NULL, _IONBF, 0); } } output_tty_p = isatty (fileno (outf)); if (configuration.color != CFG_COLOR_AUTO) ; /* Nothing to do. */ else if (output_tty_p) configuration.color = CFG_COLOR_ALWAYS; else configuration.color = CFG_COLOR_NONE; color_setup (); if (configuration.handle_signals) { if (isatty (infd)) tty_setup (infd); signal_setup (); } p->ibuf = inputbuf_new (inf, 1024); p->putr = putter_new (outf); if (!p->ibuf || !p->putr) { fprintf (stderr, "%s: Out of memory.\n", program_name); exit (EXIT_FAILURE); } putter_set_handler (p->putr, handle_write_error, (void *)program_name); } void emit_delay (struct processor *p) { static int first = 1; size_t count = inputbuf_get_count (p->ibuf); finish_state (p); do { /* Why the "next mark"? ...script issues the amount of delay that has occurred *before* a read has been attempted, thus scriptreplay.pl Actually reads and executes two delays before printing the first byte, to keep the remaining delays properly synched. So, we throw out the first delay (but remember the number-of-bytes field), and execute the second, before _we_ process the byte. */ struct delay d; delay_read (configuration.timings, &d); p->mark += p->next_mark; p->next_mark = d.chars; if (first) first = 0; else putter_single_delay (p->putr, "%f", d.time); } while (configuration.timings && p->mark <= count); /* Following couple lines aren't strictly necessary, but keep the count/mark from getting huge, and avoid the unlikely potential for overflow. */ p->mark -= count; inputbuf_reset_count (p->ibuf); } #define SHOULD_EMIT_DELAY(p) (configuration.timings && \ (p)->mark <= inputbuf_get_count ((p)->ibuf)) int main (int argc, char **argv) { int c; int err; struct processor p = { 0, 0, ST_INIT }; configure (&p, argc, argv); /* If we're in timings mode, we need to handle up to the first newline without checking the delay, because that's the timestamp line from script, and the delays don't start until after that. */ if (configuration.timings) { while ((c = inputbuf_get (p.ibuf)) != EOF) { process (&p, c); if (c == '\n') break; } inputbuf_reset_count (p.ibuf); } for (;;) { if (SHOULD_EMIT_DELAY (&p)) emit_delay (&p); handle_pending_signal (&p); c = inputbuf_get (p.ibuf); if (c == EOF) { if (signal_pending_p) continue; else break; } else { process (&p, c); } } finish_state (&p); if ((err = inputbuf_io_error (p.ibuf)) != 0) fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: %s\n", program_name, "read error", strerror (err)); return EXIT_SUCCESS; } teseq-1.1.1/src/csi.c0000664000175000017500000011322412562462730011301 00000000000000/* csi.c: acronyms, labels, and descriptions for CSI control sequences. */ /* Copyright (C) 2008,2013 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ /* Many of the descriptions below were heavily based on descriptions found in the ctlseqs.txt file that accompanies the Xterm distribution at http://invisible-island.net/xterm/. The following rather long set of copyright and permission notices, which apply to all accompanying documentation, accompany that program. Copyright 2002-2007,2008 by Thomas E. Dickey All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization. Copyright 1987, 1988 The Open Group Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation. The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard. All Rights Reserved Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. */ /* The control function labels in this document are taken verbatim from the Ecma-48 standard. The Ecma website at http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/index.html says: "Ecma Standards and Technical Reports are made available to all interested persons or organizations, free of charge and copyright, in printed form and, as files in Acrobat(R) PDF format." */ #include "teseq.h" #include #include #include "csi.h" #include "sgr.h" #include "modes.h" static void csi_do_ich (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { if (priv) return; assert (n_params == 1); putter_single_desc (putr, ("Shift characters after the cursor to make room " "for %u new character%s."), params[0], params[0] == 1 ? "" : "s"); } static void csi_do_cuu (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { const char *dir[] = {"up", "down", "right", "left"}; const char *unit[] = {"line", "character"}; if (priv) return; assert (n_params == 1); putter_single_desc (putr, "Move the cursor %s %u %s%s.", dir[ final - 0x41 ], params[0], unit[ (final - 0x41)/2 ], params[0] == 1 ? "" : "s"); } static void csi_do_cnl (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { const char *dir[] = {"down", "up"}; if (priv) return; assert (n_params == 1); putter_single_desc (putr, ("Move the cursor to the first column," " %u line%s %s."), params[0], params[0] == 1 ? "" : "s", dir[ final - 0x45 ]); } static void csi_do_cha (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { if (priv) return; assert (n_params == 1); putter_single_desc (putr, "Move the cursor to column %u.", params[0]); } static void csi_do_cup (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { if (priv) return; assert (n_params == 2); putter_single_desc (putr, "Move the cursor to line %u, column %u.", params[0], params[1]); } static void csi_do_cht (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { const char *hv = (final == 0x59) ? "vertical " : ""; const char *dir = (final == 0x5A) ? "back" : "forward"; if (priv) return; assert (n_params == 1); putter_single_desc (putr, "Move the cursor %s %u %stab stop%s.", dir, params[0], hv, params[0] == 1 ? "" : "s"); } static void csi_do_ed (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { const char *space; if (priv) return; assert (n_params == 1); switch (final) { case 0x4A: space = "screen"; break; case 0x4B: space = "line"; break; case 0x4F: space = "qualified area"; break; default: assert (! "get here"); } switch (params[0]) { case 0: putter_single_desc (putr, ("Clear from the cursor to the end of " "the %s."), space); break; case 1: putter_single_desc (putr, ("Clear from the beginning of the %s " "to the cursor."), space); break; case 2: putter_single_desc (putr, "Clear the %s.", space); break; } } static void csi_do_il (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { assert (n_params == 1); if (priv) return; putter_single_desc (putr, ("Shift lines after the cursor to make room " "for %u new line%s."), params[0], params[0] == 1 ? "" : "s"); } static void csi_do_dl (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { assert (n_params == 1); if (priv) return; putter_single_desc (putr, ("Delete %u line%s, shifting the following " "lines up."), params[0], params[0] == 1 ? "" : "s"); } static void csi_do_ef (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { assert (n_params == 1); if (priv) return; switch (params[0]) { case 0: putter_single_desc (putr, "Clear from the cursor to the next tab stop."); break; case 1: putter_single_desc (putr, ("Clear from the previous tab stop " "to the cursor.")); break; case 2: putter_single_desc (putr, ("Clear from the previous tab stop to the " "next tab stop.")); break; } } static void csi_do_dch (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { assert (n_params == 1); if (priv) return; putter_single_desc (putr, ("Delete %u character%s, shifting the following " "characters left."), params[0], params[0] == 1 ? "" : "s"); } static void csi_do_cpr (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { if (priv) return; assert (n_params == 2); putter_single_desc (putr, ("Report that the cursor is located at line %u, " "column %u"), params[0], params[1]); } static void csi_do_su (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { const char *dir, *unit; if (priv) return; assert (n_params == 1); switch (final) { case 0x53: dir = "up"; unit = "line"; break; case 0x54: dir = "down"; unit = "line"; break; case 0x41: dir = "right"; unit = "column"; break; case 0x40: dir = "left"; unit = "column"; break; default: assert (! "got here"); } putter_single_desc (putr, "Scroll %s by %u %s%s", dir, params[0], unit, params[0] == 1 ? "" : "s"); } static void csi_do_ctc (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { unsigned int *p = params, *pend = params + n_params; static const char *messages[] = { "Set a horizontal tab stop at the cursor position.", "Set a vertical tab stop at the current line.", "Clear the horizontal tab stop at the cursor position.", "Clear the vertical tab stop at the current line.", "Clear all horizontal tab stops in the current line.", "Clear all horizontal tab stops.", "Clear all vertical tab stops." }; if (priv) return; for (; p != pend; ++p) { if (*p < N_ARY_ELEMS (messages)) putter_single_desc (putr, "%s", messages[*p]); } } static void csi_do_ech (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { if (priv) return; putter_single_desc (putr, "Erase %u character%s, starting at the cursor.", params[0], params[0] == 1 ? "" : "s"); } static void csi_do_da (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { if (priv) return; if (params[0] != 0) return; putter_single_desc (putr, "Request terminal identification."); } static void csi_do_vpa (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { if (priv) return; putter_single_desc (putr, "Move the cursor to line %u.", params[0]); } /* Describe private mode sets. Based on information from the VT220 Programmer Reference Manual (http://vt100.net/docs/vt220-rm/), and the Xterm Control Sequences document at http://invisible-island.net/xterm/ctlseqs/ctlseqs.html. */ void handle_private_mode (struct putter *putr, unsigned int param, int set) { const char *msg = NULL; switch (param) { case 1: if (set) msg = "(DEC) Cursor key mode."; else msg = "(DEC) Cursor key mode off."; break; case 2: if (set) msg = ("(XTerm) Designate US-ASCII for charater sets G0-G3, " "and set VT100 mode."); else msg = "(DEC) Designate VT52 mode."; break; case 3: if (set) msg = "(DEC) 132 columns per line."; else msg = "(DEC) 80 columns per line."; break; case 4: if (set) msg = "\ (DEC) Smooth scrolling: allow no more than 6 lines to be added\n\ \" to the screen per second."; else msg = "\ (DEC) Fast scrolling: lines are added to the screen as fast as possible."; break; case 5: if (set) msg = "(DEC) Reverse video (dark on light)."; else msg = "(DEC) Normal video (light on dark)."; break; case 7: if (set) msg = "(DEC) Text auto-wrap mode."; else msg = "(DEC) Text auto-wrap mode off."; break; case 9: if (set) msg = "(XTerm) Send mouse X & Y on button press."; else msg = "(XTerm) Don't send mouse X & Y on button press."; break; case 10: if (set) msg = "(Rxvt) Show toolbar."; else msg = "(Rxvt) Hide toolbar."; break; case 12: if (set) msg = "(Att610) Start blinking cursor."; else msg = "(Att610) Stop blinkin cursor."; break; case 25: if (set) msg = "(DEC) Show cursor."; else msg = "(DEC) Hide cursor."; break; case 30: if (set) msg = "(Rxvt) Show scrollbar."; else msg = "(Rxvt) Don't show scrollbar."; break; case 40: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Allow 80 -> 132 mode."; else msg = "(Xterm) Disallow 80 -> 132 mode."; break; case 41: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Activate workaround for more(1) bug."; else msg = "(Xterm) Disable workaround for more(1) bug."; break; case 42: if (set) msg = "(DEC) National character set mode."; else msg = "(DEC) Multinational character set mode."; break; case 44: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Turn on margin bell."; else msg = "(Xterm) Turn off margin bell."; break; case 45: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Reverse-wraparound mode."; else msg = "(Xterm) Reverse-wraparound mode off."; break; case 46: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Start logging."; if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Stop logging."; break; case 47: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Use alternate screen buffer."; else msg = "(Xterm) Use normal screen buffer."; break; case 66: if (set) msg = "(DEC) Application keypad."; else msg = "(DEC) Numeric keypad."; break; case 67: if (set) msg = "(DEC) Backarrow key sends backspace."; else msg = "(DEC) Backarrow key sends delete."; break; case 1000: if (set) msg = ("(Xterm) Send mouse X & Y on button press and " "release."); else msg = ("(Xterm) Don't send mouse X & Y on button press " "and release."); break; case 1001: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Activate hilite mouse tracking."; else msg = "(Xterm) Disable hilite mouse tracking."; break; case 1002: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Activate cell motion mouse tracking."; else msg = "(Xterm) Disable cell motion mouse tracking."; break; case 1003: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Activate all motion mouse tracking."; else msg = "(Xterm) Disable all motion mouse tracking."; break; case 1004: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Send FocusIn/FocusOut events."; else msg = "(Xterm) Don't send FocusIn/FocusOut events."; break; case 1010: if (set) msg = "(Rxvt) Scroll to bottom on tty output."; else msg = "(Rxvt) Don't scroll to bottom on tty output."; break; case 1011: if (set) msg = "(Rxvt) Scroll to bottom on key press."; else msg = "(Rxvt) Don't scroll to bottom on key press."; break; case 1034: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Interpret meta key, sets eighth bit."; else msg = "(Xterm) Don't interpret meta key."; break; case 1035: if (set) msg = ("(Xterm) Enable special modifiers for Alt " "and NumLock keys."); else msg = ("(Xterm) Disable special modifiers for Alt " "and NumLock keys."); break; case 1036: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Send ESC when Meta modifies a key."; else msg = "(Xterm) Don't send ESC when Meta modifies a key."; break; case 1037: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Send DEL from the editing-keypad Delete key."; else msg = ("(Xterm) Send VT220 Remove from the " "editing-keypad Delete key."); break; case 1039: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Send ESC when Alt modifies a key."; else msg = "(Xterm) Don't send ESC when Alt modifies a key."; break; case 1040: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Keep selection even if not highlighted."; else msg = ("(Xterm) Do not keep selection even if not " "highlighted."); break; case 1041: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Use the CLIPBOARD selection."; else msg = "(Xterm) Don't use the CLIPBOARD selection."; break; case 1042: if (set) msg = "\ (Xterm) Enable Urgency window manager hint when BEL is received."; else msg = "\ (Xterm) Disable Urgency window manager hint when BEL is received."; break; case 1043: if (set) msg = "\ (Xterm) Enable raising of the window when BEL is received."; else msg = "\ (Xterm) Disable raising of the window when BEL is received."; break; case 1047: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Use the alternate screen buffer."; else msg = "(Xterm) Use the normal screen buffer."; break; case 1048: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Save the cursor position."; else msg = "(Xterm) Restore the cursor position."; break; case 1049: if (set) msg = "\ (Xterm) Save the cursor position and use the alternate screen buffer,\n\ \" clearing it first."; else msg = ("(Xterm) Leave the alternate screen buffer and " "restore the cursor."); break; case 2004: if (set) msg = "(Xterm) Set bracketed paste mode."; else msg = "(Xterm) Reset bracketed paste mode."; break; } if (msg) putter_single_desc (putr, "%s", msg); } static void csi_do_sm (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { unsigned int *p, *pend = params + n_params; for (p=params; p != pend; ++p) { struct mode_info *m; if (priv == '?') { handle_private_mode (putr, *p, final == 0x68); continue; } else if (priv) return; if (*p >= N_ARY_ELEMS (modes)) continue; m = &modes[*p]; if (m->acro) { const char *arg = (final == 0x68) ? m->set : m->reset; putter_single_desc (putr, "%s (%s) -> %s", m->name, m->acro, arg); } } } static void csi_do_tbc (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { static const char *messages[] = { "Clear the horizontal tab stop at the cursor position.", "Clear the vertical tab stop at the current line.", "Clear all horizontal tab stops in the current line.", "Clear all horizontal tab stops.", "Clear all vertical tab stops.", "Clear all tab stops." }; if (priv) return; if (params[0] < N_ARY_ELEMS (messages)) putter_single_desc (putr, "%s", messages[params[0]]); } static void csi_do_mc (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { unsigned int p = *params; static const char *messages[] = { "Initiate transfer to a primary auxiliary device.", "Initiate transfer from a primary auxiliary device.", "Initiate transfer to a secondary auxiliary device.", "Initiate transfer from a secondary auxiliary device.", "Stop relay to a primary auxiliary device.", "Start relay to a primary auxiliary device.", "Stop relay to a secondary auxiliary device.", "Start relay to a secondary auxiliary device." }; if (priv == '?') { const char *msg = NULL; switch (p) { case 1: msg = "(DEC) Print current line."; break; case 4: msg = "(DEC) Turn off autoprint mode."; break; case 5: msg = "(DEC) Turn on autoprint mode."; break; } putter_single_desc (putr, "%s", msg); return; } else if (priv) return; if (p < N_ARY_ELEMS (messages)) { putter_single_desc (putr, "%s", messages[p]); } } static void print_sgr_param_description (struct putter *putr, unsigned int param) { const char *msg = NULL; if (param >= 90 && param <= 107) { const char *messages[] = { "(Xterm) Set foreground color gray.", "(Xterm) Set foreground color bright red.", "(Xterm) Set foreground color bright green.", "(Xterm) Set foreground color bright yellow.", "(Xterm) Set foreground color bright blue.", "(Xterm) Set foreground color bright magenta.", "(Xterm) Set foreground color bright cyan.", "(Xterm) Set foreground color bright white.", NULL, NULL, "(Xterm) Set background color gray.", "(Xterm) Set background color bright red.", "(Xterm) Set background color bright green.", "(Xterm) Set background color bright yellow.", "(Xterm) Set background color bright blue.", "(Xterm) Set background color bright magenta.", "(Xterm) Set background color bright cyan.", "(Xterm) Set background color bright white.", }; msg = messages[param - 90]; } else if (param < N_ARY_ELEMS (sgr_param_descriptions)) msg = sgr_param_descriptions[param]; if (msg) { putter_single_desc (putr, "%s", msg); } if (param == 100) { putter_single_desc (putr, "%s", ("(Rxvt) Set foreground and background " "color to default.")); } } void print_t416_description (struct putter *putr, unsigned char n_params, unsigned int *params) { const char *fore_back = "foreground"; if (params[0] == 48) fore_back = "background"; if (n_params == 3 && params[1] == 5) { putter_single_desc (putr, "Set %s color to index %u.", fore_back, params[2]); } else { putter_single_desc (putr, "Set %s color (unknown).", fore_back); } } static void csi_do_sgr (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { unsigned int *pend = params + n_params; unsigned int *param; assert (n_params > 0); if (priv == '>') { const char *res = NULL; int arg = 0; switch (params[0]) { case 1: res = "modifyCursorKeys"; break; case 2: res = "modifyFunctionKeys"; break; case 4: res = "modifyOtherKeys"; break; } if (n_params > 1 && params[1] > 0) arg = params[1]; if (res) putter_single_desc (putr, "(Xterm) Set %s to %u.", res, arg); } if (priv) return; if (n_params >= 2 && (params[0] == 48 || params[0] == 38)) print_t416_description (putr, n_params, params); else for (param = params; param != pend; ++param) { print_sgr_param_description (putr, *param); } } static void csi_do_dsr (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { unsigned int p = *params; static const char *messages[] = { "Device reports ready.", "Device reports ready, send DSR request later.", "Device reports ready, will send DSR later.", "Device reports error, send DSR request later.", "Device reports error, will send DSR later.", "DSR requested.", "Request cursor position report." }; if (priv == '>') { const char *res = NULL; switch (params[0]) { case 1: res = "modifyCursorKeys"; break; case 2: res = "modifyFunctionKeys"; break; case 4: res = "modifyOtherKeys"; break; } if (res) putter_single_desc (putr, "(Xterm) Disable %s.", res); } if (priv) return; if (p < N_ARY_ELEMS (messages)) putter_single_desc (putr, "%s", messages[p]); } static void csi_do_sr (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { if (priv == '?') { if (final == 'r') putter_single_desc (putr, ("\ *** (Xterm) Restore saved settings for specified modes:")); else putter_single_desc (putr, ("\ *** (Xterm) Save current state of specified modes:")); csi_do_sm ('h', priv, putr, n_params, params); } else if (priv) return; else if (final != 'r') return; else if (n_params == 0) putter_single_desc (putr, "(DEC) Set the scrolling region to full size."); else if (n_params == 2) { putter_single_desc (putr, "\ (DEC) Set the scrolling region to from line %u to line %u.", params[0], params[1]); } } static void csi_do_wm (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { if (priv) return; if (n_params == 0) return; switch (params[0]) { case 1: putter_single_desc (putr, "(dtterm) De-iconify window."); break; case 2: putter_single_desc (putr, "(dtterm) Iconify window."); break; case 3: if (n_params >= 3) putter_single_desc (putr, "(dtterm) Move window to [%u, %u].", params[1], params[2]); break; case 4: if (n_params >= 3) putter_single_desc (putr, "\ (dtterm) Resize the window to height %u and width %u in pixels.", params[1], params[2]); break; case 5: putter_single_desc (putr, "\ (dtterm) Raise the window to the front of the stacking order."); break; case 6: putter_single_desc (putr, "\ (dtterm) Lower the xterm window to the bottom of the stacking order."); break; case 7: putter_single_desc (putr, "(dtterm) Refresh the window."); break; case 8: if (n_params >= 3) putter_single_desc (putr, "\ (dtterm) Resize the text area to height %u and width %u in characters.", params[1], params[2]); break; case 9: if (n_params < 2) break; else if (params[1] == 0) putter_single_desc (putr, "(Xterm) Restore maximized window."); else if (params[1] == 1) putter_single_desc (putr, "(Xterm) Maximize window."); break; case 11: putter_single_desc (putr, "\ (dtterm) Request report on the window state (iconified/not iconified)."); break; case 13: putter_single_desc (putr, "\ (dtterm) Request report on the window position."); break; case 14: putter_single_desc (putr, "\ (dtterm) Request report on window size in pixels."); break; case 18: putter_single_desc (putr, "\ (dtterm) Request report on text area size in characters."); break; case 19: putter_single_desc (putr, "\ (Xterm) Request report on the whole screen size in characters."); break; case 20: putter_single_desc (putr, "\ (dtterm) Request report of the window's icon label."); break; case 21: putter_single_desc (putr, "\ (dtterm) Request report of the window's title."); break; default: if (params[0] >= 24) { putter_single_desc (putr, "\ (Xterm) Resize the window to %u lines.", params[0]); } break; } } static void csi_do_decelr (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { assert (n_params == 2); if (priv) return; if (params[0] > 2 || params[1] > 2) return; switch (params[0]) { case 0: putter_single_desc (putr, "Disable locator reports."); return; /* (why mention units we won't be reporting with?) */ case 1: putter_single_desc (putr, "Enable locator reports."); break; case 2: putter_single_desc (putr, "Enable a single locator report."); break; } switch (params[1]) { case 0: case 2: putter_single_desc (putr, " Report position in character cells."); break; case 1: putter_single_desc (putr, " Report position in pixels."); break; } } static void csi_do_decsle (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { const char *msgs[] = { "Only respond to explicit locator report requests.", "Report button-down transitions.", "Do not report button-down transitions.", "Report button-up transitions.", "Do not report button-up transitions." }; unsigned int *p, *pend = params + n_params; if (priv) return; for (p = params; p != pend; ++p) if (*p < N_ARY_ELEMS (msgs)) putter_single_desc (putr, "%s", msgs[*p]); } static void csi_do_decrqlp (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { if (priv) return; if (params[0] > 1) return; putter_single_desc (putr, "Request a single DECLRP locator report."); } static void csi_do_decmouse (unsigned char final, unsigned char priv, struct putter *putr, size_t n_params, unsigned int *params) { char downs[100] = " [down:", *cur; const char *buttons[] = {"right", "middle", "left", "M4"}; if (priv) return; if (n_params < 4) return; if (params[1] == 0) cur = ""; else { unsigned int bit; cur = downs + strlen (downs); for (bit = 0; bit != N_ARY_ELEMS (buttons); ++bit) { size_t len; if ((params[1] & (1u << bit)) == 0) continue; if (*(cur-1) != ':') *cur++ = '/'; len = strlen (buttons[bit]); memcpy (cur, buttons[bit], len); cur += len; } *cur = ']'; /* terminating '\0' is already there; downs was initialized. */ assert (cur - downs < sizeof downs); cur = downs; } putter_single_desc (putr, "(DEC) Mouse%s at [%u,%u].", cur, params[2], params[2]); } const static struct csi_handler csi_no_handler = { NULL, NULL }; const static struct csi_handler csi_handlers[] = { {"ICH", "INSERT CHARACTER", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_ich, 1}, /* x40 */ {"CUU", "CURSOR UP", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_cuu, 1}, {"CUD", "CURSOR DOWN", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_cuu, 1}, {"CUF", "CURSOR RIGHT", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_cuu, 1}, {"CUB", "CURSOR LEFT", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_cuu, 1}, {"CNL", "CURSOR NEXT LINE", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_cnl, 1}, {"CPL", "CURSOR PRECEDING LINE", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_cnl, 1}, {"CHA", "CURSOR CHARACTER ABSOLUTE", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_cha, 1}, {"CUP", "CURSOR POSITION", CSI_FUNC_PN_PN, csi_do_cup, 1, 1}, /* x48 */ {"CHT", "CURSOR FORWARD TABULATION", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_cht, 1}, {"ED", "ERASE IN PAGE", CSI_FUNC_PS, csi_do_ed, 0}, {"EL", "ERASE IN LINE", CSI_FUNC_PS, csi_do_ed, 0}, {"IL", "INSERT LINE", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_il, 1}, {"DL", "DELETE LINE", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_dl, 1}, {"EF", "ERASE IN FIELD", CSI_FUNC_PS, csi_do_ef, 0}, {"EA", "ERASE IN AREA"}, {"DCH", "DELETE CHARACTER", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_dch, 1}, /* x50 */ {"SEE", "SELECT EDITING EXTENT"}, {"CPR", "ACTIVE POSITION REPORT", CSI_FUNC_PN_PN, csi_do_cpr, 1, 1}, {"SU", "SCROLL UP", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_su, 1}, {"SD", "SCROLL DOWN", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_su, 1}, {"NP", "NEXT PAGE"}, {"PP", "PRECEDING PAGE"}, {"CTC", "CURSOR TABULATION CONTROL", CSI_FUNC_PS_ANY, csi_do_ctc, 0}, {"ECH", "ERASE CHARACTER", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_ech, 1}, /* x58 */ {"CVT", "CURSOR LINE TABULATION", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_cht, 1}, {"CBT", "CURSOR BACKWARD TABULATION", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_cht, 1}, {"SRS", "START REVERSED STRING"}, {"PTX", "PARALLEL TEXTS"}, {"SDS", "START DIRECTED STRING"}, {"SIMD", "SELECT IMPLICIT MOVEMENT DIRECTION"}, {NULL, NULL}, {"HPA", "CHARACTER POSITION ABSOLUTE", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_cha, 1}, /* ^ x60 */ {"HPR", "CHARACTER POSITION FORWARD"}, {"REP", "REPEAT"}, {"DA", "DEVICE ATTRIBUTES", CSI_FUNC_PS, csi_do_da, 0}, {"VPA", "LINE POSITION ABSOLUTE", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_vpa, 1}, {"VPR", "LINE POSITION FORWARD"}, {"HVP", "CHARACTER AND LINE POSITION", CSI_FUNC_PN_PN, csi_do_cup, 1, 1}, {"TBC", "TABULATION CLEAR", CSI_FUNC_PS, csi_do_tbc, 0}, {"SM", "SET MODE", CSI_FUNC_PS_ANY, csi_do_sm}, /* x68 */ {"MC", "MEDIA COPY", CSI_FUNC_PS, csi_do_mc, 0}, {"HPB", "CHARACTER POSITION BACKWARD"}, {"VPB", "LINE POSITION BACKWARD"}, {"RM", "RESET MODE", CSI_FUNC_PS_ANY, csi_do_sm}, {"SGR", "SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION", CSI_FUNC_PS_ANY, csi_do_sgr, 0}, {"DSR", "DEVICE STATUS REPORT", CSI_FUNC_PS, csi_do_dsr, 0}, {"DAQ", "DEFINE AREA QUALIFICATION"} }; const static struct csi_handler csi_spc_handlers[] = { {"SL", "SCROLL LEFT", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_su, 1}, {"SR", "SCROLL RIGHT", CSI_FUNC_PN, csi_do_su, 1}, {"GSM", "GRAPHIC SIZE MODIFICATION"}, {"GSS", "GRAPHIC SIZE SELECTION"}, {"FNT", "FONT SELECTION"}, {"TSS", "THIN SPACE SPECIFICATION"}, {"JFY", "JUSTIFY"}, {"SPI", "SPACING INCREMENT"}, {"QUAD", "QUAD"}, {"SSU", "SELECT SIZE UNIT"}, {"PFS", "PAGE FORMAT SELECTION"}, {"SHS", "SELECT CHARACTER SPACING"}, {"SVS", "SELECT LINE SPACING"}, {"IGS", "IDENTIFY GRAPHIC SUBREPERTOIRE"}, {NULL, NULL}, {"IDCS", "IDENTIFY DEVICE CONTROL STRING"}, {"PPA", "PAGE POSITION ABSOLUTE"}, {"PPR", "PAGE POSITION FORWARD"}, {"PPB", "PAGE POSITION BACKWARD"}, {"SPD", "SELECT PRESENTATION DIRECTIONS"}, {"DTA", "DIMENSION TEXT AREA"}, {"SLH", "SET LINE HOME"}, {"SLL", "SET LINE LIMIT"}, {"FNK", "FUNCTION KEY"}, {"SPQR", "SELECT PRINT QUALITY AND RAPIDITY"}, {"SEF", "SHEET EJECT AND FEED"}, {"PEC", "PRESENTATION EXPAND OR CONTRACT"}, {"SSW", "SET SPACE WIDTH"}, {"SACS", "SET ADDITIONAL CHARACTER SEPARATION"}, {"SAPV", "SELECT ALTERNATIVE PRESENTATION VARIANTS"}, {"STAB", "SELECTIVE TABULATION"}, {"GCC", "GRAPHIC CHARACTER COMBINATION"}, {"TATE", "TABULATION ALIGNED TRAILING EDGE"}, {"TALE", "TABULATION ALIGNED LEADING EDGE"}, {"TAC", "TABULATION ALIGNED CENTRED"}, {"TCC", "TABULATION CENTRED ON CHARACTER"}, {"TSR", "TABULATION STOP REMOVE"}, {"SCO", "SELECT CHARACTER ORIENTATION"}, {"SRCS", "SET REDUCED CHARACTER SEPARATION"}, {"SCS", "SET CHARACTER SPACING"}, {"SLS", "SET LINE SPACING"}, {NULL, NULL}, {NULL, NULL}, {"SCP", "SELECT CHARACTER PATH"}, {NULL, NULL}, {NULL, NULL}, {NULL, NULL}, {NULL, NULL} }; const static struct csi_handler csi_sr_handler = {NULL, NULL, CSI_FUNC_PN_ANY, csi_do_sr, -1, -1}; const static struct csi_handler csi_wm_handler = {NULL, NULL, CSI_FUNC_PS_ANY, csi_do_wm, -1, -1}; const static struct csi_handler csi_decelr_handler = {"DECELR", "ENABLE LOCATOR REPORTING", CSI_FUNC_PS_PS, csi_do_decelr, 0, 0}; const static struct csi_handler csi_decsle_handler = {"DECSLE", "SELECT LOCATOR EVENTS", CSI_FUNC_PS_ANY, csi_do_decsle, 0}; const static struct csi_handler csi_decrqlp_handler = {"DECRQLP", "REQUEST LOCATOR POSITION", CSI_FUNC_PS, csi_do_decrqlp, 0}; const static struct csi_handler csi_decmouse_handler = {NULL, NULL, CSI_FUNC_PS_ANY, csi_do_decmouse, -1, -1}; const struct csi_handler * get_csi_handler (int private_indicator, size_t intermsz, int interm, unsigned char final) { if (final >= 0x70) { if (intermsz == 0) { switch (final) { case 'r': case 's': return &csi_sr_handler; case 't': return &csi_wm_handler; default: return &csi_no_handler; } } else if (intermsz == 1 && interm == '\'') { switch (final) { case 'z': return &csi_decelr_handler; case '{': return &csi_decsle_handler; case '|': return &csi_decrqlp_handler; default: return &csi_no_handler; } } else if (intermsz == 1 && interm == '&' && final == 'w') return &csi_decmouse_handler; else return &csi_no_handler; } else if (intermsz == 0) return &csi_handlers[final - 0x40]; else if (intermsz == 1 && interm == 0x20) return &csi_spc_handlers[final - 0x40]; else return &csi_no_handler; } teseq-1.1.1/src/test-ringbuf.c0000664000175000017500000001217412563445677013152 00000000000000/* * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE. Generated by checkmk. * Edit the original source file "src/test-ringbuf.cm" instead. */ #include #line 1 "src/test-ringbuf.cm" /* -*- c -*- */ /* test-ringbuf.cm: tests for ringbuf.c. */ /* Copyright (C) 2008 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #include "teseq.h" #include #include "ringbuf.h" struct ringbuf *the_buffer; START_TEST(empty) { #line 32 fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == EOF); } END_TEST START_TEST(read_test) { #line 35 fail_unless (ringbuf_put (the_buffer, 'a') == 0); fail_unless (ringbuf_put (the_buffer, 'b') == 0); fail_unless (ringbuf_put (the_buffer, 'c') == 0); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'a'); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'b'); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'c'); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == EOF); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == EOF); } END_TEST START_TEST(wraparound) { #line 45 fail_unless (ringbuf_putmem (the_buffer, "abc", 3) == 0); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'a'); fail_unless (ringbuf_putmem (the_buffer, "defg", 4) == 1); fail_unless (ringbuf_putmem (the_buffer, "def", 3) == 0); fail_unless (ringbuf_put (the_buffer, 'g') == 1); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'b'); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'c'); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'd'); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'e'); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'f'); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == EOF); } END_TEST START_TEST(reader) { #line 58 struct ringbuf_reader *reader1; struct ringbuf_reader *reader2; ringbuf_put (the_buffer, 'x'); ringbuf_put (the_buffer, 'x'); ringbuf_get (the_buffer); ringbuf_get (the_buffer); ringbuf_putmem (the_buffer, "abcde", 5); reader1 = ringbuf_reader_new (the_buffer); fail_unless (ringbuf_reader_get (reader1) == 'a'); fail_unless (ringbuf_reader_get (reader1) == 'b'); fail_unless (ringbuf_reader_get (reader1) == 'c'); fail_unless (ringbuf_reader_get (reader1) == 'd'); reader2 = ringbuf_reader_new (the_buffer); fail_unless (ringbuf_reader_get (reader2) == 'a'); ringbuf_reader_consume (reader1); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'e'); } END_TEST START_TEST(clear) { #line 76 ringbuf_put (the_buffer, 'a'); ringbuf_put (the_buffer, 'b'); ringbuf_put (the_buffer, 'c'); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'a'); ringbuf_clear (the_buffer); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == EOF); } END_TEST START_TEST(putback) { #line 84 ringbuf_put (the_buffer, 'a'); ringbuf_put (the_buffer, 'b'); fail_unless (ringbuf_putback (the_buffer, 'c') == 0); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'c'); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'a'); fail_unless (ringbuf_putback (the_buffer, 'd') == 0); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'd'); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == 'b'); fail_unless (ringbuf_get (the_buffer) == EOF); } END_TEST START_TEST(reader_reset) { #line 95 struct ringbuf_reader *reader; ringbuf_putmem (the_buffer, "abcd", 4); reader = ringbuf_reader_new (the_buffer); fail_unless (ringbuf_reader_get (reader) == 'a'); fail_unless (ringbuf_reader_get (reader) == 'b'); ringbuf_reader_reset (reader); fail_unless (ringbuf_reader_get (reader) == 'a'); fail_unless (ringbuf_reader_get (reader) == 'b'); fail_unless (ringbuf_reader_get (reader) == 'c'); fail_unless (ringbuf_reader_get (reader) == 'd'); fail_unless (ringbuf_reader_get (reader) == EOF); } END_TEST int main(void) { Suite *s1 = suite_create("Core"); TCase *tc1_1 = tcase_create("Core"); SRunner *sr = srunner_create(s1); int nf; /* User-specified pre-run code */ #line 108 the_buffer = ringbuf_new (5); suite_add_tcase(s1, tc1_1); tcase_add_test(tc1_1, empty); tcase_add_test(tc1_1, read_test); tcase_add_test(tc1_1, wraparound); tcase_add_test(tc1_1, reader); tcase_add_test(tc1_1, clear); tcase_add_test(tc1_1, putback); tcase_add_test(tc1_1, reader_reset); srunner_run_all(sr, CK_ENV); nf = srunner_ntests_failed(sr); srunner_free(sr); return nf == 0 ? 0 : 1; } teseq-1.1.1/src/teseq.h0000664000175000017500000000267112562462730011654 00000000000000/* Copyright (C) 2008,2010,2013 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #ifndef TESEQ_H_ #define TESEQ_H_ #include "config.h" #define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 #include #define N_ARY_ELEMS(ary) (sizeof (ary) / sizeof (ary)[0]) enum { CFG_COLOR_NONE, CFG_COLOR_AUTO, CFG_COLOR_ALWAYS, CFG_COLOR_SET /* Used temporarily when processing options. */ }; struct config { int control_hats; int descriptions; int labels; int escapes; int buffered; int handle_signals; FILE *timings; int color; }; extern struct config configuration; struct sgr_def { const char *sgr; unsigned int len; }; extern struct sgr_def sgr_text, sgr_text_decor, sgr_ctrl, sgr_esc, sgr_label, sgr_desc, sgr_delay; #endif /* TESEQ_H_ */ teseq-1.1.1/src/sgr.h0000664000175000017500000000631312562462730011323 00000000000000/* sgr.h */ /* Copyright (C) 2008 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #include const char *sgr_param_descriptions[] = { "Clear graphic rendition to defaults.", "Set bold text.", "Set dim text.", "Set italicized text.", "Set underlined text.", "Set slowly blinking text.", /* 5 */ "Set rapidly blinking text.", "Set negative text image.", "Set hidden text.", "Set strike-out text.", "Set default font.", /* 10 */ "Set first alternative font.", "Set second alternative font.", "Set third alternative font.", "Set fourth alternative font.", "Set fifth alternative font.", /* 15 */ "Set sixth alternative font.", "Set seventh alternative font.", "Set eighth alternative font.", "Set ninth alternative font.", "Set Fraktur (Gothic) font.", /* 20 */ "Set double-underlined text.", "Clear bold or dim text.", "Clear italicized or fraktur text.", "Clear underlining.", "Clear blinking.", /* 25 */ NULL, /* Reserved for T.61, which was not published. */ "Set positive text image.", "Set visible text.", "Clear strike-out text.", "Set foreground color black.", /* 30 */ "Set foreground color red.", "Set foreground color green.", "Set foreground color yellow.", "Set foreground color blue.", "Set foreground color magenta.", /* 35 */ "Set foreground color cyan.", "Set foreground color white.", NULL, /* XXX: T.416 */ "Set foreground color default.", "Set background color black.", /* 40 */ "Set background color red.", "Set background color green.", "Set background color yellow.", "Set background color blue.", "Set background color magenta.", /* 45 */ "Set background color cyan.", "Set background color white.", NULL, /* XXX: T.416 */ "Set background color default.", NULL, /* Reserved for T.61, which was not published. *//* 50 */ "Set framed text.", "Set encircled text.", "Set overlined text.", "Clear framed or encircled text.", "Clear overlined text.", /* 55 */ NULL, /* Reserved for future */ NULL, /* Reserved for future */ NULL, /* Reserved for future */ NULL, /* Reserved for future */ "Set ideogram underline", /* 60 */ "Set ideogram double underline", "Set ideogram overline", "Set ideogram double overline", "Set ideogram stress marking", "Clear ideographic underlines, overlines, or stress marks." }; teseq-1.1.1/src/test-inputbuf.inf0000664000175000017500000000001012562462730013652 00000000000000abcdefghteseq-1.1.1/src/csi.h0000664000175000017500000000350612562462730011307 00000000000000/* csi.h */ /* Copyright (C) 2008,2013 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ #ifndef TESEQ_CSI_H #define TESEQ_CSI_H #include "teseq.h" #include #include "putter.h" enum csi_func_type { CSI_FUNC_NONE, CSI_FUNC_PN, CSI_FUNC_PN_PN, CSI_FUNC_PN_ANY, CSI_FUNC_PS, CSI_FUNC_PS_PS, CSI_FUNC_PS_ANY }; #define CSI_USE_DEFAULT1(type) ((type) == CSI_FUNC_PN_PN \ || (type) == CSI_FUNC_PS_PS) #define CSI_GET_DEFAULT(h, n) (((n) == 1 && CSI_USE_DEFAULT1 ((h)->type)) \ ? h->default1 : h->default0) #define CSI_DEFAULT_NONE -1 typedef void (*csi_handler_func) (unsigned char, unsigned char, struct putter *, size_t, unsigned int []); struct csi_handler { const char *acro; const char *label; enum csi_func_type type; csi_handler_func fn; int default0; int default1; }; const struct csi_handler * get_csi_handler (int private_indicator, size_t intermsz, int interm, unsigned char final); #endif /* TESEQ_CSI_H */ teseq-1.1.1/src/putter.h0000664000175000017500000000371412562462730012055 00000000000000/* putter.h */ /* Copyright (C) 2008,2013 Micah Cowan This file is part of GNU teseq. GNU teseq is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. GNU teseq is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see . */ /* The putter handles automatic line-length tracking, and splits the line where appropriate. Via the arguments to the putter_start function, the user tells putter what should go at the beginning and ends of continuation lines. */ #ifndef PUTTER_H #define PUTTER_H #include "teseq.h" #include struct putter; /* A putter_error_handler gets the current value of errno, and the arg passed to putter_set_handler. */ typedef void (*putter_error_handler)(int, void *); struct putter *putter_new (FILE *); void putter_set_handler (struct putter *, putter_error_handler, void *); void putter_delete (struct putter *); void putter_start (struct putter *, struct sgr_def *, struct sgr_def *, const char *, const char *, const char *); void putter_finish (struct putter *, const char *); void putter_putc (struct putter *, unsigned char); void putter_puts (struct putter *, const char *); void putter_printf (struct putter *, const char *, ...); void putter_single_esc (struct putter *, const char *, ...); void putter_single_delay (struct putter *, const char *, ...); void putter_single_label (struct putter *, const char *, ...); void putter_single_desc (struct putter *, const char *, ...); #endif teseq-1.1.1/missing0000755000175000017500000001533012563445651011170 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs. scriptversion=2013-10-28.13; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. if test $# -eq 0; then echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 fi case $1 in --is-lightweight) # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing # script is modern enough. exit 0 ;; --run) # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake. shift ;; -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ $0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due to PROGRAM being missing or too old. Options: -h, --help display this help and exit -v, --version output version information and exit Supported PROGRAM values: aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo bison yacc flex lex help2man Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and 'g' are ignored when checking the name. Send bug reports to ." exit $? ;; -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" exit $? ;; -*) echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option" echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 ;; esac # Run the given program, remember its exit status. "$@"; st=$? # If it succeeded, we are done. test $st -eq 0 && exit 0 # Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was # passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the # program is present and works. case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user # tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a # minimum version. if test $st -eq 63; then msg="probably too old" elif test $st -eq 127; then # Program was missing. msg="missing on your system" else # Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up. exit $st fi perl_URL=http://www.perl.org/ flex_URL=http://flex.sourceforge.net/ gnu_software_URL=http://www.gnu.org/software program_details () { case $1 in aclocal|automake) echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>" echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" echo "<$perl_URL>" ;; autoconf|autom4te|autoheader) echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>" echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" echo "<$perl_URL>" ;; esac } give_advice () { # Normalize program name to check for. normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed ' s/^gnu-//; t s/^gnu//; t s/^g//; t'` printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg." configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'" case $normalized_program in autoconf*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac'," echo "or m4 files included by it." program_details 'autoconf' ;; autoheader*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'autoheader' ;; automake*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'automake' ;; aclocal*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'aclocal' ;; autom4te*) echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require" echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt." program_details 'autom4te' ;; bison*|yacc*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file." echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>" ;; lex*|flex*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file." echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:" echo "<$flex_URL>" ;; help2man*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \ "of a man page." echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>" ;; makeinfo*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or" echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual." echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>" echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of" echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might" echo "want to install GNU make:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>" ;; *) echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper" echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it" echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing" echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in" echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program." ;; esac } give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \ -e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2 # Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program # not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch). exit $st # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: teseq-1.1.1/tests/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677011023 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/cmdline--/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677012570 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/cmdline--/vars0000664000175000017500000000020012563445677013376 00000000000000cat "$testin"/input > ./-o input='-o' r_diffcmd='cmp -- -o "$testout"/r-output' invocation='"$TESEQ" -- -o > "$testout"/output' teseq-1.1.1/tests/cmdline--/input0000664000175000017500000000000612563445677013566 00000000000000Hello teseq-1.1.1/tests/cmdline--/expected0000664000175000017500000000001112563445677014224 00000000000000|Hello|. teseq-1.1.1/tests/run.in0000775000175000017500000000544112562462730012072 00000000000000#!/bin/sh # @configure_input@ # Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, # are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright # notice and this notice are preserved. set -e srcdir=@abs_srcdir@ builddir=@abs_builddir@ unset TESEQ_COLORS get_vars() { teseq_options='' input=input output=output expected=expected invocation='' diffcmd='' r_output=r-output r_invocation='' r_diffcmd='' run_reseq=true if [ -f "$testin/vars" ] then . "$testin/vars" fi invocation=${invocation:-'"$TESEQ" $teseq_options \ "$testin/$input" "$testout/$output"'} diffcmd=${diffcmd:-'diff -u "$testin/$expected" "$testout/$output"'} r_invocation=${r_invocation:-'"$RESEQ" -- "$testin/$r_input" \ "$testout/$r_output"'} r_diffcmd=${r_diffcmd:-'cmp -- "$testin/$r_expected" \ "$testout/$r_output"'} r_input="${r_input:-$expected}" r_expected="${r_expected:-$input}" } if [ "$#" -ge 1 -a X"${1}" = X"-r" ] then echo echo "RUNNING RESEQ TESTS" echo # Test reseq run_test() ( test="$1" testin="$srcdir/tests/$test" testout="$builddir/tests/$test" mkdir -p "$testout" cd "$testout" rm -f r-output get_vars if ! $run_reseq then echo ' (skipped)' return 0 fi eval "$r_invocation" result="$?" if [ "$result" -ne 0 ] then return "$result" fi eval "$r_diffcmd" return $? ) else echo echo "RUNNING TESEQ TESTS" echo # Test teseq run_test() ( test="$1" testin="$srcdir/tests/$test" testout="$builddir/tests/$test" mkdir -p "$testout" cd "$testout" rm -f output get_vars eval "$invocation" result="$?" if [ "$result" -ne 0 ] then return "$result" fi eval "$diffcmd" return $? ) fi ######################################## : ${TESEQ=${builddir}/teseq} : ${RESEQ=${builddir}/reseq} : ${TESEQ_TESTS=' empty cmdline-in-out cmdline-- basic-text wrap prompt prompt-descript prompt-descript-only function-labels esc-seq-versus-not T.416 params iso-2022 cntrl-esc high-val hardstatus hardstatus-color controls csi-interm csi-desc modes single-functions extensions sgr timing timing-header-only timing-no-eol limits '} nt=0 np=0 nf=0 ft='' for test in $TESEQ_TESTS do echo $test if run_test $test then np=$((np+1)) else nf=$((nf+1)) echo echo FAILED: $test echo ft="$ft $test" fi nt=$((nt+1)) done set +e echo echo "Ran $nt total tests" if [ $nf -eq 0 ] then tput setaf 2 2>/dev/null tput bold 2>/dev/null echo PASSED tput sgr0 2>/dev/null else tput setaf 1 2>/dev/null tput bold 2>/dev/null echo FAILED tput sgr0 2>/dev/null fi echo "Passed: $np" echo "Failed: $nf" echo echo "$ft" exit $nf # vim:sw=8 sts=8 ts=8 noet teseq-1.1.1/tests/prompt/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677012344 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/prompt/vars0000664000175000017500000000002212563445677013154 00000000000000teseq_options=-LD teseq-1.1.1/tests/prompt/input0000664000175000017500000000011712563445677013345 00000000000000micah-laptop(1man)$  teseq-1.1.1/tests/prompt/expected0000664000175000017500000000032012563445677014003 00000000000000: Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 34 m |micah-laptop| : Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 34 m |(| : Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 31 m |1| : Esc [ 1 ; 33 m |man| : Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 34 m |)| : Esc [ m : Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 34 m |$ | : Esc [ m . LF/^J teseq-1.1.1/tests/controls/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677012666 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/controls/input0000664000175000017500000000014112563445677013664 00000000000000 @ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_teseq-1.1.1/tests/controls/expected0000664000175000017500000000234612563445677014337 00000000000000. NUL/^@ SOH/^A STX/^B ETX/^C EOT/^D ENQ/^E ACK/^F BEL/^G BS/^H HT/^I LF/^J . VT/^K FF/^L CR/^M SO/^N SI/^O DLE/^P DC1/^Q DC2/^R DC3/^S DC4/^T NAK/^U . SYN/^V ETB/^W CAN/^X EM/^Y SUB/^Z ESC/^[ IS4/^\ IS3/^] IS2/^^ IS1/^_ DEL/^? : Esc @ : Esc A : Esc B & BPH: BREAK PERMITTED HERE : Esc C & NBH: NO BREAK HERE : Esc D : Esc E & NEL: NEXT LINE : Esc F & SSA: START OF SELECTED AREA : Esc G & ESA: END OF SELECTED AREA : Esc H & HTS: CHARACTER TABULATION SET : Esc I & HTJ: CHARACTER TABULATION WITH JUSTIFICATION : Esc J & VTS: LINE TABULATION SET : Esc K & PLD: PARTIAL LINE FORWARD : Esc L & PLU: PARTIAL LINE BACKWARD : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc N & SS2: SINGLE-SHIFT TWO : Esc O & SS3: SINGLE-SHIFT THREE : Esc P & DCS: DEVICE CONTROL STRING : Esc Q & PU1: PRIVATE USE ONE : Esc R & PU2: PRIVATE USE TWO : Esc S & STS: SET TRANSMIT STATE : Esc T & CCH: CANCEL CHARACTER : Esc U & MW: MESSAGE WAITING : Esc V & SPA: START OF GUARDED AREA : Esc W & EPA: END OF GUARDED AREA : Esc X & SOS: START OF STRING : Esc Y : Esc Z & SCI: SINGLE CHARACTER INTRODUCER : Esc [ & CSI: CONTROL SEQUENCE INTRODUCER : Esc \ & ST: STRING TERMINATOR : Esc ] & OSC: OPERATING SYSTEM COMMAND : Esc ^ & PM: PRIVACY MESSAGE : Esc _ & APC: APPLICATION PROGRAM COMMAND teseq-1.1.1/tests/T.416/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677011537 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/T.416/input0000664000175000017500000000005512563445677012541 00000000000000 teseq-1.1.1/tests/T.416/expected0000664000175000017500000000075712563445677013214 00000000000000: Esc [ 49 ; 5 ; 4 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set background color default. " Set slowly blinking text. " Set underlined text. : Esc [ 48 ; 7 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set background color (unknown). : Esc [ 48 ; 5 ; 4 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set background color to index 4. : Esc [ 48 ; 5 ; 4 ; 7 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set background color (unknown). : Esc [ 48 ; 5 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set background color (unknown). . CR/^M LF/^J teseq-1.1.1/tests/prompt-descript/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677014157 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/prompt-descript/input0000664000175000017500000000011712563445677015160 00000000000000micah-laptop(1man)$  teseq-1.1.1/tests/prompt-descript/expected0000664000175000017500000000172312563445677015626 00000000000000: Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. : Esc [ 34 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set foreground color blue. |micah-laptop| : Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. : Esc [ 34 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set foreground color blue. |(| : Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. : Esc [ 31 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set foreground color red. |1| : Esc [ 1 ; 33 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. " Set foreground color yellow. |man| : Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. : Esc [ 34 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set foreground color blue. |)| : Esc [ m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. : Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. : Esc [ 34 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set foreground color blue. |$ | : Esc [ m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. . LF/^J teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing-no-eol/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677013501 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing-no-eol/timing-info0000664000175000017500000000004312563445677015561 000000000000000.623406 15 1.333333 42 3.141592 6 teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing-no-eol/vars0000664000175000017500000000005412563445677014316 00000000000000teseq_options="-CLD -t $testin/timing-info" teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing-no-eol/input0000664000175000017500000000003512563445677014501 00000000000000This is just the header lin--teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing-no-eol/expected0000664000175000017500000000005312563445677015143 00000000000000|This is just the header lin--| @ 1.333333 teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677012312 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing/timing-info0000664000175000017500000000157712563445677014407 000000000000000.000000 35 1.892021 1 1.452655 1 1.390192 1 0.184562 1 0.188689 1 0.201789 2 0.457606 6 0.004566 35 0.075358 1 1.919509 1 0.141218 1 0.081164 2 0.433678 8 1.131813 15 0.000691 42 0.001848 2047 0.001963 2047 0.001651 645 0.003452 30 0.865942 24 0.001118 62 0.000384 17 0.000305 453 1.123360 57 0.151158 49 0.221821 49 0.230072 49 0.120668 49 0.081142 48 0.111310 49 0.174663 49 0.100686 48 0.070991 50 0.107447 50 0.094193 50 0.081003 49 0.090798 50 0.081522 50 0.148364 50 0.141824 50 0.060759 49 0.161823 50 0.103918 50 0.080305 50 0.050445 50 0.070627 49 0.118463 50 0.444856 50 0.073532 50 0.128163 50 0.131262 50 0.063440 49 0.082112 50 0.137879 50 0.081607 50 0.093221 50 0.118556 50 0.141764 57 0.393286 49 0.285708 57 0.272485 49 0.311999 57 1.104231 132 0.489227 21 0.568857 22 0.080579 104 0.262587 59 1.313758 21 0.218780 22 0.173811 23 0.305110 1 0.355676 57 0.028234 35 0.137864 54 teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing/vars0000664000175000017500000000043312563445677013130 00000000000000teseq_options="-CLD -t $testin/timing-info" r_invocation='"$RESEQ" -t "$testout/timing-out" "$testin/$r_input" \ "$testout/$r_output"' r_diffcmd='cmp -- "$testin/$r_expected" "$testout/$r_output" && \ diff -u -- "$testin/timing-info" "$testout/timing-out"' teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing/input0000664000175000017500000001755112563445677013325 00000000000000Script started on Sun 27 Jul 2008 01:24:21 AM PDT micah-laptop$ clear micah-laptop$ vim [?1002h[?1049h[?1h=[?25h[?25l~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0,0-1 AllVIM - Vi IMprovedversion 7.1.138by Bram Moolenaar et al.Vim is open source and freely distributableHelp poor children in Uganda!type :help iccf for information type :q to exit type :help or  for on-line helptype :help version7 for version info[?25h[?25li  -- INSERT --0,1 All[?25h[?25l         2,1 All[?25h[?25l3,1 All[?25h[?25lT3,2 All[?25h[?25lh3,3 All[?25h[?25li3,4 All[?25h[?25ls3,5 All[?25h[?25l3,6 All[?25h[?25li3,7 All[?25h[?25ls3,8 All[?25h[?25l3,9 All[?25h[?25lt3,10 All[?25h[?25lh3,11 All[?25h[?25le3,12 All[?25h[?25l3,13 All[?25h[?25ls3,14 All[?25h[?25lo3,15 All[?25h[?25ln3,16 All[?25h[?25lg3,17 All[?25h[?25l3,18 All[?25h[?25lt3,19 All[?25h[?25lh3,20 All[?25h[?25la3,21 All[?25h[?25lt3,22 All[?25h[?25l3,23 All[?25h[?25ln3,24 All[?25h[?25le3,25 All[?25h[?25lv3,26 All[?25h[?25le3,27 All[?25h[?25lr3,28 All[?25h[?25l3,29 All[?25h[?25le3,30 All[?25h[?25ln3,31 All[?25h[?25ld3,32 All[?25h[?25ls3,33 All[?25h[?25l.3,34 All[?25h[?25l4,1 All[?25h[?25l.4,2 All[?25h[?25l5,1 All[?25h[?25l.5,2 All[?25h[?25l^[ [?25h[?25l 5,1 All[?25h[?25l: :[?25hw[?25l :w[?25hq[?25l :wq[?25h [?25lE32: No file name 5,1 All[?25h[?25l: :[?25hq[?25l :q[?25ha[?25l :qa[?25h![?25l :qa![?25h [?25l[?1002l[?1l>[?25h[?1049lmicah-laptop$ exit Script done on Sun 27 Jul 2008 01:24:44 AM PDT teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing/expected0000664000175000017500000003210412563445677013756 00000000000000|Script started on Sun 27 Jul 2008 01:24:21 AM PDT|. @ 1.892021 : Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 34 m |micah-laptop| : Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 34 m |$ | : Esc [ m @ 1.452655 |c| @ 1.390192 |l| @ 0.184562 |e| @ 0.188689 |a| @ 0.201789 |r| @ 0.457606 . CR LF @ 0.004566 : Esc [ H : Esc [ J @ 0.075358 : Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 34 m |micah-laptop| : Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 34 m |$ | : Esc [ m @ 1.919509 |v| @ 0.141218 |i| @ 0.081164 |m| @ 0.433678 . CR LF @ 1.131813 : Esc [ ? 1002 h @ 0.000691 : Esc [ ? 1049 h : Esc [ ? 1 h : Esc = @ 0.001848 : Esc [ 1 ; 51 r : Esc [ 34 l : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h : Esc [ 23 m : Esc [ 24 m : Esc [ m : Esc [ H : Esc [ J @ 0.001963 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 2 ; 1 H : Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 34 m |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 3 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 4 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 5 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 6 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 7 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 8 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 9 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 10 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 11 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 12 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 13 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 14 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 15 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 16 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 17 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 18 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 19 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 20 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 21 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 22 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 23 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 24 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 25 ; 1 H |~ | @ 0.001651 | | : Esc [ 26 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 27 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 28 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 29 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 30 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 31 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 32 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 33 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 34 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 35 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 36 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 37 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 38 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 39 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 40 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 41 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 42 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 43 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 44 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 45 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 46 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 47 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 48 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | @ 0.003452 | | : Esc [ 49 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ 50 ; 1 H |~ |- -| | : Esc [ m : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |0,0-1 All| : Esc [ 20 ; 32 H |VIM - Vi IMproved| : Esc [ 22 ; 33 H |version 7.1.138| : Esc [ 23 ; 29 H |by Bram Moolenaar et al.| : Esc [ 24 ; 19 H |Vim is open source and freely distributable| : Esc [ 26 ; 26 H |Help poor children in Uganda!| : Esc [ 27 ; 18 H |type :help iccf| : Esc [ 34 m || : Esc [ m | for information | : Esc [ 29 ; 18 H |type :q| : Esc [ 34 m || : Esc [ m | to exit | : Esc [ 30 ; 18 H |type :help| : Esc [ 34 m || : Esc [ m | or | : Esc [ 34 m || : Esc [ m | for on-line help| : Esc [ 31 ; 18 H |type :help version7| : Esc [ 34 m || : Esc [ m | for version info| : Esc [ 1 ; 1 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.865942 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 51 ; 53 H |i | : Esc [ 1 ; 1 H @ 0.001118 : Esc [ 51 ; 53 H | | : Esc [ 1 ; 1 H @ 0.000384 : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H : Esc [ 1 m |-- INSERT --| : Esc [ m : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H : Esc [ K : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |0,1 All| @ 0.000305 : Esc [ 1 ; 1 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 1.123360 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 2 ; 1 H : Esc [ K : Esc [ 20 ; 32 H : Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 34 m | | : Esc [ 22 ; 33 H | | : Esc [ 23 ; 29 H | | : Esc [ 24 ; 19 H | | : Esc [ 26 ; 26 H | | : Esc [ 27 ; 18 H | | : Esc [ 29 ; 18 H | | : Esc [ 30 ; 18 H | | : Esc [ 31 ; 18 H | | : Esc [ m : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |2,1 All| : Esc [ 2 ; 1 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.151158 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 3 ; 1 H : Esc [ K : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,1 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 1 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.221821 : Esc [ ? 25 l |T| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,2 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 2 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.230072 : Esc [ ? 25 l |h| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,3 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 3 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.120668 : Esc [ ? 25 l |i| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,4 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 4 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.081142 : Esc [ ? 25 l |s| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,5 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 5 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.111310 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,6 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 6 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.174663 : Esc [ ? 25 l |i| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,7 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 7 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.100686 : Esc [ ? 25 l |s| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,8 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 8 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.070991 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,9 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 9 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.107447 : Esc [ ? 25 l |t| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,10 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 10 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.094193 : Esc [ ? 25 l |h| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,11 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 11 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.081003 : Esc [ ? 25 l |e| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,12 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 12 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.090798 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,13 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 13 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.081522 : Esc [ ? 25 l |s| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,14 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 14 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.148364 : Esc [ ? 25 l |o| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,15 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 15 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.141824 : Esc [ ? 25 l |n| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,16 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 16 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.060759 : Esc [ ? 25 l |g| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,17 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 17 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.161823 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,18 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 18 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.103918 : Esc [ ? 25 l |t| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,19 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 19 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.080305 : Esc [ ? 25 l |h| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,20 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 20 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.050445 : Esc [ ? 25 l |a| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,21 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 21 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.070627 : Esc [ ? 25 l |t| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,22 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 22 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.118463 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,23 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 23 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.444856 : Esc [ ? 25 l |n| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,24 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 24 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.073532 : Esc [ ? 25 l |e| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,25 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 25 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.128163 : Esc [ ? 25 l |v| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,26 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 26 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.131262 : Esc [ ? 25 l |e| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,27 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 27 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.063440 : Esc [ ? 25 l |r| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,28 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 28 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.082112 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,29 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 29 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.137879 : Esc [ ? 25 l |e| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,30 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 30 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.081607 : Esc [ ? 25 l |n| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,31 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 31 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.093221 : Esc [ ? 25 l |d| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,32 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 32 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.118556 : Esc [ ? 25 l |s| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,33 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 33 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.141764 : Esc [ ? 25 l |.| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |3,34 All| : Esc [ 3 ; 34 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.393286 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 4 ; 1 H : Esc [ K : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |4,1 All| : Esc [ 4 ; 1 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.285708 : Esc [ ? 25 l |.| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |4,2 All| : Esc [ 4 ; 2 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.272485 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 5 ; 1 H : Esc [ K : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |5,1 All| : Esc [ 5 ; 1 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.311999 : Esc [ ? 25 l |.| : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |5,2 All| : Esc [ 5 ; 2 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 1.104231 : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H : Esc [ K : Esc [ 5 ; 1 H : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 51 ; 53 H |^[ | : Esc [ 5 ; 1 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.489227 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 51 ; 53 H | | : Esc [ 5 ; 2 H : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |5,1 All| : Esc [ 5 ; 1 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 51 ; 53 H |: | : Esc [ 5 ; 1 H : Esc [ 51 ; 53 H : Esc [ K : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H |:| : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.568857 |w| : Esc [ ? 25 l . CR |:w| : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.080579 |q| : Esc [ ? 25 l . CR |:wq| : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.262587 . CR : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 37 m : Esc [ 41 m |E32: No file name| : Esc [ m : Esc [ 35 C | | : Esc [ 5 ; 1 H : Esc [ 51 ; 63 H |5,1 All| : Esc [ 5 ; 1 H : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 1.313758 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ 51 ; 53 H |: | : Esc [ 5 ; 1 H : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H : Esc [ K : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H |:| : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.218780 |q| : Esc [ ? 25 l . CR |:q| : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.173811 |a| : Esc [ ? 25 l . CR |:qa| : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.305110 |!| : Esc [ ? 25 l . CR |:qa!| : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h @ 0.355676 . CR @ 0.028234 : Esc [ ? 25 l : Esc [ ? 1002 l : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H : Esc [ K : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H : Esc [ ? 1 l : Esc > : Esc [ 34 h : Esc [ ? 25 h : Esc [ ? 1049 l @ 0.137864 : Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 34 m |micah-laptop| : Esc [ 1 m : Esc [ 34 m |$ | : Esc [ m @ 0.000000 |exit| . CR LF LF |Script done on Sun 27 Jul 2008 01:24:44 AM PDT|. teseq-1.1.1/tests/iso-2022/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677012200 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/iso-2022/input0000664000175000017500000000015712563445677013205 00000000000000 F!@!G"C"E 'A(B)A*Z+5,A(p -A.B/t => $B:#F|$O!";3ED$5$s!#(B$)D$)A$(B*!$A$(+B$z$( $) teseq-1.1.1/tests/iso-2022/expected0000664000175000017500000000324712563445677013652 00000000000000: Esc Spc F & ACS: ANNOUNCE CODE STRUCTURE : Esc ! @ & CZD: C0-DESIGNATE " Designate C0 Control Set of ISO 646. : Esc ! G & CZD: C0-DESIGNATE " Designate C0 Control Set of ISO_4873. : Esc " C & C1D: C1-DESIGNATE " Designate C1 Control Set of ISO_6429-1983. : Esc " E & C1D: C1-DESIGNATE " Designate C1 Control Set of DIN_31626. . LF/^J : Esc ' A : Esc ( B & GZD4: G0-DESIGNATE 94-SET " Designate 94-character set B (US-ASCII) to G0. : Esc ) A & G1D4: G1-DESIGNATE 94-SET " Designate 94-character set A (ISO646-GB) to G1. : Esc * Z & G2D4: G2-DESIGNATE 94-SET " Designate 94-character set Z (ISO646-ES) to G2. : Esc + 5 & G3D4: G3-DESIGNATE 94-SET " Designate 94-character set 5 (private) to G3. : Esc , A : Esc ( p & GZD4: G0-DESIGNATE 94-SET " Designate 94-character set p (ISO646-JP-OCR-HAND) to G0. . LF/^J : Esc - A & G1D6: G1-DESIGNATE 96-SET " Designate 96-character set A (ISO-8859-1) to G1. : Esc . B & G2D6: G2-DESIGNATE 96-SET " Designate 96-character set B (ISO-8859-2) to G2. : Esc / t & G3D6: G3-DESIGNATE 96-SET " Designate 96-character set t to G3. . LF/^J : Esc = & DECKPAM: KEYPAD APPLICATION MODE : Esc > & DECKPNM: KEYPAD NORMAL MODE . LF/^J : Esc $ B & GZDM4: G0-DESIGNATE MULTIBYTE 94-SET " Designate multibyte 94-character set B (JIS_X0208-1990) to G0. |:#F|$O!";3ED$5$s!#| : Esc ( B & GZD4: G0-DESIGNATE 94-SET " Designate 94-character set B (US-ASCII) to G0. : Esc $ ) D & G1DM4: G1-DESIGNATE MULTIBYTE 94-SET " Designate multibyte 94-character set D (JIS_X0212-1990) to G1. : Esc $ ) A & G1DM4: G1-DESIGNATE MULTIBYTE 94-SET " Designate multibyte 94-character set A (GB_2312-80) to G1. : Esc $ ( B : Esc * ! $ A : Esc $ ( + B : Esc $ z . ESC/^[ |$(| . SUB/^Z LF/^J ESC/^[ |$)|. teseq-1.1.1/tests/cmdline-in-out/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677013647 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/cmdline-in-out/vars0000664000175000017500000000007412563445677014466 00000000000000invocation='"$TESEQ" < "$testin"/input > "$testout"/output' teseq-1.1.1/tests/cmdline-in-out/input0000664000175000017500000000000612563445677014645 00000000000000Hello teseq-1.1.1/tests/cmdline-in-out/expected0000664000175000017500000000001112563445677015303 00000000000000|Hello|. teseq-1.1.1/tests/cntrl-esc/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677012715 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/cntrl-esc/input0000664000175000017500000000024312563445677013716 00000000000000Script started on Tue 24 Jun 2008 09:21:38 PM PDT ]0;micah@micah-laptop: ~micah-laptop$ (Bscreen -xR 15295.pts-5.micah-laptop [?1049h teseq-1.1.1/tests/cntrl-esc/expected0000664000175000017500000000145712563445677014370 00000000000000|Script started on Tue 24 Jun 2008 09:21:38 PM PDT| . CR/^M LF/^J : Esc ] & OSC: OPERATING SYSTEM COMMAND |0;micah@micah-laptop: ~| . BEL/^G DEL/^? : Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. : Esc [ 34 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set foreground color blue. |micah-laptop| : Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. : Esc [ 34 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set foreground color blue. |$ | : Esc [ m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. : Esc ( B & GZD4: G0-DESIGNATE 94-SET " Designate 94-character set B (US-ASCII) to G0. |screen -xR 15295.pts-5.micah-laptop| . CR/^M LF/^J : Esc [ ? 1049 h & SM: SET MODE (private params) " (Xterm) Save the cursor position and use the alternate screen buffer, " clearing it first. . CR/^M LF/^J teseq-1.1.1/tests/params/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677012306 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/params/input0000664000175000017500000000003412563445677013305 00000000000000[?4m[5?m teseq-1.1.1/tests/params/expected0000664000175000017500000000072012563445677013751 00000000000000: Esc [ m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. : Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. : Esc [ ; 2 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. " Set dim text. : Esc [ 3 ; m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. : Esc [ ? 4 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION (private params) : Esc [ & CSI: CONTROL SEQUENCE INTRODUCER |5?m|. teseq-1.1.1/tests/empty/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677012161 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/empty/input0000664000175000017500000000000012563445677013151 00000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/empty/expected0000664000175000017500000000000012563445677013613 00000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/extensions/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677013222 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/extensions/input0000664000175000017500000000051712563445677014227 0000000000000078=> [?1;1049h[?1;1049l[>1049h [?4i[>4i [>1m[>2m[>4m[>1;1m[>2;1m[>4;1m[?1m[>1n[>2n[>4n  [?1000;1049r[?5;1s  ['z[0'z[1;1'z[1;0'z[2;2'z[1;2;3'z ['{[2;3'{[1;4'{[0;5'{['| [2;28;52;19;1&w teseq-1.1.1/tests/extensions/expected0000664000175000017500000001067312563445677014675 00000000000000: Esc 7 & DECSC: SAVE CURSOR : Esc 8 & DECRC: RESTORE CURSOR : Esc = & DECKPAM: KEYPAD APPLICATION MODE : Esc > & DECKPNM: KEYPAD NORMAL MODE . LF/^J : Esc [ ? 1 ; 1049 h & SM: SET MODE (private params) " (DEC) Cursor key mode. " (Xterm) Save the cursor position and use the alternate screen buffer, " clearing it first. : Esc [ ? 1 ; 1049 l & RM: RESET MODE (private params) " (DEC) Cursor key mode off. " (Xterm) Leave the alternate screen buffer and restore the cursor. : Esc [ > 1049 h & SM: SET MODE (private params) . LF/^J : Esc [ ? 4 i & MC: MEDIA COPY (private params) " (DEC) Turn off autoprint mode. : Esc [ > 4 i & MC: MEDIA COPY (private params) . LF/^J : Esc [ > 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION (private params) " (Xterm) Set modifyCursorKeys to 0. : Esc [ > 2 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION (private params) " (Xterm) Set modifyFunctionKeys to 0. : Esc [ > 4 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION (private params) " (Xterm) Set modifyOtherKeys to 0. : Esc [ > 1 ; 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION (private params) " (Xterm) Set modifyCursorKeys to 1. : Esc [ > 2 ; 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION (private params) " (Xterm) Set modifyFunctionKeys to 1. : Esc [ > 4 ; 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION (private params) " (Xterm) Set modifyOtherKeys to 1. : Esc [ ? 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION (private params) : Esc [ > 1 n & DSR: DEVICE STATUS REPORT (private params) " (Xterm) Disable modifyCursorKeys. : Esc [ > 2 n & DSR: DEVICE STATUS REPORT (private params) " (Xterm) Disable modifyFunctionKeys. : Esc [ > 4 n & DSR: DEVICE STATUS REPORT (private params) " (Xterm) Disable modifyOtherKeys. . LF/^J : Esc [ r " (DEC) Set the scrolling region to full size. : Esc [ 1 ; 10 r " (DEC) Set the scrolling region to from line 1 to line 10. : Esc [ 10 r . LF/^J : Esc [ ? 1000 ; 1049 r " *** (Xterm) Restore saved settings for specified modes: " (Xterm) Send mouse X & Y on button press and release. " (Xterm) Save the cursor position and use the alternate screen buffer, " clearing it first. : Esc [ ? 5 ; 1 s " *** (Xterm) Save current state of specified modes: " (DEC) Reverse video (dark on light). " (DEC) Cursor key mode. . LF/^J : Esc [ 1 t " (dtterm) De-iconify window. : Esc [ 2 t " (dtterm) Iconify window. : Esc [ 3 ; 32 ; 63 t " (dtterm) Move window to [32, 63]. : Esc [ 4 ; 512 ; 342 t " (dtterm) Resize the window to height 512 and width 342 in pixels. : Esc [ 5 t " (dtterm) Raise the window to the front of the stacking order. : Esc [ 6 t " (dtterm) Lower the xterm window to the bottom of the stacking order. : Esc [ 7 t " (dtterm) Refresh the window. : Esc [ 8 ; 24 ; 80 t " (dtterm) Resize the text area to height 24 and width 80 in characters. : Esc [ 9 ; 0 t " (Xterm) Restore maximized window. : Esc [ 9 ; 1 t " (Xterm) Maximize window. : Esc [ 11 t " (dtterm) Request report on the window state (iconified/not iconified). : Esc [ 13 t " (dtterm) Request report on the window position. : Esc [ 14 t " (dtterm) Request report on window size in pixels. : Esc [ 18 t " (dtterm) Request report on text area size in characters. : Esc [ 19 t " (Xterm) Request report on the whole screen size in characters. : Esc [ 20 t " (dtterm) Request report of the window's icon label. : Esc [ 21 t " (dtterm) Request report of the window's title. : Esc [ 53 t " (Xterm) Resize the window to 53 lines. . LF/^J : Esc [ ' z & DECELR: ENABLE LOCATOR REPORTING " Disable locator reports. : Esc [ 0 ' z & DECELR: ENABLE LOCATOR REPORTING " Disable locator reports. : Esc [ 1 ; 1 ' z & DECELR: ENABLE LOCATOR REPORTING " Enable locator reports. " Report position in pixels. : Esc [ 1 ; 0 ' z & DECELR: ENABLE LOCATOR REPORTING " Enable locator reports. " Report position in character cells. : Esc [ 2 ; 2 ' z & DECELR: ENABLE LOCATOR REPORTING " Enable a single locator report. " Report position in character cells. : Esc [ 1 ; 2 ; 3 ' z & DECELR: ENABLE LOCATOR REPORTING . LF/^J : Esc [ ' { & DECSLE: SELECT LOCATOR EVENTS " Only respond to explicit locator report requests. : Esc [ 2 ; 3 ' { & DECSLE: SELECT LOCATOR EVENTS " Do not report button-down transitions. " Report button-up transitions. : Esc [ 1 ; 4 ' { & DECSLE: SELECT LOCATOR EVENTS " Report button-down transitions. " Do not report button-up transitions. : Esc [ 0 ; 5 ' { & DECSLE: SELECT LOCATOR EVENTS " Only respond to explicit locator report requests. : Esc [ ' | & DECRQLP: REQUEST LOCATOR POSITION " Request a single DECLRP locator report. . LF/^J : Esc [ 2 ; 28 ; 52 ; 19 ; 1 & w " (DEC) Mouse [down:left/M4] at [52,52]. . LF/^J teseq-1.1.1/tests/prompt-descript-only/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677015136 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/prompt-descript-only/vars0000664000175000017500000000004212563445677015750 00000000000000teseq_options=-LE run_reseq=false teseq-1.1.1/tests/prompt-descript-only/input0000664000175000017500000000011712563445677016137 00000000000000micah-laptop(1man)$  teseq-1.1.1/tests/prompt-descript-only/expected0000664000175000017500000000062112563445677016601 00000000000000" Set bold text. " Set foreground color blue. |micah-laptop| " Set bold text. " Set foreground color blue. |(| " Set bold text. " Set foreground color red. |1| " Set bold text. " Set foreground color yellow. |man| " Set bold text. " Set foreground color blue. |)| " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. " Set bold text. " Set foreground color blue. |$ | " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. . LF/^J teseq-1.1.1/tests/high-val/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677012522 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/high-val/input0000664000175000017500000000000512563445677013517 00000000000000å÷ teseq-1.1.1/tests/high-val/expected0000664000175000017500000000003512563445677014164 00000000000000. ESC/^[ xE5 xF7 CR/^M LF/^J teseq-1.1.1/tests/modes/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677012132 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/modes/input0000664000175000017500000000017212563445677013134 00000000000000  teseq-1.1.1/tests/modes/expected0000664000175000017500000000377312563445677013610 00000000000000: Esc [ ; 1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; 8 ; 9 ; 10 ; 11 ; 12 ; 13 ; 14 ; 15 ; 16 : ; 17 ; 18 ; 19 ; 20 ; 21 ; 22 h & SM: SET MODE " GUARDED AREA TRANSFER MODE (GATM) -> ALL " KEYBOARD ACTION MODE (KAM) -> DISABLED " CONTROL REPRESENTATION MODE (CRM) -> GRAPHIC " INSERTION REPLACEMENT MODE (IRM) -> INSERT " STATUS REPORT TRANSFER MODE (SRTM) -> DIAGNOSTIC " ERASURE MODE (ERM) -> ALL " LINE EDITING MODE (VEM) -> PRECEDING " BI-DIRECTIONAL SUPPORT MODE (BDSM) -> IMPLICIT " DEVICE COMPONENT SELECT MODE (DCSM) -> DATA " CHARACTER EDITING MODE (HEM) -> PRECEDING " POSITIONING UNIT MODE (PUM) -> SIZE " SEND/RECEIVE MODE (SRM) -> SIMULTANEOUS " FORMAT EFFECTOR ACTION MODE (FEAM) -> STORE " FORMAT EFFECTOR TRANSFER MODE (FETM) -> EXCLUDE " MULTIPLE AREA TRANSFER MODE (MATM) -> MULTIPLE " TRANSFER TERMINATION MODE (TTM) -> ALL " SELECTED AREA TRANSFER MODE (SATM) -> ALL " TABULATION STOP MODE (TSM) -> SINGLE " GRAPHIC RENDITION COMBINATION GRCM (GRCM) -> CUMULATIVE " ZERO DEFAULT MODE (ZDM) -> DEFAULT . LF/^J : Esc [ ; 1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; 8 ; 9 ; 10 ; 11 ; 12 ; 13 ; 14 ; 15 ; 16 : ; 17 ; 18 ; 19 ; 20 ; 21 ; 22 l & RM: RESET MODE " GUARDED AREA TRANSFER MODE (GATM) -> GUARD " KEYBOARD ACTION MODE (KAM) -> ENABLED " CONTROL REPRESENTATION MODE (CRM) -> CONTROL " INSERTION REPLACEMENT MODE (IRM) -> REPLACE " STATUS REPORT TRANSFER MODE (SRTM) -> NORMAL " ERASURE MODE (ERM) -> PROTECT " LINE EDITING MODE (VEM) -> FOLLOWING " BI-DIRECTIONAL SUPPORT MODE (BDSM) -> EXPLICIT " DEVICE COMPONENT SELECT MODE (DCSM) -> PRESENTATION " CHARACTER EDITING MODE (HEM) -> FOLLOWING " POSITIONING UNIT MODE (PUM) -> CHARACTER " SEND/RECEIVE MODE (SRM) -> MONITOR " FORMAT EFFECTOR ACTION MODE (FEAM) -> EXECUTE " FORMAT EFFECTOR TRANSFER MODE (FETM) -> INSERT " MULTIPLE AREA TRANSFER MODE (MATM) -> SINGLE " TRANSFER TERMINATION MODE (TTM) -> CURSOR " SELECTED AREA TRANSFER MODE (SATM) -> SELECT " TABULATION STOP MODE (TSM) -> MULTIPLE " GRAPHIC RENDITION COMBINATION GRCM (GRCM) -> REPLACING " ZERO DEFAULT MODE (ZDM) -> ZERO . LF/^J teseq-1.1.1/tests/basic-text/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677013066 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/basic-text/input0000664000175000017500000000027212563445677014071 00000000000000A wrapped line follows: 123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678 Pipe: | Trailing spaces: CRLF pair CR only Blank line follows: Missing newlineteseq-1.1.1/tests/basic-text/expected0000664000175000017500000000035512563445677014535 00000000000000|A wrapped line follows:|. |123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345|- -|678|. |Pipe: ||. |Trailing spaces: |. |CRLF pair| . CR/^M LF/^J |CR only| . CR/^M |Blank line follows:|. ||. |Missing newline| teseq-1.1.1/tests/esc-seq-versus-not/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677014506 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/esc-seq-versus-not/vars0000664000175000017500000000002412563445677015320 00000000000000teseq_options='-&"' teseq-1.1.1/tests/esc-seq-versus-not/input0000664000175000017500000000004412563445677015506 00000000000000[1;4;7?m[1;4;7[?1;4;7m teseq-1.1.1/tests/esc-seq-versus-not/expected0000664000175000017500000000014312563445677016150 00000000000000: Esc [ 1 ; 4 ; 7 m : Esc [ |1;4;7?m| : Esc [ |1;4;7| . DEL/^? : Esc [ ? 1 ; 4 ; 7 m . CR/^M LF/^J teseq-1.1.1/tests/csi-desc/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677012515 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/csi-desc/input0000664000175000017500000000061312563445677013517 00000000000000[@[23@[1;2@             [ @[15 @[ A[14 A     [`[5`       teseq-1.1.1/tests/csi-desc/expected0000664000175000017500000001644612563445677014174 00000000000000: Esc [ @ & ICH: INSERT CHARACTER " Shift characters after the cursor to make room for 1 new character. : Esc [ 23 @ & ICH: INSERT CHARACTER " Shift characters after the cursor to make room for 23 new characters. : Esc [ 1 ; 2 @ & ICH: INSERT CHARACTER . LF/^J : Esc [ A & CUU: CURSOR UP " Move the cursor up 1 line. : Esc [ 1 A & CUU: CURSOR UP " Move the cursor up 1 line. : Esc [ 2 A & CUU: CURSOR UP " Move the cursor up 2 lines. : Esc [ B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 1 line. : Esc [ 2 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 2 lines. : Esc [ C & CUF: CURSOR RIGHT " Move the cursor right 1 character. : Esc [ 2 C & CUF: CURSOR RIGHT " Move the cursor right 2 characters. : Esc [ D & CUB: CURSOR LEFT " Move the cursor left 1 character. : Esc [ 2 D & CUB: CURSOR LEFT " Move the cursor left 2 characters. . LF/^J : Esc [ E & CNL: CURSOR NEXT LINE " Move the cursor to the first column, 1 line down. : Esc [ 2 E & CNL: CURSOR NEXT LINE " Move the cursor to the first column, 2 lines down. : Esc [ F & CPL: CURSOR PRECEDING LINE " Move the cursor to the first column, 1 line up. : Esc [ 2 F & CPL: CURSOR PRECEDING LINE " Move the cursor to the first column, 2 lines up. . LF/^J : Esc [ G & CHA: CURSOR CHARACTER ABSOLUTE " Move the cursor to column 1. : Esc [ 5 G & CHA: CURSOR CHARACTER ABSOLUTE " Move the cursor to column 5. . LF/^J : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 5 ; H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 5, column 1. : Esc [ 5 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 5, column 1. : Esc [ ; 5 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 5. . LF/^J : Esc [ I & CHT: CURSOR FORWARD TABULATION " Move the cursor forward 1 tab stop. : Esc [ 3 I & CHT: CURSOR FORWARD TABULATION " Move the cursor forward 3 tab stops. . LF/^J : Esc [ J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE " Clear from the cursor to the end of the screen. : Esc [ 0 J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE " Clear from the cursor to the end of the screen. : Esc [ 1 J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE " Clear from the beginning of the screen to the cursor. : Esc [ 2 J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE " Clear the screen. : Esc [ 3 J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE . LF/^J : Esc [ K & EL: ERASE IN LINE " Clear from the cursor to the end of the line. : Esc [ 1 K & EL: ERASE IN LINE " Clear from the beginning of the line to the cursor. : Esc [ 2 K & EL: ERASE IN LINE " Clear the line. . LF/^J : Esc [ L & IL: INSERT LINE " Shift lines after the cursor to make room for 1 new line. : Esc [ 23 L & IL: INSERT LINE " Shift lines after the cursor to make room for 23 new lines. . LF/^J : Esc [ M & DL: DELETE LINE " Delete 1 line, shifting the following lines up. : Esc [ 3 M & DL: DELETE LINE " Delete 3 lines, shifting the following lines up. . LF/^J : Esc [ N & EF: ERASE IN FIELD " Clear from the cursor to the next tab stop. : Esc [ 1 N & EF: ERASE IN FIELD " Clear from the previous tab stop to the cursor. : Esc [ 2 N & EF: ERASE IN FIELD " Clear from the previous tab stop to the next tab stop. . LF/^J : Esc [ P & DCH: DELETE CHARACTER " Delete 1 character, shifting the following characters left. : Esc [ 1 P & DCH: DELETE CHARACTER " Delete 1 character, shifting the following characters left. : Esc [ 42 P & DCH: DELETE CHARACTER " Delete 42 characters, shifting the following characters left. . LF/^J : Esc [ R & CPR: ACTIVE POSITION REPORT " Report that the cursor is located at line 1, column 1 : Esc [ 2 ; 4 R & CPR: ACTIVE POSITION REPORT " Report that the cursor is located at line 2, column 4 . LF/^J : Esc [ S & SU: SCROLL UP " Scroll up by 1 line : Esc [ 3 S & SU: SCROLL UP " Scroll up by 3 lines : Esc [ T & SD: SCROLL DOWN " Scroll down by 1 line : Esc [ 4 T & SD: SCROLL DOWN " Scroll down by 4 lines : Esc [ Spc @ & SL: SCROLL LEFT " Scroll left by 1 column : Esc [ 15 Spc @ & SL: SCROLL LEFT " Scroll left by 15 columns : Esc [ Spc A & SR: SCROLL RIGHT " Scroll right by 1 column : Esc [ 14 Spc A & SR: SCROLL RIGHT " Scroll right by 14 columns . LF/^J : Esc [ W & CTC: CURSOR TABULATION CONTROL " Set a horizontal tab stop at the cursor position. : Esc [ ; 2 ; 4 ; 5 ; W & CTC: CURSOR TABULATION CONTROL " Set a horizontal tab stop at the cursor position. " Clear the horizontal tab stop at the cursor position. " Clear all horizontal tab stops in the current line. " Clear all horizontal tab stops. " Set a horizontal tab stop at the cursor position. : Esc [ 1 ; 3 ; 6 W & CTC: CURSOR TABULATION CONTROL " Set a vertical tab stop at the current line. " Clear the vertical tab stop at the current line. " Clear all vertical tab stops. . LF/^J : Esc [ X & ECH: ERASE CHARACTER " Erase 1 character, starting at the cursor. : Esc [ 10 X & ECH: ERASE CHARACTER " Erase 10 characters, starting at the cursor. . LF/^J : Esc [ Y & CVT: CURSOR LINE TABULATION " Move the cursor forward 1 vertical tab stop. : Esc [ 3 Y & CVT: CURSOR LINE TABULATION " Move the cursor forward 3 vertical tab stops. . LF/^J : Esc [ Z & CBT: CURSOR BACKWARD TABULATION " Move the cursor back 1 tab stop. : Esc [ 3 Z & CBT: CURSOR BACKWARD TABULATION " Move the cursor back 3 tab stops. . LF/^J : Esc [ ` & HPA: CHARACTER POSITION ABSOLUTE " Move the cursor to column 1. : Esc [ 5 ` & HPA: CHARACTER POSITION ABSOLUTE " Move the cursor to column 5. . LF/^J : Esc [ c & DA: DEVICE ATTRIBUTES " Request terminal identification. . LF/^J : Esc [ d & VPA: LINE POSITION ABSOLUTE " Move the cursor to line 1. : Esc [ 5 d & VPA: LINE POSITION ABSOLUTE " Move the cursor to line 5. . LF/^J : Esc [ f & HVP: CHARACTER AND LINE POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 2 ; 2 f & HVP: CHARACTER AND LINE POSITION " Move the cursor to line 2, column 2. . LF/^J : Esc [ g & TBC: TABULATION CLEAR " Clear the horizontal tab stop at the cursor position. : Esc [ 1 g & TBC: TABULATION CLEAR " Clear the vertical tab stop at the current line. : Esc [ 2 g & TBC: TABULATION CLEAR " Clear all horizontal tab stops in the current line. : Esc [ 3 g & TBC: TABULATION CLEAR " Clear all horizontal tab stops. : Esc [ 4 g & TBC: TABULATION CLEAR " Clear all vertical tab stops. : Esc [ 5 g & TBC: TABULATION CLEAR " Clear all tab stops. : Esc [ 6 g & TBC: TABULATION CLEAR : Esc [ 1 ; 1 g & TBC: TABULATION CLEAR . LF/^J : Esc [ i & MC: MEDIA COPY " Initiate transfer to a primary auxiliary device. : Esc [ 1 i & MC: MEDIA COPY " Initiate transfer from a primary auxiliary device. : Esc [ 2 i & MC: MEDIA COPY " Initiate transfer to a secondary auxiliary device. : Esc [ 3 i & MC: MEDIA COPY " Initiate transfer from a secondary auxiliary device. : Esc [ 4 i & MC: MEDIA COPY " Stop relay to a primary auxiliary device. : Esc [ 5 i & MC: MEDIA COPY " Start relay to a primary auxiliary device. : Esc [ 6 i & MC: MEDIA COPY " Stop relay to a secondary auxiliary device. : Esc [ 7 i & MC: MEDIA COPY " Start relay to a secondary auxiliary device. : Esc [ 8 i & MC: MEDIA COPY . LF/^J : Esc [ n & DSR: DEVICE STATUS REPORT " Device reports ready. : Esc [ 1 n & DSR: DEVICE STATUS REPORT " Device reports ready, send DSR request later. : Esc [ 2 n & DSR: DEVICE STATUS REPORT " Device reports ready, will send DSR later. : Esc [ 3 n & DSR: DEVICE STATUS REPORT " Device reports error, send DSR request later. : Esc [ 4 n & DSR: DEVICE STATUS REPORT " Device reports error, will send DSR later. : Esc [ 5 n & DSR: DEVICE STATUS REPORT " DSR requested. : Esc [ 6 n & DSR: DEVICE STATUS REPORT " Request cursor position report. : Esc [ 7 n & DSR: DEVICE STATUS REPORT . LF/^J teseq-1.1.1/tests/single-functions/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677014312 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/single-functions/input0000664000175000017500000000003112563445677015306 00000000000000`abcdeno|}~ teseq-1.1.1/tests/single-functions/expected0000664000175000017500000000060612563445677015760 00000000000000: Esc ` & DMI: DISABLE MANUAL INPUT : Esc a & INT: INTERRUPT : Esc b & EMI: END OF MEDIUM : Esc c & RIS: RESET TO INITIAL STATE : Esc d & CMD: CODING METHOD DELIMITER : Esc e : Esc n & LS2: LOCKING-SHIFT TWO : Esc o & LS3: LOCKING-SHIFT THREE : Esc | & LS3R: LOCKING-SHIFT THREE RIGHT : Esc } & LS2R: LOCKING-SHIFT TWO RIGHT : Esc ~ & LS1R: LOCKING-SHIFT ONE RIGHT . ESC/^[ DEL/^? LF/^J teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing-header-only/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677014517 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing-header-only/timing-info0000664000175000017500000000004312563445677016577 000000000000000.623406 15 1.333333 42 3.141592 6 teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing-header-only/vars0000664000175000017500000000005412563445677015334 00000000000000teseq_options="-CLD -t $testin/timing-info" teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing-header-only/input0000664000175000017500000000003612563445677015520 00000000000000This is just the header line. teseq-1.1.1/tests/timing-header-only/expected0000664000175000017500000000005412563445677016162 00000000000000|This is just the header line.|. @ 1.333333 teseq-1.1.1/tests/hardstatus/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677013205 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/hardstatus/vars0000664000175000017500000000002112563445677014014 00000000000000teseq_options=-C teseq-1.1.1/tests/hardstatus/input0000664000175000017500000000524112563445677014211 00000000000000Script started on Mon 07 Jul 2008 06:54:59 PM PDT [?1049h)0[?1h=(B   - 0 x 0 x 0 x 0 x prompt$ foo 0 foo 0 foo  0 x 0 x prompt$  0 x M 0 x Mprompt$ bar 0 bar M 0 bar M 0 x M0 x Mprompt$ 0 x M0 x Mprompt$ baz 0 baz M0 baz M 0 x M0 x Mprompt$ [?1l>  [?1049l[screen is terminating] Script done on Mon 07 Jul 2008 06:55:05 PM PDT teseq-1.1.1/tests/hardstatus/expected0000664000175000017500000002475512563445677014666 00000000000000|Script started on Mon 07 Jul 2008 06:54:59 PM PDT|. : Esc [ ? 1049 h & SM: SET MODE (private params) " (Xterm) Save the cursor position and use the alternate screen buffer, " clearing it first. : Esc ) 0 & G1D4: G1-DESIGNATE 94-SET " Designate 94-character set 0 (private) to G1. : Esc [ 4 l & RM: RESET MODE " INSERTION REPLACEMENT MODE (IRM) -> REPLACE : Esc [ ? 1 h & SM: SET MODE (private params) " (DEC) Cursor key mode. : Esc = & DECKPAM: KEYPAD APPLICATION MODE : Esc [ m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. : Esc ( B & GZD4: G0-DESIGNATE 94-SET " Designate 94-character set B (US-ASCII) to G0. : Esc [ 1 ; 51 r " (DEC) Set the scrolling region to from line 1 to line 51. : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE " Clear from the cursor to the end of the screen. : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE " Clear from the cursor to the end of the screen. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. | |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. | |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. | |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |- |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE " Clear from the cursor to the end of the screen. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. |prompt$ foo| . CR : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 foo |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 foo |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. . LF : Esc [ 49 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 49 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | : Esc [ 2 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 2, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 49 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 49 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | : Esc [ 2 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 2, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. |prompt$ | . CR : Esc [ 48 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 48 lines. . LF : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. . LF : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. |prompt$ bar| . CR LF : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 bar |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. . LF : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 bar |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 1 ; 50 r " (DEC) Set the scrolling region to from line 1 to line 50. : Esc [ 50 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 50, column 1. . LF : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. |prompt$ | . CR : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. |prompt$ baz| . CR : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 baz |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 baz |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. . LF : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. |prompt$ | : Esc [ 1 ; 51 r " (DEC) Set the scrolling region to from line 1 to line 51. : Esc [ ? 1 l & RM: RESET MODE (private params) " (DEC) Cursor key mode off. : Esc > & DECKPNM: KEYPAD NORMAL MODE : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. | |- -| | : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. . CR LF : Esc [ ? 1049 l & RM: RESET MODE (private params) " (Xterm) Leave the alternate screen buffer and restore the cursor. |[screen is terminating]| . CR LF LF |Script done on Mon 07 Jul 2008 06:55:05 PM PDT|. teseq-1.1.1/tests/function-labels/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677014110 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/function-labels/vars0000664000175000017500000000002112563445677014717 00000000000000teseq_options=-D teseq-1.1.1/tests/function-labels/input0000664000175000017500000000043212563445677015111 00000000000000micah-laptop$ screen -xR 15295.pts-5.micah-laptop [?1049h[?7h[?1;4;6l[?1h=0- bash 1* x  teseq-1.1.1/tests/function-labels/expected0000664000175000017500000000271112563445677015555 00000000000000: Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION : Esc [ 34 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION |micah-laptop| : Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION : Esc [ 34 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION |$ | : Esc [ m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION |screen -xR 15295.pts-5.micah-laptop| . CR/^M LF/^J : Esc [ ? 1049 h & SM: SET MODE (private params) : Esc [ r : Esc [ m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION : Esc [ 2 J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION : Esc [ ? 7 h & SM: SET MODE (private params) : Esc [ ? 1 ; 4 ; 6 l & RM: RESET MODE (private params) : Esc [ 4 l & RM: RESET MODE : Esc [ ? 1 h & SM: SET MODE (private params) : Esc = & DECKPAM: KEYPAD APPLICATION MODE : Esc [ 0 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION : Esc [ 1 ; 52 r : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION : Esc [ 2 J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE : Esc [ 51 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN : Esc [ 7 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION : Esc [ 27 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION : Esc [ 37 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION : Esc [ 44 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION |0- bash | : Esc [ 97 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION : Esc [ 104 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION |1* x| : Esc [ 37 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION : Esc [ 44 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION | | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION : Esc [ 39 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION : Esc [ 49 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION : Esc [ 2 J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE . LF/^J teseq-1.1.1/tests/sgr/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677011616 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/sgr/input0000664000175000017500000000007312563445677012620 00000000000000 teseq-1.1.1/tests/sgr/expected0000664000175000017500000000160212563445677013261 00000000000000: Esc [ 90 ; 91 ; 92 ; 93 ; 94 ; 95 ; 96 ; 97 ; 100 ; 101 ; 102 ; 103 ; 104 ; : 105 ; 106 ; 107 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " (Xterm) Set foreground color gray. " (Xterm) Set foreground color bright red. " (Xterm) Set foreground color bright green. " (Xterm) Set foreground color bright yellow. " (Xterm) Set foreground color bright blue. " (Xterm) Set foreground color bright magenta. " (Xterm) Set foreground color bright cyan. " (Xterm) Set foreground color bright white. " (Xterm) Set background color gray. " (Rxvt) Set foreground and background color to default. " (Xterm) Set background color bright red. " (Xterm) Set background color bright green. " (Xterm) Set background color bright yellow. " (Xterm) Set background color bright blue. " (Xterm) Set background color bright magenta. " (Xterm) Set background color bright cyan. " (Xterm) Set background color bright white. . LF/^J teseq-1.1.1/tests/limits/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677012324 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/limits/vars0000664000175000017500000000002112563445677013133 00000000000000teseq_options=-L teseq-1.1.1/tests/limits/input0000664000175000017500000000765512563445677013343 00000000000000 teseq-1.1.1/tests/limits/expected0000664000175000017500000001030412563445677013766 00000000000000: Esc [ |0;1;2;3;4;5;6;7;8;9;10;11;12;13;14;15;16;17;18;19;20;21;22;23;24;25;26;27;2|- -|8;29;30;31;32;33;34;35;36;37;38;39;40;41;42;43;44;45;46;47;48;49;50;51;52;|- -|53;54;55;56;57;58;59;60;61;62;63;64;65;66;67;68;69;70;71;72;73;74;75;76;77|- -|;78;79;80;81;82;83;84;85;86;87;88;89;90;91;92;93;94;95;96;97;98;99;100;101|- -|;102;103;104;105;106;107;108;109;110;111;112;113;114;115;116;117;118;119;1|- -|20;121;122;123;124;125;126;127;128;129;130;131;132;133;134;135;136;137;138|- -|;139;140;141;142;143;144;145;146;147;148;149;150;151;152;153;154;155;156;1|- -|57;158;159;160;161;162;163;164;165;166;167;168;169;170;171;172;173;174;175|- -|;176;177;178;179;180;181;182;183;184;185;186;187;188;189;190;191;192;193;1|- -|94;195;196;197;198;199;200;201;202;203;204;205;206;207;208;209;210;211;212|- -|;213;214;215;216;217;218;219;220;221;222;223;224;225;226;227;228;229;230;2|- -|31;232;233;234;235;236;237;238;239;240;241;242;243;244;245;246;247;248;249|- -|;250;251;252;253;254;255;256;257;258;259;260;261;262;263;264;265;266;267;2|- -|68;269;270;271;272;273;274;275;276;277;278;279;280;281;282;283;284;285;286|- -|;287;288;289;290;291;292;293;294;295;296;297;298;299;300;301;302;303;304;3|- -|05;306;307;308;309;310;311;312;313;314;315;316;317;318;319;320;321;322;323|- -|;324;325;326;327;328;329;330;331;332;333;334;335;336;337;338;339;340;341;3|- -|42;343;344;345;346;347;348;349;350;351;352;353;354;355;356;357;358;359;360|- -|;361;362;363;364;365;366;367;368;369;370;371;372;373;374;375;376;377;378;3|- -|79;380;381;382;383;384;385;386;387;388;389;390;391;392;393;394;395;396;397|- -|;398;399;400;401;402;403;404;405;406;407;408;409;410;411;412;413;414;415;4|- -|16;417;418;419;420;421;422;423;424;425;426;427;428;429;430;431;432;433;434|- -|;435;436;437;438;439;440;441;442;443;444;445;446;447;448;449;450;451;452;4|- -|53;454;455;456;457;458;459;460;461;462;463;464;465;466;467;468;469;470;471|- -|;472;473;474;475;476;477;478;479;480;481;482;483;484;485;486;487;488;489;4|- -|90;491;492;493;494;495;496;497;498;499;500;501;502;503;504;505;506;507;508|- -|;509;510;511;512;513;514;515;516;517;518;519;520;521;522;523;524;525;526;5|- -|27;528;529;530;531;532;533;534;535;536;537;538;539;540;541;542;543;544;545|- -|;546;547;548;549;550;551;552;553;554;555;556;557;558;559;560;561;562;563;5|- -|64;565;566;567;568;569;570;571;572;573;574;575;576;577;578;579;580;581;582|- -|;583;584;585;586;587;588;589;590;591;592;593;594;595;596;597;598;599;600;6|- -|01;602;603;604;605;606;607;608;609;610;611;612;613;614;615;616;617;618;619|- -|;620;621;622;623;624;625;626;627;628;629;630;631;632;633;634;635;636;637;6|- -|38;639;640;641;642;643;644;645;646;647;648;649;650;651;652;653;654;655;656|- -|;657;658;659;660;661;662;663;664;665;666;667;668;669;670;671;672;673;674;6|- -|75;676;677;678;679;680;681;682;683;684;685;686;687;688;689;690;691;692;693|- -|;694;695;696;697;698;699;700;701;702;703;704;705;706;707;708;709;710;711;7|- -|12;713;714;715;716;717;718;719;720;721;722;723;724;725;726;727;728;729;730|- -|;731;732;733;734;735;736;737;738;739;740;741;742;743;744;745;746;747;748;7|- -|49;750;751;752;753;754;755;756;757;758;759;760;761;762;763;764;765;766;767|- -|;768;769;770;771;772;773;774;775;776;777;778;779;780;781;782;783;784;785;7|- -|86;787;788;789;790;791;792;793;794;795;796;797;798;799;800;801;802;803;804|- -|;805;806;807;808;809;810;811;812;813;814;815;816;817;818;819;820;821;822;8|- -|23;824;825;826;827;828;829;830;831;832;833;834;835;836;837;838;839;840;841|- -|;842;843;844;845;846;847;848;849;850;851;852;853;854;855;856;857;858;859;8|- -|60;861;862;863;864;865;866;867;868;869;870;871;872;873;874;875;876;877;878|- -|;879;880;881;882;883;884;885;886;887;888;889;890;891;892;893;894;895;896;8|- -|97;898;899;900;901;902;903;904;905;906;907;908;909;910;911;912;913;914;915|- -|;916;917;918;919;920;921;922;923;924;925;926;927;928;929;930;931;932;933;9|- -|34;935;936;937;938;939;940;941;942;943;944;945;946;947;948;949;950;951;952|- -|;953;954;955;956;957;958;959;960;961;962;963;964;965;966;967;968;969;970;9|- -|71;972;973;974;975;976;977;978;979;980;981;982;983;984;985;986;987;988;989|- -|;990;991;992;993;994;995;996;997;998;999;1000;1001;1002;1003;1004;1005;100|- -|6;1007;1008;1009;1010;1011;1012;1013;1014;1015;1016;1017;1018;1019;1020;10|- -|21;1022;1023m|. teseq-1.1.1/tests/wrap/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677011774 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/wrap/vars0000664000175000017500000000002312563445677012605 00000000000000teseq_options=-LDC teseq-1.1.1/tests/wrap/input0000664000175000017500000000044512563445677013001 00000000000000123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345 1234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456   teseq-1.1.1/tests/wrap/expected0000664000175000017500000000076412563445677013447 00000000000000|123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345|. |123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345|- -|6|. : Esc [ 1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; 8 ; 9 ; 10 ; 11 ; 12 ; 13 ; 14 ; 15 ; 16 ; : 17 m : Esc [ 1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; 8 ; 9 ; 10 ; 11 ; 12 ; 13 ; 14 ; 123 ; : 4567 m . CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR . CR LF CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR CR NUL ESC . CR LF teseq-1.1.1/tests/csi-interm/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677013075 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/csi-interm/vars0000664000175000017500000000002312563445677013706 00000000000000teseq_options='-D' teseq-1.1.1/tests/csi-interm/input0000664000175000017500000000034612563445677014102 00000000000000[!m[ m[_[ M[! M[ !M[ !~ [ @[ A[ B[ C[ D[ E[ F[ G[ H[ I[ J[ K[ L[ M[ N[ O[ P[ Q[ R[ S[ T[ U[ V[ W[ X[ Y[ Z[ [[ \[ ][ ^[ _[ `[ a[ b[ c[ d[ e[ f[ g[ h[ i[ j[ k[ l[ m[ n[ oteseq-1.1.1/tests/csi-interm/expected0000664000175000017500000000413312563445677014542 00000000000000: Esc [ m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION : Esc [ ! m : Esc [ Spc m : Esc [ _ : Esc [ Spc M & IGS: IDENTIFY GRAPHIC SUBREPERTOIRE : Esc [ M & DL: DELETE LINE : Esc [ ! Spc M : Esc [ Spc ! M : Esc [ Spc ! ~ . CR/^M LF/^J : Esc [ Spc @ & SL: SCROLL LEFT : Esc [ Spc A & SR: SCROLL RIGHT : Esc [ Spc B & GSM: GRAPHIC SIZE MODIFICATION : Esc [ Spc C & GSS: GRAPHIC SIZE SELECTION : Esc [ Spc D & FNT: FONT SELECTION : Esc [ Spc E & TSS: THIN SPACE SPECIFICATION : Esc [ Spc F & JFY: JUSTIFY : Esc [ Spc G & SPI: SPACING INCREMENT : Esc [ Spc H & QUAD: QUAD : Esc [ Spc I & SSU: SELECT SIZE UNIT : Esc [ Spc J & PFS: PAGE FORMAT SELECTION : Esc [ Spc K & SHS: SELECT CHARACTER SPACING : Esc [ Spc L & SVS: SELECT LINE SPACING : Esc [ Spc M & IGS: IDENTIFY GRAPHIC SUBREPERTOIRE : Esc [ Spc N : Esc [ Spc O & IDCS: IDENTIFY DEVICE CONTROL STRING : Esc [ Spc P & PPA: PAGE POSITION ABSOLUTE : Esc [ Spc Q & PPR: PAGE POSITION FORWARD : Esc [ Spc R & PPB: PAGE POSITION BACKWARD : Esc [ Spc S & SPD: SELECT PRESENTATION DIRECTIONS : Esc [ Spc T & DTA: DIMENSION TEXT AREA : Esc [ Spc U & SLH: SET LINE HOME : Esc [ Spc V & SLL: SET LINE LIMIT : Esc [ Spc W & FNK: FUNCTION KEY : Esc [ Spc X & SPQR: SELECT PRINT QUALITY AND RAPIDITY : Esc [ Spc Y & SEF: SHEET EJECT AND FEED : Esc [ Spc Z & PEC: PRESENTATION EXPAND OR CONTRACT : Esc [ Spc [ & SSW: SET SPACE WIDTH : Esc [ Spc \ & SACS: SET ADDITIONAL CHARACTER SEPARATION : Esc [ Spc ] & SAPV: SELECT ALTERNATIVE PRESENTATION VARIANTS : Esc [ Spc ^ & STAB: SELECTIVE TABULATION : Esc [ Spc _ & GCC: GRAPHIC CHARACTER COMBINATION : Esc [ Spc ` & TATE: TABULATION ALIGNED TRAILING EDGE : Esc [ Spc a & TALE: TABULATION ALIGNED LEADING EDGE : Esc [ Spc b & TAC: TABULATION ALIGNED CENTRED : Esc [ Spc c & TCC: TABULATION CENTRED ON CHARACTER : Esc [ Spc d & TSR: TABULATION STOP REMOVE : Esc [ Spc e & SCO: SELECT CHARACTER ORIENTATION : Esc [ Spc f & SRCS: SET REDUCED CHARACTER SEPARATION : Esc [ Spc g & SCS: SET CHARACTER SPACING : Esc [ Spc h & SLS: SET LINE SPACING : Esc [ Spc i : Esc [ Spc j : Esc [ Spc k & SCP: SELECT CHARACTER PATH : Esc [ Spc l : Esc [ Spc m : Esc [ Spc n : Esc [ Spc o teseq-1.1.1/tests/hardstatus-color/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677014321 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/tests/hardstatus-color/vars0000664000175000017500000000005312563445677015135 00000000000000teseq_options='-C --color' run_reseq=false teseq-1.1.1/tests/hardstatus-color/input0000664000175000017500000000524112563445677015325 00000000000000Script started on Mon 07 Jul 2008 06:54:59 PM PDT [?1049h)0[?1h=(B   - 0 x 0 x 0 x 0 x prompt$ foo 0 foo 0 foo  0 x 0 x prompt$  0 x M 0 x Mprompt$ bar 0 bar M 0 bar M 0 x M0 x Mprompt$ 0 x M0 x Mprompt$ baz 0 baz M0 baz M 0 x M0 x Mprompt$ [?1l>  [?1049l[screen is terminating] Script done on Mon 07 Jul 2008 06:55:05 PM PDT teseq-1.1.1/tests/hardstatus-color/expected0000664000175000017500000003351712563445677015776 00000000000000|Script started on Mon 07 Jul 2008 06:54:59 PM PDT|. : Esc [ ? 1049 h & SM: SET MODE (private params) " (Xterm) Save the cursor position and use the alternate screen buffer, " clearing it first. : Esc ) 0 & G1D4: G1-DESIGNATE 94-SET " Designate 94-character set 0 (private) to G1. : Esc [ 4 l & RM: RESET MODE " INSERTION REPLACEMENT MODE (IRM) -> REPLACE : Esc [ ? 1 h & SM: SET MODE (private params) " (DEC) Cursor key mode. : Esc = & DECKPAM: KEYPAD APPLICATION MODE : Esc [ m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. : Esc ( B & GZD4: G0-DESIGNATE 94-SET " Designate 94-character set B (US-ASCII) to G0. : Esc [ 1 ; 51 r " (DEC) Set the scrolling region to from line 1 to line 51. : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE " Clear from the cursor to the end of the screen. : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE " Clear from the cursor to the end of the screen. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. | |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. | |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. | |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |- |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ J & ED: ERASE IN PAGE " Clear from the cursor to the end of the screen. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. |prompt$ foo| . CR : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 foo |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 50 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 50 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 foo |- -| | : Esc [ H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 1, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. . LF : Esc [ 49 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 49 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | : Esc [ 2 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 2, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 49 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 49 lines. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | : Esc [ 2 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 2, column 1. : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. |prompt$ | . CR : Esc [ 48 B & CUD: CURSOR DOWN " Move the cursor down 48 lines. . LF : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. . LF : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. |prompt$ bar| . CR LF : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 bar |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. . LF : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 bar |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 1 ; 50 r " (DEC) Set the scrolling region to from line 1 to line 50. : Esc [ 50 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 50, column 1. . LF : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. |prompt$ | . CR : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. |prompt$ baz| . CR : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 baz |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 baz |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. . LF : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. |0 x |- -| | . CR : Esc M & RI: REVERSE LINE FEED : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. |prompt$ | : Esc [ 1 ; 51 r " (DEC) Set the scrolling region to from line 1 to line 51. : Esc [ ? 1 l & RM: RESET MODE (private params) " (DEC) Cursor key mode off. : Esc > & DECKPNM: KEYPAD NORMAL MODE : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. : Esc [ 3 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set italicized text. | |- -| | : Esc [ 23 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear italicized or fraktur text. : Esc [ 51 ; 1 H & CUP: CURSOR POSITION " Move the cursor to line 51, column 1. . CR LF : Esc [ ? 1049 l & RM: RESET MODE (private params) " (Xterm) Leave the alternate screen buffer and restore the cursor. |[screen is terminating]| . CR LF LF |Script done on Mon 07 Jul 2008 06:55:05 PM PDT|. teseq-1.1.1/README0000664000175000017500000000404712562462730010452 00000000000000This is the README file for GNU Teseq. GNU Teseq is a tool for analyzing files that contain control characters and terminal control sequences. It is intended to be useful for diagnosing terminal emulators, and programs that make heavy use of terminal features (such as those based on the Curses library). Copyright (C) 2008,2013 Micah Cowan Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved. The latest version of this program is always available at http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/teseq/. GNU Teseq takes raw terminal data as input, like: ^[[1mHi^[[m there, world^H^H^H^H^Hearth And spits out something like: : Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. |Hi| : Esc [ 0 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. | there, world| . BS/^H BS/^H BS/^H BS/^H BS/^H |earth|. The accompanying program `reseq' may then be used to reverse this translated output back into its original form, if desired. See the INSTALL file for information on how to build and install this program. Please report all bugs to bug-teseq@gnu.org. Teseq has no requirements beyond a normal Unix build environment. Teseq ships with a companion program, Reseq, which translates the output from Teseq back into its original source form. Reseq is written in the Perl programming language, and so requires perl in order to run. Teseq also ships with a suite of regression tests. Some of these are written in relatively portable POSIX sh; some others require the Check test library, available at http://check.sourceforge.net/. If changes are made to the Check-based test suite sources (*.cm files), the Checkmk processor, available at http://micah.cowan.name/projects/checkmk/, will be required to generate the tests. At some point in the near future, Checkmk will be shipped as part of Check, and will not need to be obtained separately. GNU Teseq is free software. See the file COPYING for copying conditions. teseq-1.1.1/AUTHORS0000664000175000017500000000023712562462730010637 00000000000000Micah Cowan . Author and maintainer. Bruno Haible . Contributed bugfixes, and expanded charset-identification code. teseq-1.1.1/reseq.in0000664000175000017500000001646212562462730011245 00000000000000#!/usr/bin/env perl # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 2008,2013 Micah Cowan # # Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, # are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright # notice and this notice are preserved. use strict; use warnings; use Getopt::Long; use POSIX; use Time::HiRes qw(gettimeofday); our $VERSION = '@VERSION@'; our $inf; our $outf; our $replay = 0; our $last_time; our $halts = 0; our $timings; our $divisor = 1.0; our $timingsf; our $last_delay = undef; our $last_last_delay = 0.0; our $count; our $termios; our $orig_lflag; our $orig_ccmin; our $orig_cctime; our @controls = ( "NUL", "SOH", "STX", "ETX", "EOT", "ENQ", "ACK", "BEL", "BS", "HT", "LF", "VT", "FF", "CR", "SO", "SI", "DLE", "DC1", "DC2", "DC3", "DC4", "NAK", "SYN", "ETB", "CAN", "EM", "SUB", "ESC", "IS4", "IS3", "IS2", "IS1" ); our %controls; $controls{$controls[$_]} = chr($_) for (0 .. $#controls); $controls{'DEL'} = chr(0x7f); sub usage { my $status = shift; my $f = $status == 0 ? \*STDOUT : \*STDERR; print $f <. Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved. There is NO WARANTEE, to the extent permitted by law. END_VERSION exit (0); } sub emit { my $str = join ($, ? $, : '', @_); $count += length ($str); print $outf $str; } sub process_control { my $control = shift; if ($control =~ /^x([[:xdigit:]]{2})/) { &emit(chr (hex ($1))); } else { $control =~ s#/.*$##; unless (exists $controls{$control}) { print STDERR ("reseq: line $.: unrecognized \"control\": " . "\"\Q$control\E\"\n"); } else { &emit($controls{$control}); } } } sub process_sequence { my $stuff = shift; if ($stuff eq 'Esc') { &emit("\033"); } elsif ($stuff eq 'Spc') { &emit(' '); } else { &emit("$stuff"); } } sub process_delay { if ($replay) { my $lt = $last_time; $last_time = gettimeofday; my $delay = $_[0]; return if !defined($delay); $delay /= $divisor; $delay -= ($last_time - $lt); return if $delay <= 0.0001; select (undef, undef, undef, $delay); } elsif ($timings) { # Why must we wait until we've seen a second delay line before # emitting the first one? The answer is that "script" emits its # delays such that they are counted _before_ the read, rather than # after. So we need to wait until the second delay line before # we know how large a character-count we should place in the first # line (which should get a zero-sized delay). if (defined $last_delay) { $last_last_delay = 0.0 unless defined $last_last_delay; printf $timingsf ("%f %u\n", $last_last_delay, $count); } $count = 0; $last_last_delay = $last_delay; $last_delay = $_[0]; } } sub process_halt { return unless $replay and $halts; my $data; # read any already-available data sysread(STDIN, $data, 65535); # Now block til we get one more char. $termios->setcc( VMIN, 1 ); $termios->setattr( 0, &POSIX::TCSANOW ); sysread(STDIN, $data, 1); $termios->setcc( VMIN, 0 ); $termios->setattr( 0, &POSIX::TCSANOW ); } sub process_line { local $_ = shift; if (/^-?\|(.*)\|([-.]?)$/) { &emit("$1"); &emit( "\n") if $2 eq '.'; } elsif (/^\./g) { &process_control ($1) while /\G\s*(\S+)/g; } elsif (/^:/g) { &process_sequence ($1) while /\G\s*(\S+)/g; } elsif (/^@ +(.*)$/) { &process_delay ($1); } elsif (/^@@@/) { &process_halt; } elsif (/^[!\$+\[\/=\\^\{~]/) { die "Unknown semantic line prefix, line $.: $&\n"; } else { # Acceptable line prefix with no crucial semantic value. # This includes label (&) and description (") lines. } } sub restore_term { my $signal = shift; $termios->setlflag( $orig_lflag ); $termios->setcc( VMIN, $orig_ccmin ); $termios->setcc( VTIME, $orig_cctime ); $termios->setattr( 0, &POSIX::TCSANOW ); if (defined $signal) { undef $SIG{$signal}; raise $signal; } } sub setup_signals { for my $sig (qw(TERM INT TSTP)) { $SIG{$sig} = \&restore_term; } $SIG{'CONT'} = \&comeback; } sub rawish_term { my $new_lflag = $termios->getlflag; $new_lflag &= ~(ECHO | ECHONL | ICANON | IEXTEN); $termios->setlflag($new_lflag); $termios->setcc( VMIN, 0 ); $termios->setcc( VTIME, 0 ); $termios->setattr( 0, &POSIX::TCSANOW ) or die "setattr: $!"; } sub comeback { &setup_signals; &rawish_term; } ### main ### &Getopt::Long::Configure ('bundling'); &GetOptions ('help|h' => sub { &usage (0); }, 'version|V' => \&version, 'replay' => \$replay, 'halts' => \$halts, 'timings|t=s' => \$timings, 'd=f' => \$divisor) || &usage (1); if ($replay) { die "Divisor cannot be zero.\n" unless $divisor; &usage (1) unless @ARGV == 1 || @ARGV == 2; } else { &usage (1) unless @ARGV == 2; } if ($replay && $halts) { # Put the terminal into raw mode, with no echo, and install signal # handler to restore terminal settings. unless ( -t STDIN ) { die "Specified --halts, but STDIN is not a terminal.\n"; } $termios = POSIX::Termios->new or die "Termios->new"; $termios->getattr( 0 ) or die "getattr: $!"; $orig_lflag = $termios->getlflag; $orig_ccmin = $termios->getcc( VMIN ); $orig_cctime = $termios->getcc( VTIME ); &setup_signals; &rawish_term; } if ($ARGV[0] eq '-') { $inf = \*STDIN; } else { open ($inf, '<', $ARGV[0]) or die "Couldn't open $ARGV[0]: $!\n"; } if ($replay && @ARGV < 2 || $ARGV[1] eq '-') { $outf = \*STDOUT; } else { open ($outf, '>', $ARGV[1]) or die "Couldn't open $ARGV[1]: $!\n"; } if ($timings) { die "Can't do both --replay and --timings.\n" if ($replay); open ($timingsf, '>', $timings) or die "Couldn't open ${timings}: $!\n"; } my $line; select $outf; $| = 1; if ($replay) { $last_time = gettimeofday; } while (defined ($line = <$inf>)) { &process_line ("$line"); } &process_delay (undef); &restore_term if $termios; teseq-1.1.1/doc/0000775000175000017500000000000012563445677010426 500000000000000teseq-1.1.1/doc/teseq.texi0000664000175000017500000015320412563445610012352 00000000000000\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @c %**start of header @setfilename teseq.info @include version.texi @settitle GNU Teseq @value{VERSION} Manual @paragraphindent asis @macro six @c @cindex standards @cindex Ecma-6 @cindex ISO 646 Ecma-6@tie{}/ ISO@tie{}646 @end macro @macro thirtyfive @c @cindex standards @cindex Ecma-35 @cindex ISO/IEC@tie{}2022 Ecma-35@tie{}/ ISO/IEC@tie{}2022 @end macro @macro fortyeight @c @cindex standards @cindex Ecma-48 @cindex ISO/IEC@tie{}6429 Ecma-48@tie{}/ ISO/IEC@tie{}6429 @end macro @ifinfo @macro mjcth{content} \content\@tie{}@tie{}| @end macro @end ifinfo @ifnotinfo @macro mjcth{content} @strong{\content\} @end macro @end ifnotinfo @defcodeindex op @syncodeindex op cp @c %**end of header @dircategory Miscellaneous @direntry * teseq: (teseq). Terminal control sequence analyzer. * reseq: (teseq)Reseq. Reverse-translate output from teseq. @end direntry @copying This manual is for GNU Teseq, version @value{VERSION}. Copyright @copyright{} 2008, 2013 Micah Cowan <@email{micah@@addictivecode.org}> @quotation Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. @end quotation @end copying @titlepage @title GNU Teseq @value{VERSION} Manual @author by Micah Cowan <@email{micah@@addictivecode.org}> @c The following two commands @c Start the copyright page. @page @vskip 0pt plus 1filll @insertcopying @end titlepage @c So the toc is printed at the start. @contents @ifnottex @node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir) @top Teseq This manual is for GNU Teseq, version @value{VERSION}. @noindent Copyright @copyright{} 2008, 2013 Micah Cowan @email{micah@@addictivecode.org} @end ifnottex @menu * Overview:: What does Teseq do? (with example) * Invoking Teseq:: How to run Teseq, with options 'n' stuff. * Output Format:: How Teseq's output looks. * Color Mode:: Customized color output. * Reseq:: Reversing Teseq's output. * Standards:: The official word on control functions. * Future Enhancements:: Future features under consideration. * Contact and Info:: Where to ask questions and find answers. * Copying:: Copying and sharing this manual. * Index:: Index of concepts. @end menu @node Overview, Invoking Teseq, Top, Top @chapter Overview @cindex control character @cindex control sequence @cindex terminal @cindex terminal emulator GNU Teseq (the author pronounces it: "tea" + "seek") is a tool for analyzing files that contain control characters and terminal control sequences, by printing these control sequences and their meanings in readable English. It is intended to be useful for debugging terminal emulators, and programs that make heavy use of advanced terminal features such as cursor movement, coloring, and other effects. Teseq is useful for: @itemize @item creating animated, interactive demos to run on the terminal (see @uref{https://asciinema.org/a/7445} for a video on how to do this), @item knowing the exact output of a program (Did it have spaces at the end of the line? Or maybe it contains invisible control characters?), @item examining a text file's contents unambiguously, a la @code{cat -v} or the @command{ed} program's @code{l} command (but with much more information), @item stripping control sequences from a text file, e.g. to produce a plain ascii text file from a @cindex typescript typescript file generated by the @command{script} command (see example below), @item examining the invisible control sequences within a text file, that affect graphical formatting or character encoding, in order to understand how they work and where they appear in the file, or @item debugging graphical terminal applications, and terminal emulators (its originally-intended purpose). @end itemize @noindent GNU Teseq is @uref{http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.html, free software}. @xref{Copying}, for copying conditions. @unnumberedsec A Quick Example @cindex examples @cindex terminal @cindex Hello, world! You can't beat a short example to demonstrate what a program does, so here goes (note: a video version of this example may be seen at @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/teseq/, the main Teseq project page}, or at @uref{https://asciinema.org/a/7443}. Suppose you've got a program that writes the following output to a terminal. @example @strong{Hi} @r{there, world} @end example @noindent A simple text string, using a boldface font to render the first word. Suppose that, after a moment or two, the program then replaced the final word ``world'' with the word ``earth''. In order to achieve this effect, the program would have to send special controls to the terminal to ask it to start writing in bold text, and then to revert back to normal text for the rest. To replace the final word, it might have to issue a series of backspaces before issuing the replacement word. All of this will be handled transparently by the terminal, and you wouldn't see any of the special c aracters the program sent to the terminal---unless perhaps you convinced the program to write to a text file as if it were writing to a terminal, or ran the program under a terminal capture utility such as the @cindex @command{script} @command{script} command. You may be able to produce this effect yourself with the following shell command. @example $ printf '\033[1mHi\033[m there, world'; sleep 1; \ printf '\b\b\b\b\bearth\n' @end example @noindent If you were to examine the output from such a command with a text editor, it might look something like this. @example ^[[1mHi^[[m there, world^H^H^H^H^Hearth @end example @noindent Not very readable, is it? That's where Teseq comes in! When you run that gibberish through the @command{teseq} command with the default settings, you'll get the following output. @example : Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. |Hi| : Esc [ 0 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. | there, world| . BS/^H BS/^H BS/^H BS/^H BS/^H |earth|. @end example @cindex line prefix @cindex prefix, line @noindent Note that the special control sequences that tell the terminal to start and stop writing in boldface text are separated out on their own lines (prefixed with a colon @samp{:}), and followed by an identification (prefixed with an ampersand @samp{&}) and a description of what it does (prefixed with a quote character @samp{"}). The actual text appears in lines bracketed by pipe @samp{|} characters. The series of single-character backspace controls appear on a line prefixed with a period @samp{.}, identified by its identifying acronym (@sc{bs} for @sc{backspace}), and its control-key representation (Control-H). The final word, ``earth'', is followed by a period just after the closing pipe symbol; this indicates a following linefeed (or ``newline'') character. @cindex @command{reseq} The @command{reseq} command may be used to reverse the procedure, accepting the above input and printing out the original set of escape sequences that produced it. @xref{Reseq}. @unnumberedsec Stripping out escapes @cindex example @cindex strip @cindex stripping The @command{teseq} command can be instructed to recognize, but not output, escapes encountered in the input. This is useful for stripping out the formatting strings that are invisible on display, but which get in the way during editing, or make the content inappropriate for inclusion in documentation, etc. To sanitize a @cindex typescript typescript file or other text file containing control sequences, try the following command: @example $ teseq -EDLC @var{your-file.txt} | reseq - - | col -b > @var{new-file.txt} @end example The @code{-EDLC} options tell teseq not to output recognized escape sequences or identify them, and otherwise to abbreviate its output. Then, @command{reseq} takes the output from @command{teseq} and turns it back into raw text (minus the now elided escape sequences). Finally, @code{col -b} (a fairly standard Unix tool) interprets common control characters such as backspaces and carriage returns, resolving them into a text file that displays the same, but doesn't contain those controls. @node Invoking Teseq, Output Format, Overview, Top @chapter Invoking Teseq @cindex invoking @cindex options @cindex usage @cindex help The format for running the @code{teseq} program is: @example teseq @var{options} [@var{input-file} [@var{output-file}]] teseq -h | --help teseq -V | --version @end example @noindent If @var{input-file} or @var{output-file} is unspecified, or specified as @samp{-}, standard input/output is used. Output is written to standard output by default, but see the @option{-o} option. @table @option @item -h @itemx --help @opindex --help @opindex -h Print usage information on standard output and exit successfully. @item -V @itemx --version @opindex --version @opindex -V Print the version number and licensing information for @command{teseq} on standard output and then exit successfully. @item -C @opindex -C @cpindex control character For control characters from the C0 set of @fortyeight{}, don't write the control-key representation, only the identifying acronym. For example, write the carriage-return/line-feed combination as @example . CR LF @end example @noindent rather than @example . CR/^M LF/^J @end example @item -D @opindex -D @cpindex description line Don't print description lines (those beginning with @samp{"}). @item -E @opindex -E @cpindex escape-sequence line Don't print escape-sequence lines (beginning with @samp{:}). @strong{Warning:} this results in loss of information, and in particular means that running the output through the @cindex @command{reseq} @command{reseq} command won't reproduce the input. Still, this option can be useful (in combination with @option{-L}) for those that don't care about the exact sequence of characters, or what their function is called, but just what their effects in the terminal are (those that Teseq understands). The output produced will describe what happened, but not how. @item -L @opindex -L @cpindex label line Don't print identifying labels (lines beginning with @samp{&}) for escape sequences. @item --color[=@var{when}] @itemx --colour[=@var{when}] @opindex --color @opindex --colour Colorize the output. WHEN defaults to 'always' or can be 'never' or 'auto'. @item -I @itemx --no-interactive @opindex -I @opindex --no-interactive Don't put the terminal into non-canonical or no-echo mode, and don't try to ensure output lines are finished when a signal is received (see below). @item -b @itemx --buffered @opindex --buffered @opindex -b Force @command{teseq} to use buffered I/O (see below). @item -t @var{timings} @itemx --timings @var{timings} @opindex -t @opindex --timings Read timing information from @var{timings} and emit @cindex delay line delay lines. This file must be formatted as if generated by @cindex @command{script} @samp{script -t} (for the @command{script} command from util-linux). @item -x @opindex -x No effect. Accepted for backwards compatibility. @end table @noindent @cpindex text line @cpindex control-character line Note that there are no options for suppressing text lines (@samp{|}) or control-character lines (@samp{.}), as there are for description or escape-sequence lines. The @option{-L}, @option{-D} and @option{-E} options also have mnemonic equivalents of @opindex -& @option{-&}, @opindex -" @option{-"} and @opindex -: @option{-:} respectively, corresponding to the @cindex line prefix @cindex prefix, line character prefixes for the lines they suppress; and @option{-C} has an @opindex -^ @option{-^} equivalent, for the @samp{^X}-style control representations it suppresses. However, while they may be more practical to remember, they will be less practical to type, since both @option{-&} and @option{-"} are apt to be interpreted as special by the shell, and must be quoted with a backslash (@code{-\&} and @code{-\"}) in order to pass them to the @command{teseq} command. @unnumberedsec Interactive Mode @cindex non-canonical mode @cindex @command{teseq}, interactive mode When @command{teseq} is started with a terminal as its input, it sets the terminal to non-canonical mode. That way, you can see real-time translation of input, as you type. If both input and output are terminals, then @command{teseq} will also turn local echo off, so that the characters you type will not interfere with the output you see. You can try it out by simply running @command{teseq} without any arguments. @strong{Note}, this means that the control for indicating ``end-of-file'' (usually @samp{C-d}) will not be processed specially, but will be passed through to @command{teseq} like any other character. Use the interrupt character (usually @samp{C-c}) instead, or specify @option{--no-interactive} to disable this behavior. When run in this way, characters typed as input are immediately translated and written out. The exception is that when an @sc{escape} character is encountered, @command{teseq} must wait for the next few characters before writing anything, so it can decide whether to start an escape line or a control-character line. When @command{teseq} has a terminal as its output, it is careful to ensure that it finishes output lines when it is stopped by a signal. If it was in the middle of writing a text line, it will write the closing pipe character @samp{|}, followed by a newline. If it was in the middle of trying to determine whether it's in a valid escape sequence or just an escape character followed by other characters, it will assume the latter case, and translate all the characters it has seen so far. To force @command{teseq} to behave as if it's not connected to a terminal (that is, to refrain from @opindex --no-interactive @opindex -I ensuring lines are finished, or setting non-canonical/no-echo mode), use the @option{--no-interactive} (@option{-I}) option. The @command{teseq} program does not take care to finish lines when the output is not a terminal. Whether or not @command{teseq} is connected to a terminal, it uses unbuffered I/O by default, unless the input is an ordinary file. This is so that each character may be processed as soon as it's seen. However, this can result in much longer processing time overall. To force @command{teseq} to buffer its input and output, use the @opindex --buffered @opindex -b @option{--buffered} (@option{-b}) option. @node Output Format, Color Mode, Invoking Teseq, Top @chapter Output Format Teseq produces output that is primarily intended to be read by humans (from input that is usually not). For this reason, Teseq output follows the following principles: @itemize @item Displays for different sorts of characters and sequences are displayed on distinct lines, and are easily distinguished by @cindex line prefix @cindex prefix, line the initial character. @item Every input character should be unambiguously visible to the user in the output (except, of course, when the user explicitly asks not to see them, as with the @option{-E} option). In particular, trailing space should be visible. @item Line lengths are limited to a maximum of 78 characters, so as to fit comfortably on most terminal displays. @item The output makes clear distinction between line breaks that occur due to line limits or intermixed character types, and those that actually occurred in the input. @end itemize @noindent @xref{Overview}, for an output example. @menu * Text Lines:: * Control-Character Lines:: * Escape-Sequence Lines:: * Label Lines:: * Description Lines:: * Delay Lines and Halt Lines:: @end menu @node Text Lines, Control-Character Lines, Output Format, Output Format @section Text Lines @opindex | Lines of plain text input, are output between a pair of pipe characters @samp{|}, with a final period to indicate the linefeed character. Input: @example Hello there @end example @noindent Output: @example |Hello there|. @end example @noindent Trailing whitespace is thus made plainly visible to the reader. @example |Trailing space: |. @end example @noindent A blank line is represented as empty content between the pipes. @example ||. @end example @noindent If the input line is too long to display as one line of output, it will be displayed as follows, with dash characters, @samp{-}, to mark continuity at the beginnings and ends of the lines (outside the pipe characters). @example |This input line |- -|was too long to|- -| fit|. @end example You might wonder whether pipe characters themselves might have to be escaped, so as to avoid confusion with the surrounding pipes. After all, in a C string literal, denoted by double-quotes, @samp{"}, one must escape literal double-quote characters by preceding them with a backslash (and must then also escape literal backslashes): @code{"She said \"no\""}. However, no such escaping mechanism is needed in Teseq. Input: @example A line with a pipe | in it, and a line with just a pipe | @end example @noindent Output: @example |A line with a pipe | in it, and a line with just a pipe|. |||. @end example @noindent No special treatment whatsoever! The reason Teseq can get away with this is that the pipe character only has its special ``mark the enclosed as normal text'' meaning, when it is the first and the last character on a line of output (aside from a possible prefacing dash to indicate a wrapped line, or a trailing dash or period). A lot of the output lines you've seen so far have all ended with a period, denoting the linefeed character. However, this isn't always the case. For instance, if the input line contains a control character, Teseq will close the text line (with just a pipe, no period), print a control-character line with the control characters, and then finish up the rest of the text line. The following sample output represents a single line which contains a delete character and a null character: @example |Fee fi| . DEL/^? |fo| . NUL/^@@ |fum|. @end example @noindent And here's a line that's terminated with a carriage-return/line-feed combination, rather than just a linefeed. @example |The promised line| . CR/^M LF/^J @end example @noindent The linefeed character is special: when it's preceded by control characters or escape sequence, it's printed as a control character; when it's preceded by text characters (or by nothing at all), it's printed as that final dot thing. This behavior is designed to make a newline look like the end of a line or a blank line when it should, and to look like a control character when it should. And of course, if the final line in the file is missing a newline, the dot won't appear there either. Currently, the only characters included in text lines, are those from the printable range of characters from US @cindex standards @cindex ASCII ASCII (@six{})---and sometimes linefeed, represented by the special final-dot notation. This means that if the terminal was using a character set that high-value code points, all high-valued bytes will be represented in hexadecimal on control-character lines, and not displayed on a text line. Future versions of Teseq may provide options allowing for these characters to be represented properly in text lines, but for now, the output format is ASCII characters only. @xref{Future Enhancements}. Note that even characters falling in the normal range of ASCII printable characters may not necessarily be represented correctly: for instance, if escape codes are present in the input that would switch the terminal to a different national variant of @six{}, then the real terminal might display (say, for ISO-646ES) @ifnotinfo @samp{@~{N}} @end ifnotinfo @ifinfo the LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH TILDE @end ifinfo instead of @samp{[}; but the output from Teseq will not change based on this (even though it will recognize and identify the control sequences that invoke that character set for use). @node Control-Character Lines, Escape-Sequence Lines, Text Lines, Output Format @section Control-Character Lines @cindex control character @cindex control-character line Control-character lines are used to display characters whose code values fall outside the range of printable characters from US @cindex standards @cindex ASCII ASCII (@six{}). That is, those characters whose code values fall below below 32 decimal (those from the C0 set of control characters from @fortyeight{}); and those whose values are at or above 127 decimal (the ``delete'' character, and character byte values with the high bit set). @opindex . Control-character lines begin with an initial dot, @samp{.}, followed by the control characters or high-value bytes being represented. @example . BEL/^G NUL/^@ CR/^M LF/^J DEL/^? xA0 xFF @end example @noindent Control characters (whose numeric codes fall below decimal 32, plus the delete character at decimal 127) are represented by a mnemonic acronym identifying the character's function. Unless the @opindex -C @option{-C} was given, this acronym is followed by a slash, and the control-key combination that would produce the corresponding character (control characters are usually much more recognizable from one or the other of their name or their control-character representation, than they are by their hexadecimal code value). The ``control-key combination'' representation consists of a ``hat'' or ``circumflex accent'' character, followed by a character with a value in the range of 63 through 95 decimal. @cindex delete character Note that the delete character, designated as @samp{DEL/^?}, is a special case, in that one can not generally reproduce that key by holding down the control key and typing a question mark; it is simply used as an identification of the key. Other values (high-value bytes) are represented by the lowercase letter @samp{x} followed by the two-digit hexadecimal code value for the character. For reference, here's a table of the control characters (plus @sc{del}). It is based on the information from Table 1 of @fortyeight{} (the control-key representation has been added). @cindex control characters table @cindex table of control characters @multitable @columnfractions .10 .10 .20 .10 .10 .20 @headitem Hex @tab Key @tab Name @tab Hex @tab Key @tab Name @c @item x00 @tab ^@@ @tab NUL @tab x10 @tab ^P @tab DLE @c @item x01 @tab ^A @tab SOH @tab x11 @tab ^Q @tab DC1 @c @item x02 @tab ^B @tab STX @tab x12 @tab ^R @tab DC2 @c @item x03 @tab ^C @tab ETX @tab x13 @tab ^S @tab DC3 @c @item x04 @tab ^D @tab EOT @tab x14 @tab ^T @tab DC4 @c @item x05 @tab ^E @tab ENQ @tab x15 @tab ^U @tab NAK @c @item x06 @tab ^F @tab ACK @tab x16 @tab ^V @tab SYN @c @item x07 @tab ^G @tab BEL @tab x17 @tab ^W @tab ETB @c @item x08 @tab ^H @tab BS @tab x18 @tab ^X @tab CAN @c @item x09 @tab ^I @tab TAB @tab x19 @tab ^Y @tab EM @c @item x0A @tab ^J @tab LF @tab x1A @tab ^Z @tab SUB @c @item x0B @tab ^K @tab VT @tab x1B @tab ^[ @tab ESC @c @item x0C @tab ^L @tab FF @tab x1C @tab ^\ @tab IS4 @c @item x0D @tab ^M @tab CR @tab x1D @tab ^] @tab IS3 @c @item x0E @tab ^N @tab SO @tab x1E @tab ^^ @tab IS2 @c @item x0F @tab ^O @tab SI @tab x1F @tab ^_ @tab IS1 @c @item x7F @tab ^? @tab DEL @tab @tab @tab @end multitable @node Escape-Sequence Lines, Label Lines, Control-Character Lines, Output Format @section Escape-Sequence Lines @cindex escape-sequence lines Escape-sequence lines, which begin with the colon, @samp{:}, don't add any new semantics---any characters in an escape-sequence line could be represented on control-character and text lines (and, with just a one-character change in the escape sequence, would be). But they serve to set escape sequences apart from normal control-character or text lines, making it easier to see on one line all the characters that contribute to a single control function, rather than splitting them between control-character and text lines. Here's an example with some intermixed escape-sequence and text lines (without the usual label and description lines, which are described in later sections): @example |Well | : Esc [ 3 ; 31 m |Daniel| : Esc [ 23 ; 39 m | didn't do it...|. @end example @noindent The two escape-sequence lines represent, respectively, controls that set text rendering to use italics in the color red, and to set normal font rendering in the default color (the actual interpretation of these controls may vary by application). Note that the escape-sequence lines include control characters (well, character, namely @samp{Esc}) intermixed with normal text characters. So the above could have been written like: @example |Well | . ESC |[3;31mDaniel| . ESC |[23;39m didn't do it...|. @end example @noindent But this loses the separation between characters that, yes, happen to be text characters, but really just contribute to some terminal control function invocation, and characters that are, really and truly, text. @example : Esc [ 3 ; 31 m @end example @noindent Some things to note. First, the escape key is noted as @samp{Esc}, and not @samp{ESC} as it would be in a control-character line. Don't ask me why; maybe I just felt it was one more thing to dilineate between escape-sequence lines and control-character lines. Also, each character is separated from its neighbors by a single space, except that strings of digits are lumped all together. Each character is represented by itself (including colon, as long as it's not at the start of the line), except the escape character, and the space character (represented as @samp{Spc}). Control characters and high-value bytes are not currently represented on escape-sequence lines (they are not part of any escape sequences Teseq recognizes), but if they are in the future (say, as part of non-standardized escape sequences), they will most likely be represented as @samp{xXX} hexadecimal strings (as high-value bytes are represented in control-character lines. If an escape sequence requires more than one output line, the continuing lines will also begin with a colon, followed by two spaces (instead of one). Lines will not be split in the middle of a number. @example : Esc [ 1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 : ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 m @end example @menu * Escape Sequence Recognition:: @end menu @node Escape Sequence Recognition, , Escape-Sequence Lines, Escape-Sequence Lines @unnumberedsubsec Recognizing Escape Sequences @cindex escape sequence, defined Okay, great, so escape-sequence lines help distinguish control-characters and text characters that make up an escape sequence from those that don't. But what exactly makes up an escape sequence, anyway? The @thirtyfive{} standard defines an escape sequence to be a sequence of characters beginning with @sc{esc}, with a @cindex final byte @cindex escape sequence, final byte final byte in the range @code{x30}--@code{x7E}, and any number (including zero) of @cindex intermediate byte @cindex escape sequence, intermediate byte intermediate bytes in the range @code{x20}-@code{x2F}. @ifinfo The following table @end ifinfo @ifnotinfo @ref{ascii} @end ifnotinfo has been provided as a reference for finding which characters match which codes. @float Table,ascii @cindex table of printable ASCII characters @multitable {@mjcth{xFF}} {Spc} {Spc} {Spc} {Spc} {Spc} {Spc} @headitem @tab x2X @tab x3X @tab x4X @tab x5X @tab x6X @tab x7X @c @item @mjcth{xX0} @tab @sc{spc} @tab 0 @tab @@ @tab P @tab ` @tab p @c @item @mjcth{xX1} @tab ! @tab 1 @tab A @tab Q @tab a @tab q @c @item @mjcth{xX2} @tab " @tab 2 @tab B @tab R @tab b @tab r @c @item @mjcth{xX3} @tab # @tab 3 @tab C @tab S @tab c @tab s @c @item @mjcth{xX4} @tab $ @tab 4 @tab D @tab T @tab d @tab t @c @item @mjcth{xX5} @tab % @tab 5 @tab E @tab U @tab e @tab u @c @item @mjcth{xX6} @tab & @tab 6 @tab F @tab V @tab f @tab v @c @item @mjcth{xX7} @tab ' @tab 7 @tab G @tab W @tab g @tab w @c @item @mjcth{xX8} @tab ( @tab 8 @tab H @tab X @tab h @tab x @c @item @mjcth{xX9} @tab ) @tab 9 @tab I @tab Y @tab i @tab y @c @item @mjcth{xXA} @tab * @tab : @tab J @tab Z @tab j @tab z @c @item @mjcth{xXB} @tab + @tab ; @tab K @tab [ @tab k @tab @{ @c @item @mjcth{xXC} @tab , @tab < @tab L @tab \ @tab l @tab | @c @item @mjcth{xXD} @tab - @tab = @tab M @tab ] @tab m @tab @} @c @item @mjcth{xXE} @tab . @tab > @tab N @tab ^ @tab n @tab ~ @c @item @mjcth{xXF} @tab / @tab ? @tab O @tab _ @tab o @tab @sc{del} @end multitable @end float @noindent So, for instance, the following is a valid escape sequence. @example : Esc $ ( C @end example @noindent @samp{$} and @samp{(} have code values @code{x24} and @code{x28}, and so are valid intermediate bytes; @samp{C} has the value @code{x43}, and so terminates the escape sequence. You may have noticed that a lot of the examples of escape sequences in this document don't actually follow this format. For instance, @example : Esc [ 3 ; 31 m @end example @noindent According to the definition we just gave, @samp{[} should be the final byte of an escape sequence. So why does Teseq keep going until it reaches the @samp{m}? The answer is that the escape sequence @emph{does} end with the @samp{[}; but the combination @samp{Esc [} invokes a control named @code{CONTROL SEQUENCE INTRODUCER} @cindex @sc{csi} (@sc{csi}). The @sc{csi} control marks the beginning of a different kind of sequence, called a @cindex control sequence ``control sequence''. Control sequences are described by the @fortyeight{} standard, which considers it to be a distinct concept from escape sequences; however, Teseq treats both types of sequences as ``escape sequences''. A control sequence starts with the two-character @sc{csi} escape sequence @samp{Esc [}, followed by an optional sequence of @cindex parameter byte parameter bytes in the range @code{x30}--@code{x3F}, an optional sequence of @cindex intermediate byte intermediate bytes in the range @code{x20}--@code{x2F} (the same range as intermediate bytes in a regular escape sequence), and a @cindex final byte final byte in the range @code{x40}--@code{x7e}. The set of standard control sequence functions are defined in @fortyeight{}. When used in accordance with the standard, the parameter bytes are used to provide a semicolon-separated list of numeric parameters to the control function being invoked. These affect the details of the control function's behavior; but not which control function is being invoked: @example : Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. : Esc [ 0 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. @end example @noindent Both sequences end with the same sequence of intermediate bytes (none) and final byte; both invoke the @sc{sgr} control function. But the first one indicates that following text should be rendered boldface, while the second indicates that text rendering should be restored to its default settings. Intermediate bytes, however, together with the final byte, @emph{do} affect the meaning of the function invoked. Currently, @fortyeight{} only defines functions for either no intermediate bytes, or a single space character (@code{x20}) as the intermediate byte. @example : Esc [ A & CUU: CURSOR UP : Esc [ Spc A & SR: SCROLL RIGHT @end example @noindent @fortyeight{} describes an alternate representation for @sc{csi}; the 8-bit byte value @code{x9B}. Teseq does not currently treat that value specially, nor any of the other high-value bytes from the C1 set of control functions. This is because whether or not those bytes indicate control functions is dependent upon what character encoding is in use. Future versions of Teseq may support an option to interpret these forms as well, at which time control sequences using the single-byte @sc{csi} control will probably be rendered like: @example : CSI [ 1 m @end example @noindent @fortyeight{} also describes another kind of sequence called @cindex control string ``control strings''. These are not interpreted by Teseq; the control characters involved (for example, @samp{SOS/^X} and @samp{ST/^\}) will be printed on control-character lines, and any text characters will be displayed on text lines. Future versions of Teseq will probably not depart from this display behavior; however, support for some common interpretations for control strings may be added, in which case a label line and/or description line might follow the control string, describing its usual interpretation. @node Label Lines, Description Lines, Escape-Sequence Lines, Output Format @section Label Lines @cindex label line @opindex & Label lines begin with the ampersand, @samp{&}: @example & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION @end example @noindent Label lines always describe a control function, and are always preceded by the escape sequence that invokes that function (unless the @opindex -E @option{-E} option was given, suppressing output for escape-sequence lines). The format of a label line's content is always @var{acronym}: @var{name}; both of these are defined for each control function by @fortyeight{}. In some cases, they may also name private functions defined by popular terminals and terminal emulators. Label lines currently are never wrapped; however, future versions of Teseq may wrap label lines. At that time, continuation label lines will probably consist of an extra space after the ampersand (similar to how escape-sequence lines are wrapped). Lines will never be split in the middle of a word. Future versions of Teseq may use label lines to describe things besides escape sequences; for instance, control characters or control strings, or other strings that may be interpreted specially by some devices or applications. @node Description Lines, Delay Lines and Halt Lines, Label Lines, Output Format @section Description Lines @cindex description line @opindex " Description lines begin with the double-quote, @samp{"}: @example " Move the cursor up 2 lines. @end example @noindent Sequences of description lines are generally preceded by a label line (unless the @opindex -L @option{-L} option was supplied), and describe the same control function labeled by that line. More than one description line may be used to describe a function, whereas only one label line is ever used for a control function. It is important to understand that the descriptions provided are only approximations and guesses, and suffer from various limitations. The behavior of many control functions are dependent on terminal state that Teseq does not track. Teseq chooses a common default setting for applicable terminal modes, and issues a description based on that. For instance, the @sc{insert line} function is described as follows: @example : Esc [ 2 L & IL: INSERT LINE " Shift lines after the cursor to make room for 2 new lines. @end example @noindent However, depending on the current setting of the @sc{line editing mode}, the actual behavior might be to shift the lines @emph{before} the cursor, rather than the ones after. Future versions of Teseq may track enough terminal state to improve the accuracy of these descriptions (@pxref{Future Enhancements}), but they would still need to guess at the initial state of the terminal, for any modes that had not been explicitly set or reset. Descriptions are also often inaccurate. For instance, the description for @sc{insert line} should really read ``shift the current line and the lines after the cursor@dots{}''. In addition, no mention is made of the fact that the extent of the shifted part is dependent on previous invocations of @sc{select editing extent}. A conscious decision has been made to value brevity over accuracy. Also, the descriptions are based (loosely) on the semantics defined by @fortyeight{}. There is no guarantee that this corresponds to the semantics defined for the actual terminal on which these functions were invoked. The terminal may have different behavior, or may not even accept the function. The descriptions are intended as a rough aid in remembering what a given function does; to really understand the actual semantics of a function, you should read the terminal device's documentation, and/or @fortyeight{}. Future versions of Teseq may use description lines to describe things besides escape sequences; for instance, control characters or control strings, or other strings that may be interpreted specially by some devices or applications. Some description lines may appear without a preceding label line (even when @option{-L} was not specified), in the event that no standard designation for the function is known. @node Delay Lines and Halt Lines, , Description Lines, Output Format @section Delay Lines and Halt Lines @cindex delay line @cindex halt line @opindex @@ A delay line begins with an ``at'' sign @samp{@@}, and contains a single numeric value; a number of seconds to pause before continuing on to process further lines. The @cindex @command{reseq} @command{reseq} program will obey these instructions only if it is given the @option{--replay} option. @example @@ 3.0051 @end example @noindent Delay lines are only issued by @command{teseq} when it has been given the @option{-t} option, which uses a timing file from @cindex @command{script} @samp{script -t} to determine where to insert delays. Aside from that, delay lines can be useful for manual insertion into Teseq output, to introduce a delay at a particular point when using @opindex --replay (reseq) @samp{reseq --replay}, which can aid in giving the user time to more easily observe terminal behavior. If a line begins with three ``at'' signs together @samp{@@@@@@}, and @command{reseq} is invoked with both @samp{--replay} @emph{and} @opindex --halts (reseq) @samp{--halts}, then @command{reseq} will pause at this location until the user presses a key to indicate continuation. The remainder of the line will be ignored, so can be used for comments. Such a line will never be output by @command{teseq}; it must be inserted by the user. Since @command{reseq} does not give any indication to the user that it is awaiting input (as opposed to simply waiting on a length delay line), it is highly advisable to insert this ``halt'' line only after a spot in the recorded terminal script that already provides such an indication. The halt line can be useful for creating animated demonstrations of program usage, and similar sorts of presentation-oriented scripts. @node Color Mode, Reseq, Output Format, Top @chapter Color Mode @opindex --color @opindex --colour @cindex color @cindex colour @cindex TESEQ_COLORS Teseq can provide color formatting to its output. This feature is disabled by default, but can be activated via @option{--color=auto} or @option{--color=always}. If @samp{auto} is used, then color will be added to the output only if the output is to a terminal; otherwise not. If @samp{always} is specified, then color formatting codes will be provided for the output unconditionally. Note that such output may not be fed to @command{reseq}, which will not be able to handle these codes. The default colors used are suitable for use against a dark/black background, but may be less suitable for use on terminals with light-colored backgrounds. The colors used may be altered by setting the environment variable @samp{TESEQ_COLORS}. It consists of comma-separated key=value pairs, where the key is usually the prefix character of the line to be colored, and the value consists of parameter values for the terminal SGR control. Any prefixes not specified in @samp{TESEQ_COLORS} retain their default values. In the case of text lines, in which literal text is bracketed by pipe characters (@samp{|}), color may be specified separately for the inner text, and for the bracketing pipes, including the @samp{|-} and @samp{-|} around formatting (non-literal) line breaks, and any final @samp{.} signifying a literal line break. The inner text is specified by the key @samp{|>}, while the decorations are specified by the key @samp{|}. Currently, no default color settings are made for the decorations; only the inner text. Here is an example setting for TESEQ_COLORS: @example TESEQ_COLORS='|>=36;7,|=1,.=31,:=33,&=35,"=32,@=34' @end example This sets the literal text content of text lines to a cyan foreground, and then standout (reverse) mode, so that the result is a cyan background with a foreground of whatever the usual background would be (i.e., if the background is normally black, then the foreground will be black). The color of the text line decorations is not changed, but the decorations are displayed in bold. Control lines (@samp{.}) are set to red, escape-sequence lines (@samp{:}) are set to amber, label lines (@samp{&}) to violet, descriptions (@samp{"}) to green, and delay lines (@samp{@@}) to blue. Note that halt lines (lines consisting of exactly @samp{@@@@@@}), though recognized by reseq, are never emitted by teseq, and thus have no means of specification in @samp{TESEQ_COLORS}. @node Reseq, Standards, Color Mode, Top @chapter The Reseq Command @cindex @command{reseq} @cindex Reversing the output of @command{teseq} @cindex @command{teseq}, reversing the output Synopsis: @example reseq [-t|--timings=@var{timings}] @var{input} @var{output} reseq --replay [-d @var{divisor}] @var{input} [@var{output}] reseq -h | --help reseq -V | --version @end example The @var{input} and @var{output} arguments are mandatory, but may be specified as @samp{-} for standard input or output. Reseq doesn't let output default to standard output because, since it generates raw terminal codes, it is uncommon (and potentially unsafe) to send this directly to the terminal. The exception is when the @option{--replay} argument has been specified, which is only useful when output is going to the terminal; in that event, the @var{output} argument is optional. @table @option @item -h @itemx --help @opindex --help (reseq) @opindex -h (reseq) Print usage information on standard output and exit successfully. @item -V @itemx --version @opindex --version (reseq) @opindex -V (reseq) Print the version number and licensing information of @code{hello} on standard output and then exit successfully. @item --replay @opindex --replay (reseq) Honor delay lines in the input, pausing the specified amount of time before continuing to process the next line. This is useful for producing behavior equivalent to that of the @cindex @command{scriptreplay} @command{scriptreplay} command (from @uref{http://userweb.kernel.org/~kzak/util-linux-ng/, util-linux}), but using a Teseq output file as input, rather than a raw typescript file. @item --halts @opindex --halts (reseq) Only takes effect if @samp{--replay} is also specified. In addition to honoring delay lines, also honors user-inserted ``halt'' lines (those beginning with @samp{@@@@@@}) in the input. These lines cause @command{reseq} to halt processing until the user presses a key. This halting action is not accompanied by any sort of indication that @command{reseq} is awaiting user action; it is up to the user to ensure that the input script to @command{reseq} has included some sort of appropriate indication. When @samp{--halts} is in effect, @command{reseq} will turn off terminal echoing (so the user's keypress to continue the script is not shown), and switches the terminal over to unbuffered I/O, so that keypresses can be read as soon as they are typed. @item -t @var{timings} @itemx --timings @var{timings} @opindex -t (reseq) @opindex --timings (reseq) Produce timing information from delay lines, in the format generated by @cindex @command{script} @code{script -t}. This can be used to regenerate @command{script} typescript and timing files that were fed as the input to @code{teseq -t timings}. Note that the result will differ slightly from the output from @code{script -t}, in that the first delay will be zeroed out (@command{teseq} always throws out the first delay value, whose value from script is an arbitrary value between 0 and 1), and the last delay line will include all the remaining characters (@command{script}'s timings don't count the final timestamp line). @end table @noindent The @command{reseq} command essentially does the reverse of @command{teseq}. If you feed it the output from @command{teseq}, it will generate the corresponding escape sequences---that is, it will generate the same content that was fed to @command{teseq} to produce that output. The shell command @example $ teseq foo | reseq - - @end example @noindent is roughly equivalent to @example $ cat foo @end example @noindent The @command{reseq} command is written in @cindex Perl Perl, unlike @command{teseq} which is compiled from C-language sources, and so requires a Perl interpreter to be present in order to function. Of the various types of lines output by the @command{teseq} command, @command{reseq} only understands four; @cpindex text line text lines: @example |Hello, there|. |Here are|- -|some wrapped|- -|lines|. @end example @noindent @cpindex control-character line control-character lines: @example . CR/^M LF/^J . CR LF @end example @noindent @cpindex escape-sequence line escape-sequence lines: @example : Esc [ 31 ; 3 m @end example @noindent And, of course, @cpindex delay line delay lines: @example @@ 3.14159 @end example @menu * Reserved Line Prefixes:: @end menu @node Reserved Line Prefixes, , Reseq, Reseq @unnumberedsec Reserved Line Prefixes @cindex reserved line prefixes @cindex line prefix, reserved @cindex line prefix @cindex prefix, line It's important for @command{reseq} to be able to process its input correctly, even if that output came from a different version of @command{teseq} than @command{reseq} is familiar with. So, it's important that @command{reseq} should refuse to continue processing input if it encounters a line that it doesn't recognize, but which might contain important semantic information that effects the output @command{reseq} should produce. At the same time, it'd be a shame for @command{reseq} to refuse to process a line it doesn't understand, if that line contains non-critical information. For example, consider delay lines (beginning with @samp{@@}). The delay line holds semantic information, to be sure; but not information that would affect @command{reseq}'s normal operation (it only has meaning when one of the @opindex -t (reseq) @opindex --timings (reseq) @option{--timings} or @opindex --replay (reseq) @option{--replay} options has been specified). So, if an older version of @command{reseq} had existed that did not recognize them, it would have been a shame if its introduction in the newer release had caused the older version to refuse to process it. To address both of these concerns, @command{reseq} has taken the approach of reserving certain prefixes for use as ``semantically significant'' line prefixes, and others for use in lines that @command{reseq} can safely ignore. A line that begins with any of the following characters, will cause @command{reseq} to halt processing and exit with an error. @example !$+/=[\^@{~ @end example @noindent The idea is that these prefixes are reserved for future use in lines that @command{reseq} must understand in order to produce correct results. This leaves all remaining characters free for use in specifying future @command{teseq} output lines that do not affect processing for older @command{reseq}s. Note that they are still reserved for @command{teseq}, and are not intended for users to insert commentary or such. However, @command{teseq} will never use a line beginning with the space character; and @command{reseq} will always ignore such lines, so the space character may be used to indicate user comments. @node Standards, Future Enhancements, Reseq, Top @chapter Standards The most authoritative source of information on control functions, their representations in bytes, and their intended meaning, is the @fortyeight{} standard. Also related is the @thirtyfive{} standard, which describes control functions for switching the character encoding, and defines the possible forms of escape sequence (note that, in Teseq, @cindex escape sequence ``escape sequence'' refers to both the Ecma-48 concept of @cindex control sequence ``control sequences'', and the official Ecma-35 meaning of ``escape sequence''. These standards are available, ``free of charge and copyright'', at: @example @uref{http://www.ecma-international.org/}. @end example @noindent Teseq also recognizes some additional sequences that were not defined by international standard, but are in fairly wide use. In such cases, if descriptions are enabled, the description text for these sequences will be prefixed by a tag in parentheses that identifies where this functionality is found. For instance, @code{(DEC)} for sequences used in DEC equipment such as the VT100, or @code{(Xterm)} for squences supported by xterm. Sources of information that were used for identifying and describing these sequences, include: @example @uref{http://invisible-island.net/xterm/ctlseqs/ctlseqs.html} @uref{http://www.vt100.net/}. @end example @node Future Enhancements, Contact and Info, Standards, Top @chapter Future Enhancements Here are some potential additions that may appear in future versions of Teseq. @menu * Localized Messages:: * Stateful Processing:: * Terminal Databases:: @end menu @node Localized Messages, Stateful Processing, Future Enhancements, Future Enhancements @section Localized Messages It is expected that a near release of Teseq will include support for native-language translations of control label names and descriptions. Note that the acronym portions of label lines will never be translated: they represent official designations for their respective controls. An important requirement of such translations is that they must not interfere with processing of the document; if they use a shift-based encoding, they will shift to the translation encoding only after the line prefix, which must be a plain ASCII character, and shift back to normal ASCII prior to the end of the line. Bytes with values corresponding to the ASCII control characters @sc{nul}, @sc{cr}, or @sc{lf} (hexadecimal @samp{x00}, @samp{x0D}, and @samp{0x0A}) will not appear, except when they represent their ASCII functions (in no case will @sc{nul}s be present in the document). These requirements rule out the use of wide-character encodings such as UCS-2 or UTF-16, which could not be intermixed with ascii characters and which have character representations that would enclude byte values corresponding to the forbidden characters noted above, but should be compatible with UTF-8, ISO 2022-based encodings such as the ISO 8859 series, ISO 2022-JP, or EUC-JP and other encodings that meet these requirements such as GBK, Big5, or Shift JIS. @node Stateful Processing, Terminal Databases, Localized Messages, Future Enhancements @section Stateful Processing Future versions of Teseq may support options to remember state information about the terminal. For instance if Teseq has seen the invocation of @sc{select graphic rendition} to set underlined text, Teseq might render any further text that appears in @cindex text line with underlining. In addition, the meaning of some standardized commands defined by @fortyeight{} depend on the current setting of various terminal modes, and Teseq currently makes assumptions about those modes. A state-remembering Teseq might remember the last time a mode was set, and no longer need to make assumptions. If Teseq is given information about the size of the target terminal, it could also provide information about the cursor's present location after every cursor-moving command. Currently, all output from @command{teseq} is in US @cindex standards @cindex ASCII ASCII; but future versions of Teseq might support output in other encodings. If that happens, Teseq might also add support for the handling of @thirtyfive{} character code-switching sequences, such that the characters given in @cindex text line text lines would reflect the actual characters as they would actually appear in the terminal device, depending on the current encoding state. Note that features which alter the bytes found between the pipe characters of a text line, would most likely break reverse-translation with @cindex @command{reseq} @command{reseq}, as it would be much harder to tell what the original byte values had been. @node Terminal Databases, , Stateful Processing, Future Enhancements @section Terminal Database Awareness Future versions of Teseq may allow the user to specify the name of the terminal for which the input was intended, which Teseq will then use to detect when a feature from that terminal's entry in the terminal database (for example, the @cindex terminfo terminfo database) has been invoked. Since features from terminal database entries often involve multiple @fortyeight{} controls, Teseq would probably need to indicate out-of-band ``start'' and ``end'' markers for the feature. For instance, if the definition for the @samp{clear} feature for the specified terminal is @samp{\E[H\E[J}, then an input string of @samp{\E[m\E[H\E[J\E(B} might result in output like: @example : Esc [ m # start: clear : Esc [ H : Esc [ J # end: clear : Esc ( B @end example @noindent (Label and description lines have been removed from this example.) No commitment has been made to any particular output format for this feature; the above is intended purely as an example of one possible approach. @node Contact and Info, Copying, Future Enhancements, Top @chapter Contact and Information If you have any questions, comments, suggestions, or bug reports, please take advantage of the mailing list at @email{bug-teseq@@gnu.org}. To subscribe, send an empty email with the Subject ``subscribe'' to @email{bug-teseq-request@@gnu.org}; or use the web interface at @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/bug-teseq}. You can also contact the author/maintainer directly at @email{micah@@addictivecode.org}. The official website for GNU Teseq is at @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/teseq/}. For the latest updates and other information, please check that site (or better yet, stay appraised by subscribing to the mailing list. GNU Teseq uses Savannah to manage bug-tracking, and to host the development source repository in Mercurial: @uref{https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/teseq/}. @node Copying, Index, Contact and Info, Top @appendix Copying @include fdl.texi @node Index, , Copying, Top @unnumbered Index @printindex cp @bye teseq-1.1.1/doc/teseq.10000664000175000017500000000367212563445671011553 00000000000000.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.44.1. .TH TESEQ "1" "August 2015" "teseq 1.1.1" "User Commands" .SH NAME teseq \- Format text with terminal escapes and control sequences for human consumption. .SH SYNOPSIS .B teseq [\fI-CLDEx\fR] [\fIin \fR[\fIout\fR]] .br .B teseq \fI-h | --help\fR .br .B teseq \fI-V | --version\fR .SH DESCRIPTION Format text with terminal escapes and control sequences for human consumption. .TP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR Display usage information (this message). .TP \fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR Display version and warrantee. .TP \fB\-C\fR Don't print ^X for C0 controls. .TP \fB\-D\fR Don't print descriptions. .TP \fB\-E\fR Don't print escape sequences. .TP \fB\-L\fR Don't print labels. .HP \fB\-\-color\fR=\fI[WHEN]\fR, \fB\-\-colour\fR=\fI[WHEN]\fR .IP Colorize the output. WHEN defaults to 'always' or can be 'never' or 'auto'. See the full documentation. .HP \fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-no\-interactive\fR .IP Don't put the terminal into non\-canonical or no\-echo mode, and don't try to ensure output lines are finished when a signal is received. .TP \fB\-b\fR, \fB\-\-buffered\fR Force teseq to buffer I/O. .HP \fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-timings\fR=\fITIMINGS\fR .IP Read timing info from TIMINGS and emit delay lines. .TP \fB\-x\fR (No effect; accepted for backwards compatibility.) .PP The GNU Teseq home page is at http://www.gnu.org/software/teseq/. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" Report all bugs to bug\-teseq@gnu.org .SH COPYRIGHT Copyright \(co 2008,2013 Micah Cowan . License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. .SH "SEE ALSO" The full documentation for .B teseq is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the .B info and .B teseq programs are properly installed at your site, the command .IP .B info teseq .PP should give you access to the complete manual. teseq-1.1.1/doc/teseq.info0000664000175000017500000026124212563445667012352 00000000000000This is teseq.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.2 from teseq.texi. This manual is for GNU Teseq, version 1.1.1. Copyright (C) 2008, 2013 Micah Cowan <> Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". INFO-DIR-SECTION Miscellaneous START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * teseq: (teseq). Terminal control sequence analyzer. * reseq: (teseq)Reseq. Reverse-translate output from teseq. END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY  File: teseq.info, Node: Top, Next: Overview, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir) Teseq ***** This manual is for GNU Teseq, version 1.1.1. Copyright (C) 2008, 2013 Micah Cowan * Menu: * Overview:: What does Teseq do? (with example) * Invoking Teseq:: How to run Teseq, with options 'n' stuff. * Output Format:: How Teseq's output looks. * Color Mode:: Customized color output. * Reseq:: Reversing Teseq's output. * Standards:: The official word on control functions. * Future Enhancements:: Future features under consideration. * Contact and Info:: Where to ask questions and find answers. * Copying:: Copying and sharing this manual. * Index:: Index of concepts.  File: teseq.info, Node: Overview, Next: Invoking Teseq, Prev: Top, Up: Top 1 Overview ********** GNU Teseq (the author pronounces it: "tea" + "seek") is a tool for analyzing files that contain control characters and terminal control sequences, by printing these control sequences and their meanings in readable English. It is intended to be useful for debugging terminal emulators, and programs that make heavy use of advanced terminal features such as cursor movement, coloring, and other effects. Teseq is useful for: * creating animated, interactive demos to run on the terminal (see for a video on how to do this), * knowing the exact output of a program (Did it have spaces at the end of the line? Or maybe it contains invisible control characters?), * examining a text file's contents unambiguously, a la 'cat -v' or the 'ed' program's 'l' command (but with much more information), * stripping control sequences from a text file, e.g. to produce a plain ascii text file from a typescript file generated by the 'script' command (see example below), * examining the invisible control sequences within a text file, that affect graphical formatting or character encoding, in order to understand how they work and where they appear in the file, or * debugging graphical terminal applications, and terminal emulators (its originally-intended purpose). GNU Teseq is free software (http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.html). *Note Copying::, for copying conditions. A Quick Example =============== You can't beat a short example to demonstrate what a program does, so here goes (note: a video version of this example may be seen at the main Teseq project page (http://www.gnu.org/software/teseq/), or at . Suppose you've got a program that writes the following output to a terminal. *Hi* there, world A simple text string, using a boldface font to render the first word. Suppose that, after a moment or two, the program then replaced the final word "world" with the word "earth". In order to achieve this effect, the program would have to send special controls to the terminal to ask it to start writing in bold text, and then to revert back to normal text for the rest. To replace the final word, it might have to issue a series of backspaces before issuing the replacement word. All of this will be handled transparently by the terminal, and you wouldn't see any of the special c aracters the program sent to the terminal--unless perhaps you convinced the program to write to a text file as if it were writing to a terminal, or ran the program under a terminal capture utility such as the 'script' command. You may be able to produce this effect yourself with the following shell command. $ printf '\033[1mHi\033[m there, world'; sleep 1; \ printf '\b\b\b\b\bearth\n' If you were to examine the output from such a command with a text editor, it might look something like this. ^[[1mHi^[[m there, world^H^H^H^H^Hearth Not very readable, is it? That's where Teseq comes in! When you run that gibberish through the 'teseq' command with the default settings, you'll get the following output. : Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. |Hi| : Esc [ 0 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. | there, world| . BS/^H BS/^H BS/^H BS/^H BS/^H |earth|. Note that the special control sequences that tell the terminal to start and stop writing in boldface text are separated out on their own lines (prefixed with a colon ':'), and followed by an identification (prefixed with an ampersand '&') and a description of what it does (prefixed with a quote character '"'). The actual text appears in lines bracketed by pipe '|' characters. The series of single-character backspace controls appear on a line prefixed with a period '.', identified by its identifying acronym (BS for BACKSPACE), and its control-key representation (Control-H). The final word, "earth", is followed by a period just after the closing pipe symbol; this indicates a following linefeed (or "newline") character. The 'reseq' command may be used to reverse the procedure, accepting the above input and printing out the original set of escape sequences that produced it. *Note Reseq::. Stripping out escapes ===================== The 'teseq' command can be instructed to recognize, but not output, escapes encountered in the input. This is useful for stripping out the formatting strings that are invisible on display, but which get in the way during editing, or make the content inappropriate for inclusion in documentation, etc. To sanitize a typescript file or other text file containing control sequences, try the following command: $ teseq -EDLC YOUR-FILE.TXT | reseq - - | col -b > NEW-FILE.TXT The '-EDLC' options tell teseq not to output recognized escape sequences or identify them, and otherwise to abbreviate its output. Then, 'reseq' takes the output from 'teseq' and turns it back into raw text (minus the now elided escape sequences). Finally, 'col -b' (a fairly standard Unix tool) interprets common control characters such as backspaces and carriage returns, resolving them into a text file that displays the same, but doesn't contain those controls.  File: teseq.info, Node: Invoking Teseq, Next: Output Format, Prev: Overview, Up: Top 2 Invoking Teseq **************** The format for running the 'teseq' program is: teseq OPTIONS [INPUT-FILE [OUTPUT-FILE]] teseq -h | --help teseq -V | --version If INPUT-FILE or OUTPUT-FILE is unspecified, or specified as '-', standard input/output is used. Output is written to standard output by default, but see the '-o' option. '-h' '--help' Print usage information on standard output and exit successfully. '-V' '--version' Print the version number and licensing information for 'teseq' on standard output and then exit successfully. '-C' For control characters from the C0 set of Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429, don't write the control-key representation, only the identifying acronym. For example, write the carriage-return/line-feed combination as . CR LF rather than . CR/^M LF/^J '-D' Don't print description lines (those beginning with '"'). '-E' Don't print escape-sequence lines (beginning with ':'). *Warning:* this results in loss of information, and in particular means that running the output through the 'reseq' command won't reproduce the input. Still, this option can be useful (in combination with '-L') for those that don't care about the exact sequence of characters, or what their function is called, but just what their effects in the terminal are (those that Teseq understands). The output produced will describe what happened, but not how. '-L' Don't print identifying labels (lines beginning with '&') for escape sequences. '--color[=WHEN]' '--colour[=WHEN]' Colorize the output. WHEN defaults to 'always' or can be 'never' or 'auto'. '-I' '--no-interactive' Don't put the terminal into non-canonical or no-echo mode, and don't try to ensure output lines are finished when a signal is received (see below). '-b' '--buffered' Force 'teseq' to use buffered I/O (see below). '-t TIMINGS' '--timings TIMINGS' Read timing information from TIMINGS and emit delay lines. This file must be formatted as if generated by 'script -t' (for the 'script' command from util-linux). '-x' No effect. Accepted for backwards compatibility. Note that there are no options for suppressing text lines ('|') or control-character lines ('.'), as there are for description or escape-sequence lines. The '-L', '-D' and '-E' options also have mnemonic equivalents of '-&', '-"' and '-:' respectively, corresponding to the character prefixes for the lines they suppress; and '-C' has an '-^' equivalent, for the '^X'-style control representations it suppresses. However, while they may be more practical to remember, they will be less practical to type, since both '-&' and '-"' are apt to be interpreted as special by the shell, and must be quoted with a backslash ('-\&' and '-\"') in order to pass them to the 'teseq' command. Interactive Mode ================ When 'teseq' is started with a terminal as its input, it sets the terminal to non-canonical mode. That way, you can see real-time translation of input, as you type. If both input and output are terminals, then 'teseq' will also turn local echo off, so that the characters you type will not interfere with the output you see. You can try it out by simply running 'teseq' without any arguments. *Note*, this means that the control for indicating "end-of-file" (usually 'C-d') will not be processed specially, but will be passed through to 'teseq' like any other character. Use the interrupt character (usually 'C-c') instead, or specify '--no-interactive' to disable this behavior. When run in this way, characters typed as input are immediately translated and written out. The exception is that when an ESCAPE character is encountered, 'teseq' must wait for the next few characters before writing anything, so it can decide whether to start an escape line or a control-character line. When 'teseq' has a terminal as its output, it is careful to ensure that it finishes output lines when it is stopped by a signal. If it was in the middle of writing a text line, it will write the closing pipe character '|', followed by a newline. If it was in the middle of trying to determine whether it's in a valid escape sequence or just an escape character followed by other characters, it will assume the latter case, and translate all the characters it has seen so far. To force 'teseq' to behave as if it's not connected to a terminal (that is, to refrain from ensuring lines are finished, or setting non-canonical/no-echo mode), use the '--no-interactive' ('-I') option. The 'teseq' program does not take care to finish lines when the output is not a terminal. Whether or not 'teseq' is connected to a terminal, it uses unbuffered I/O by default, unless the input is an ordinary file. This is so that each character may be processed as soon as it's seen. However, this can result in much longer processing time overall. To force 'teseq' to buffer its input and output, use the '--buffered' ('-b') option.  File: teseq.info, Node: Output Format, Next: Color Mode, Prev: Invoking Teseq, Up: Top 3 Output Format *************** Teseq produces output that is primarily intended to be read by humans (from input that is usually not). For this reason, Teseq output follows the following principles: * Displays for different sorts of characters and sequences are displayed on distinct lines, and are easily distinguished by the initial character. * Every input character should be unambiguously visible to the user in the output (except, of course, when the user explicitly asks not to see them, as with the '-E' option). In particular, trailing space should be visible. * Line lengths are limited to a maximum of 78 characters, so as to fit comfortably on most terminal displays. * The output makes clear distinction between line breaks that occur due to line limits or intermixed character types, and those that actually occurred in the input. *Note Overview::, for an output example. * Menu: * Text Lines:: * Control-Character Lines:: * Escape-Sequence Lines:: * Label Lines:: * Description Lines:: * Delay Lines and Halt Lines::  File: teseq.info, Node: Text Lines, Next: Control-Character Lines, Prev: Output Format, Up: Output Format 3.1 Text Lines ============== Lines of plain text input, are output between a pair of pipe characters '|', with a final period to indicate the linefeed character. Input: Hello there Output: |Hello there|. Trailing whitespace is thus made plainly visible to the reader. |Trailing space: |. A blank line is represented as empty content between the pipes. ||. If the input line is too long to display as one line of output, it will be displayed as follows, with dash characters, '-', to mark continuity at the beginnings and ends of the lines (outside the pipe characters). |This input line |- -|was too long to|- -| fit|. You might wonder whether pipe characters themselves might have to be escaped, so as to avoid confusion with the surrounding pipes. After all, in a C string literal, denoted by double-quotes, '"', one must escape literal double-quote characters by preceding them with a backslash (and must then also escape literal backslashes): '"She said \"no\""'. However, no such escaping mechanism is needed in Teseq. Input: A line with a pipe | in it, and a line with just a pipe | Output: |A line with a pipe | in it, and a line with just a pipe|. |||. No special treatment whatsoever! The reason Teseq can get away with this is that the pipe character only has its special "mark the enclosed as normal text" meaning, when it is the first and the last character on a line of output (aside from a possible prefacing dash to indicate a wrapped line, or a trailing dash or period). A lot of the output lines you've seen so far have all ended with a period, denoting the linefeed character. However, this isn't always the case. For instance, if the input line contains a control character, Teseq will close the text line (with just a pipe, no period), print a control-character line with the control characters, and then finish up the rest of the text line. The following sample output represents a single line which contains a delete character and a null character: |Fee fi| . DEL/^? |fo| . NUL/^@ |fum|. And here's a line that's terminated with a carriage-return/line-feed combination, rather than just a linefeed. |The promised line| . CR/^M LF/^J The linefeed character is special: when it's preceded by control characters or escape sequence, it's printed as a control character; when it's preceded by text characters (or by nothing at all), it's printed as that final dot thing. This behavior is designed to make a newline look like the end of a line or a blank line when it should, and to look like a control character when it should. And of course, if the final line in the file is missing a newline, the dot won't appear there either. Currently, the only characters included in text lines, are those from the printable range of characters from US ASCII (Ecma-6 / ISO 646)--and sometimes linefeed, represented by the special final-dot notation. This means that if the terminal was using a character set that high-value code points, all high-valued bytes will be represented in hexadecimal on control-character lines, and not displayed on a text line. Future versions of Teseq may provide options allowing for these characters to be represented properly in text lines, but for now, the output format is ASCII characters only. *Note Future Enhancements::. Note that even characters falling in the normal range of ASCII printable characters may not necessarily be represented correctly: for instance, if escape codes are present in the input that would switch the terminal to a different national variant of Ecma-6 / ISO 646, then the real terminal might display (say, for ISO-646ES) the LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH TILDE instead of '['; but the output from Teseq will not change based on this (even though it will recognize and identify the control sequences that invoke that character set for use).  File: teseq.info, Node: Control-Character Lines, Next: Escape-Sequence Lines, Prev: Text Lines, Up: Output Format 3.2 Control-Character Lines =========================== Control-character lines are used to display characters whose code values fall outside the range of printable characters from US ASCII (Ecma-6 / ISO 646). That is, those characters whose code values fall below below 32 decimal (those from the C0 set of control characters from Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429); and those whose values are at or above 127 decimal (the "delete" character, and character byte values with the high bit set). Control-character lines begin with an initial dot, '.', followed by the control characters or high-value bytes being represented. . BEL/^G NUL/^ CR/^M LF/^J DEL/^? xA0 xFF Control characters (whose numeric codes fall below decimal 32, plus the delete character at decimal 127) are represented by a mnemonic acronym identifying the character's function. Unless the '-C' was given, this acronym is followed by a slash, and the control-key combination that would produce the corresponding character (control characters are usually much more recognizable from one or the other of their name or their control-character representation, than they are by their hexadecimal code value). The "control-key combination" representation consists of a "hat" or "circumflex accent" character, followed by a character with a value in the range of 63 through 95 decimal. Note that the delete character, designated as 'DEL/^?', is a special case, in that one can not generally reproduce that key by holding down the control key and typing a question mark; it is simply used as an identification of the key. Other values (high-value bytes) are represented by the lowercase letter 'x' followed by the two-digit hexadecimal code value for the character. For reference, here's a table of the control characters (plus DEL). It is based on the information from Table 1 of Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429 (the control-key representation has been added). Hex Key Name Hex Key Name -------------------------------------------------------------- x00 ^@ NUL x10 ^P DLE x01 ^A SOH x11 ^Q DC1 x02 ^B STX x12 ^R DC2 x03 ^C ETX x13 ^S DC3 x04 ^D EOT x14 ^T DC4 x05 ^E ENQ x15 ^U NAK x06 ^F ACK x16 ^V SYN x07 ^G BEL x17 ^W ETB x08 ^H BS x18 ^X CAN x09 ^I TAB x19 ^Y EM x0A ^J LF x1A ^Z SUB x0B ^K VT x1B ^[ ESC x0C ^L FF x1C ^\ IS4 x0D ^M CR x1D ^] IS3 x0E ^N SO x1E ^^ IS2 x0F ^O SI x1F ^_ IS1 x7F ^? DEL  File: teseq.info, Node: Escape-Sequence Lines, Next: Label Lines, Prev: Control-Character Lines, Up: Output Format 3.3 Escape-Sequence Lines ========================= Escape-sequence lines, which begin with the colon, ':', don't add any new semantics--any characters in an escape-sequence line could be represented on control-character and text lines (and, with just a one-character change in the escape sequence, would be). But they serve to set escape sequences apart from normal control-character or text lines, making it easier to see on one line all the characters that contribute to a single control function, rather than splitting them between control-character and text lines. Here's an example with some intermixed escape-sequence and text lines (without the usual label and description lines, which are described in later sections): |Well | : Esc [ 3 ; 31 m |Daniel| : Esc [ 23 ; 39 m | didn't do it...|. The two escape-sequence lines represent, respectively, controls that set text rendering to use italics in the color red, and to set normal font rendering in the default color (the actual interpretation of these controls may vary by application). Note that the escape-sequence lines include control characters (well, character, namely 'Esc') intermixed with normal text characters. So the above could have been written like: |Well | . ESC |[3;31mDaniel| . ESC |[23;39m didn't do it...|. But this loses the separation between characters that, yes, happen to be text characters, but really just contribute to some terminal control function invocation, and characters that are, really and truly, text. : Esc [ 3 ; 31 m Some things to note. First, the escape key is noted as 'Esc', and not 'ESC' as it would be in a control-character line. Don't ask me why; maybe I just felt it was one more thing to dilineate between escape-sequence lines and control-character lines. Also, each character is separated from its neighbors by a single space, except that strings of digits are lumped all together. Each character is represented by itself (including colon, as long as it's not at the start of the line), except the escape character, and the space character (represented as 'Spc'). Control characters and high-value bytes are not currently represented on escape-sequence lines (they are not part of any escape sequences Teseq recognizes), but if they are in the future (say, as part of non-standardized escape sequences), they will most likely be represented as 'xXX' hexadecimal strings (as high-value bytes are represented in control-character lines. If an escape sequence requires more than one output line, the continuing lines will also begin with a colon, followed by two spaces (instead of one). Lines will not be split in the middle of a number. : Esc [ 1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4 : ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 m * Menu: * Escape Sequence Recognition::  File: teseq.info, Node: Escape Sequence Recognition, Prev: Escape-Sequence Lines, Up: Escape-Sequence Lines Recognizing Escape Sequences ---------------------------- Okay, great, so escape-sequence lines help distinguish control-characters and text characters that make up an escape sequence from those that don't. But what exactly makes up an escape sequence, anyway? The Ecma-35 / ISO/IEC 2022 standard defines an escape sequence to be a sequence of characters beginning with ESC, with a final byte in the range 'x30'-'x7E', and any number (including zero) of intermediate bytes in the range 'x20'-'x2F'. The following table has been provided as a reference for finding which characters match which codes. x2X x3X x4X x5X x6X x7X --------------------------------------------- xX0 | SPC 0 @ P ' p xX1 | ! 1 A Q a q xX2 | " 2 B R b r xX3 | # 3 C S c s xX4 | $ 4 D T d t xX5 | % 5 E U e u xX6 | & 6 F V f v xX7 | ' 7 G W g w xX8 | ( 8 H X h x xX9 | ) 9 I Y i y xXA | * : J Z j z xXB | + ; K [ k { xXC | , < L \ l | xXD | - = M ] m } xXE | . > N ^ n ~ xXF | / ? O _ o DEL Table 3.1 So, for instance, the following is a valid escape sequence. : Esc $ ( C '$' and '(' have code values 'x24' and 'x28', and so are valid intermediate bytes; 'C' has the value 'x43', and so terminates the escape sequence. You may have noticed that a lot of the examples of escape sequences in this document don't actually follow this format. For instance, : Esc [ 3 ; 31 m According to the definition we just gave, '[' should be the final byte of an escape sequence. So why does Teseq keep going until it reaches the 'm'? The answer is that the escape sequence _does_ end with the '['; but the combination 'Esc [' invokes a control named 'CONTROL SEQUENCE INTRODUCER' (CSI). The CSI control marks the beginning of a different kind of sequence, called a "control sequence". Control sequences are described by the Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429 standard, which considers it to be a distinct concept from escape sequences; however, Teseq treats both types of sequences as "escape sequences". A control sequence starts with the two-character CSI escape sequence 'Esc [', followed by an optional sequence of parameter bytes in the range 'x30'-'x3F', an optional sequence of intermediate bytes in the range 'x20'-'x2F' (the same range as intermediate bytes in a regular escape sequence), and a final byte in the range 'x40'-'x7e'. The set of standard control sequence functions are defined in Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429. When used in accordance with the standard, the parameter bytes are used to provide a semicolon-separated list of numeric parameters to the control function being invoked. These affect the details of the control function's behavior; but not which control function is being invoked: : Esc [ 1 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Set bold text. : Esc [ 0 m & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION " Clear graphic rendition to defaults. Both sequences end with the same sequence of intermediate bytes (none) and final byte; both invoke the SGR control function. But the first one indicates that following text should be rendered boldface, while the second indicates that text rendering should be restored to its default settings. Intermediate bytes, however, together with the final byte, _do_ affect the meaning of the function invoked. Currently, Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429 only defines functions for either no intermediate bytes, or a single space character ('x20') as the intermediate byte. : Esc [ A & CUU: CURSOR UP : Esc [ Spc A & SR: SCROLL RIGHT Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429 describes an alternate representation for CSI; the 8-bit byte value 'x9B'. Teseq does not currently treat that value specially, nor any of the other high-value bytes from the C1 set of control functions. This is because whether or not those bytes indicate control functions is dependent upon what character encoding is in use. Future versions of Teseq may support an option to interpret these forms as well, at which time control sequences using the single-byte CSI control will probably be rendered like: : CSI [ 1 m Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429 also describes another kind of sequence called "control strings". These are not interpreted by Teseq; the control characters involved (for example, 'SOS/^X' and 'ST/^\') will be printed on control-character lines, and any text characters will be displayed on text lines. Future versions of Teseq will probably not depart from this display behavior; however, support for some common interpretations for control strings may be added, in which case a label line and/or description line might follow the control string, describing its usual interpretation.  File: teseq.info, Node: Label Lines, Next: Description Lines, Prev: Escape-Sequence Lines, Up: Output Format 3.4 Label Lines =============== Label lines begin with the ampersand, '&': & SGR: SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION Label lines always describe a control function, and are always preceded by the escape sequence that invokes that function (unless the '-E' option was given, suppressing output for escape-sequence lines). The format of a label line's content is always ACRONYM: NAME; both of these are defined for each control function by Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429. In some cases, they may also name private functions defined by popular terminals and terminal emulators. Label lines currently are never wrapped; however, future versions of Teseq may wrap label lines. At that time, continuation label lines will probably consist of an extra space after the ampersand (similar to how escape-sequence lines are wrapped). Lines will never be split in the middle of a word. Future versions of Teseq may use label lines to describe things besides escape sequences; for instance, control characters or control strings, or other strings that may be interpreted specially by some devices or applications.  File: teseq.info, Node: Description Lines, Next: Delay Lines and Halt Lines, Prev: Label Lines, Up: Output Format 3.5 Description Lines ===================== Description lines begin with the double-quote, '"': " Move the cursor up 2 lines. Sequences of description lines are generally preceded by a label line (unless the '-L' option was supplied), and describe the same control function labeled by that line. More than one description line may be used to describe a function, whereas only one label line is ever used for a control function. It is important to understand that the descriptions provided are only approximations and guesses, and suffer from various limitations. The behavior of many control functions are dependent on terminal state that Teseq does not track. Teseq chooses a common default setting for applicable terminal modes, and issues a description based on that. For instance, the INSERT LINE function is described as follows: : Esc [ 2 L & IL: INSERT LINE " Shift lines after the cursor to make room for 2 new lines. However, depending on the current setting of the LINE EDITING MODE, the actual behavior might be to shift the lines _before_ the cursor, rather than the ones after. Future versions of Teseq may track enough terminal state to improve the accuracy of these descriptions (*note Future Enhancements::), but they would still need to guess at the initial state of the terminal, for any modes that had not been explicitly set or reset. Descriptions are also often inaccurate. For instance, the description for INSERT LINE should really read "shift the current line and the lines after the cursor...". In addition, no mention is made of the fact that the extent of the shifted part is dependent on previous invocations of SELECT EDITING EXTENT. A conscious decision has been made to value brevity over accuracy. Also, the descriptions are based (loosely) on the semantics defined by Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429. There is no guarantee that this corresponds to the semantics defined for the actual terminal on which these functions were invoked. The terminal may have different behavior, or may not even accept the function. The descriptions are intended as a rough aid in remembering what a given function does; to really understand the actual semantics of a function, you should read the terminal device's documentation, and/or Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429. Future versions of Teseq may use description lines to describe things besides escape sequences; for instance, control characters or control strings, or other strings that may be interpreted specially by some devices or applications. Some description lines may appear without a preceding label line (even when '-L' was not specified), in the event that no standard designation for the function is known.  File: teseq.info, Node: Delay Lines and Halt Lines, Prev: Description Lines, Up: Output Format 3.6 Delay Lines and Halt Lines ============================== A delay line begins with an "at" sign '@', and contains a single numeric value; a number of seconds to pause before continuing on to process further lines. The 'reseq' program will obey these instructions only if it is given the '--replay' option. @ 3.0051 Delay lines are only issued by 'teseq' when it has been given the '-t' option, which uses a timing file from 'script -t' to determine where to insert delays. Aside from that, delay lines can be useful for manual insertion into Teseq output, to introduce a delay at a particular point when using 'reseq --replay', which can aid in giving the user time to more easily observe terminal behavior. If a line begins with three "at" signs together '@@@', and 'reseq' is invoked with both '--replay' _and_ '--halts', then 'reseq' will pause at this location until the user presses a key to indicate continuation. The remainder of the line will be ignored, so can be used for comments. Such a line will never be output by 'teseq'; it must be inserted by the user. Since 'reseq' does not give any indication to the user that it is awaiting input (as opposed to simply waiting on a length delay line), it is highly advisable to insert this "halt" line only after a spot in the recorded terminal script that already provides such an indication. The halt line can be useful for creating animated demonstrations of program usage, and similar sorts of presentation-oriented scripts.  File: teseq.info, Node: Color Mode, Next: Reseq, Prev: Output Format, Up: Top 4 Color Mode ************ Teseq can provide color formatting to its output. This feature is disabled by default, but can be activated via '--color=auto' or '--color=always'. If 'auto' is used, then color will be added to the output only if the output is to a terminal; otherwise not. If 'always' is specified, then color formatting codes will be provided for the output unconditionally. Note that such output may not be fed to 'reseq', which will not be able to handle these codes. The default colors used are suitable for use against a dark/black background, but may be less suitable for use on terminals with light-colored backgrounds. The colors used may be altered by setting the environment variable 'TESEQ_COLORS'. It consists of comma-separated key=value pairs, where the key is usually the prefix character of the line to be colored, and the value consists of parameter values for the terminal SGR control. Any prefixes not specified in 'TESEQ_COLORS' retain their default values. In the case of text lines, in which literal text is bracketed by pipe characters ('|'), color may be specified separately for the inner text, and for the bracketing pipes, including the '|-' and '-|' around formatting (non-literal) line breaks, and any final '.' signifying a literal line break. The inner text is specified by the key '|>', while the decorations are specified by the key '|'. Currently, no default color settings are made for the decorations; only the inner text. Here is an example setting for TESEQ_COLORS: TESEQ_COLORS='|>=36;7,|=1,.=31,:=33,&=35,"=32,3=4' This sets the literal text content of text lines to a cyan foreground, and then standout (reverse) mode, so that the result is a cyan background with a foreground of whatever the usual background would be (i.e., if the background is normally black, then the foreground will be black). The color of the text line decorations is not changed, but the decorations are displayed in bold. Control lines ('.') are set to red, escape-sequence lines (':') are set to amber, label lines ('&') to violet, descriptions ('"') to green, and delay lines ('@') to blue. Note that halt lines (lines consisting of exactly '@@@'), though recognized by reseq, are never emitted by teseq, and thus have no means of specification in 'TESEQ_COLORS'.  File: teseq.info, Node: Reseq, Next: Standards, Prev: Color Mode, Up: Top 5 The Reseq Command ******************* Synopsis: reseq [-t|--timings=TIMINGS] INPUT OUTPUT reseq --replay [-d DIVISOR] INPUT [OUTPUT] reseq -h | --help reseq -V | --version The INPUT and OUTPUT arguments are mandatory, but may be specified as '-' for standard input or output. Reseq doesn't let output default to standard output because, since it generates raw terminal codes, it is uncommon (and potentially unsafe) to send this directly to the terminal. The exception is when the '--replay' argument has been specified, which is only useful when output is going to the terminal; in that event, the OUTPUT argument is optional. '-h' '--help' Print usage information on standard output and exit successfully. '-V' '--version' Print the version number and licensing information of 'hello' on standard output and then exit successfully. '--replay' Honor delay lines in the input, pausing the specified amount of time before continuing to process the next line. This is useful for producing behavior equivalent to that of the 'scriptreplay' command (from util-linux (http://userweb.kernel.org/~kzak/util-linux-ng/)), but using a Teseq output file as input, rather than a raw typescript file. '--halts' Only takes effect if '--replay' is also specified. In addition to honoring delay lines, also honors user-inserted "halt" lines (those beginning with '@@@') in the input. These lines cause 'reseq' to halt processing until the user presses a key. This halting action is not accompanied by any sort of indication that 'reseq' is awaiting user action; it is up to the user to ensure that the input script to 'reseq' has included some sort of appropriate indication. When '--halts' is in effect, 'reseq' will turn off terminal echoing (so the user's keypress to continue the script is not shown), and switches the terminal over to unbuffered I/O, so that keypresses can be read as soon as they are typed. '-t TIMINGS' '--timings TIMINGS' Produce timing information from delay lines, in the format generated by 'script -t'. This can be used to regenerate 'script' typescript and timing files that were fed as the input to 'teseq -t timings'. Note that the result will differ slightly from the output from 'script -t', in that the first delay will be zeroed out ('teseq' always throws out the first delay value, whose value from script is an arbitrary value between 0 and 1), and the last delay line will include all the remaining characters ('script''s timings don't count the final timestamp line). The 'reseq' command essentially does the reverse of 'teseq'. If you feed it the output from 'teseq', it will generate the corresponding escape sequences--that is, it will generate the same content that was fed to 'teseq' to produce that output. The shell command $ teseq foo | reseq - - is roughly equivalent to $ cat foo The 'reseq' command is written in Perl, unlike 'teseq' which is compiled from C-language sources, and so requires a Perl interpreter to be present in order to function. Of the various types of lines output by the 'teseq' command, 'reseq' only understands four; text lines: |Hello, there|. |Here are|- -|some wrapped|- -|lines|. control-character lines: . CR/^M LF/^J . CR LF escape-sequence lines: : Esc [ 31 ; 3 m And, of course, delay lines: @ 3.14159 * Menu: * Reserved Line Prefixes::  File: teseq.info, Node: Reserved Line Prefixes, Prev: Reseq, Up: Reseq Reserved Line Prefixes ====================== It's important for 'reseq' to be able to process its input correctly, even if that output came from a different version of 'teseq' than 'reseq' is familiar with. So, it's important that 'reseq' should refuse to continue processing input if it encounters a line that it doesn't recognize, but which might contain important semantic information that effects the output 'reseq' should produce. At the same time, it'd be a shame for 'reseq' to refuse to process a line it doesn't understand, if that line contains non-critical information. For example, consider delay lines (beginning with '@'). The delay line holds semantic information, to be sure; but not information that would affect 'reseq''s normal operation (it only has meaning when one of the '--timings' or '--replay' options has been specified). So, if an older version of 'reseq' had existed that did not recognize them, it would have been a shame if its introduction in the newer release had caused the older version to refuse to process it. To address both of these concerns, 'reseq' has taken the approach of reserving certain prefixes for use as "semantically significant" line prefixes, and others for use in lines that 'reseq' can safely ignore. A line that begins with any of the following characters, will cause 'reseq' to halt processing and exit with an error. !$+/=[\^{~ The idea is that these prefixes are reserved for future use in lines that 'reseq' must understand in order to produce correct results. This leaves all remaining characters free for use in specifying future 'teseq' output lines that do not affect processing for older 'reseq's. Note that they are still reserved for 'teseq', and are not intended for users to insert commentary or such. However, 'teseq' will never use a line beginning with the space character; and 'reseq' will always ignore such lines, so the space character may be used to indicate user comments.  File: teseq.info, Node: Standards, Next: Future Enhancements, Prev: Reseq, Up: Top 6 Standards *********** The most authoritative source of information on control functions, their representations in bytes, and their intended meaning, is the Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429 standard. Also related is the Ecma-35 / ISO/IEC 2022 standard, which describes control functions for switching the character encoding, and defines the possible forms of escape sequence (note that, in Teseq, "escape sequence" refers to both the Ecma-48 concept of "control sequences", and the official Ecma-35 meaning of "escape sequence". These standards are available, "free of charge and copyright", at: . Teseq also recognizes some additional sequences that were not defined by international standard, but are in fairly wide use. In such cases, if descriptions are enabled, the description text for these sequences will be prefixed by a tag in parentheses that identifies where this functionality is found. For instance, '(DEC)' for sequences used in DEC equipment such as the VT100, or '(Xterm)' for squences supported by xterm. Sources of information that were used for identifying and describing these sequences, include: .  File: teseq.info, Node: Future Enhancements, Next: Contact and Info, Prev: Standards, Up: Top 7 Future Enhancements ********************* Here are some potential additions that may appear in future versions of Teseq. * Menu: * Localized Messages:: * Stateful Processing:: * Terminal Databases::  File: teseq.info, Node: Localized Messages, Next: Stateful Processing, Prev: Future Enhancements, Up: Future Enhancements 7.1 Localized Messages ====================== It is expected that a near release of Teseq will include support for native-language translations of control label names and descriptions. Note that the acronym portions of label lines will never be translated: they represent official designations for their respective controls. An important requirement of such translations is that they must not interfere with processing of the document; if they use a shift-based encoding, they will shift to the translation encoding only after the line prefix, which must be a plain ASCII character, and shift back to normal ASCII prior to the end of the line. Bytes with values corresponding to the ASCII control characters NUL, CR, or LF (hexadecimal 'x00', 'x0D', and '0x0A') will not appear, except when they represent their ASCII functions (in no case will NULs be present in the document). These requirements rule out the use of wide-character encodings such as UCS-2 or UTF-16, which could not be intermixed with ascii characters and which have character representations that would enclude byte values corresponding to the forbidden characters noted above, but should be compatible with UTF-8, ISO 2022-based encodings such as the ISO 8859 series, ISO 2022-JP, or EUC-JP and other encodings that meet these requirements such as GBK, Big5, or Shift JIS.  File: teseq.info, Node: Stateful Processing, Next: Terminal Databases, Prev: Localized Messages, Up: Future Enhancements 7.2 Stateful Processing ======================= Future versions of Teseq may support options to remember state information about the terminal. For instance if Teseq has seen the invocation of SELECT GRAPHIC RENDITION to set underlined text, Teseq might render any further text that appears in with underlining. In addition, the meaning of some standardized commands defined by Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429 depend on the current setting of various terminal modes, and Teseq currently makes assumptions about those modes. A state-remembering Teseq might remember the last time a mode was set, and no longer need to make assumptions. If Teseq is given information about the size of the target terminal, it could also provide information about the cursor's present location after every cursor-moving command. Currently, all output from 'teseq' is in US ASCII; but future versions of Teseq might support output in other encodings. If that happens, Teseq might also add support for the handling of Ecma-35 / ISO/IEC 2022 character code-switching sequences, such that the characters given in text lines would reflect the actual characters as they would actually appear in the terminal device, depending on the current encoding state. Note that features which alter the bytes found between the pipe characters of a text line, would most likely break reverse-translation with 'reseq', as it would be much harder to tell what the original byte values had been.  File: teseq.info, Node: Terminal Databases, Prev: Stateful Processing, Up: Future Enhancements 7.3 Terminal Database Awareness =============================== Future versions of Teseq may allow the user to specify the name of the terminal for which the input was intended, which Teseq will then use to detect when a feature from that terminal's entry in the terminal database (for example, the terminfo database) has been invoked. Since features from terminal database entries often involve multiple Ecma-48 / ISO/IEC 6429 controls, Teseq would probably need to indicate out-of-band "start" and "end" markers for the feature. For instance, if the definition for the 'clear' feature for the specified terminal is '\E[H\E[J', then an input string of '\E[m\E[H\E[J\E(B' might result in output like: : Esc [ m # start: clear : Esc [ H : Esc [ J # end: clear : Esc ( B (Label and description lines have been removed from this example.) No commitment has been made to any particular output format for this feature; the above is intended purely as an example of one possible approach.  File: teseq.info, Node: Contact and Info, Next: Copying, Prev: Future Enhancements, Up: Top 8 Contact and Information ************************* If you have any questions, comments, suggestions, or bug reports, please take advantage of the mailing list at . To subscribe, send an empty email with the Subject "subscribe" to ; or use the web interface at . You can also contact the author/maintainer directly at . The official website for GNU Teseq is at . For the latest updates and other information, please check that site (or better yet, stay appraised by subscribing to the mailing list. GNU Teseq uses Savannah to manage bug-tracking, and to host the development source repository in Mercurial: .  File: teseq.info, Node: Copying, Next: Index, Prev: Contact and Info, Up: Top Appendix A Copying ****************** Version 1.2, November 2002 Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law. A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition. The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement. C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History" in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements." 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See . Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents ==================================================== To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this: with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.  File: teseq.info, Node: Index, Prev: Copying, Up: Top Index ***** [index] * Menu: * ": Description Lines. (line 6) * &: Label Lines. (line 6) * -": Invoking Teseq. (line 81) * -&: Invoking Teseq. (line 81) * --buffered: Invoking Teseq. (line 66) * --buffered <1>: Invoking Teseq. (line 129) * --color: Invoking Teseq. (line 55) * --color <1>: Color Mode. (line 6) * --colour: Invoking Teseq. (line 55) * --colour <1>: Color Mode. (line 6) * --halts (reseq): Delay Lines and Halt Lines. (line 21) * --halts (reseq) <1>: Reseq. (line 39) * --help: Invoking Teseq. (line 18) * --help (reseq): Reseq. (line 23) * --no-interactive: Invoking Teseq. (line 60) * --no-interactive <1>: Invoking Teseq. (line 119) * --replay (reseq): Delay Lines and Halt Lines. (line 17) * --replay (reseq) <1>: Reseq. (line 31) * --replay (reseq) <2>: Reserved Line Prefixes. (line 18) * --timings: Invoking Teseq. (line 70) * --timings (reseq): Reseq. (line 56) * --timings (reseq) <1>: Reserved Line Prefixes. (line 18) * --version: Invoking Teseq. (line 22) * --version (reseq): Reseq. (line 27) * -:: Invoking Teseq. (line 82) * -b: Invoking Teseq. (line 66) * -b <1>: Invoking Teseq. (line 129) * -C: Invoking Teseq. (line 26) * -C <1>: Control-Character Lines. (line 22) * -D: Invoking Teseq. (line 35) * -E: Invoking Teseq. (line 38) * -E <1>: Label Lines. (line 11) * -h: Invoking Teseq. (line 18) * -h (reseq): Reseq. (line 23) * -I: Invoking Teseq. (line 60) * -I <1>: Invoking Teseq. (line 119) * -L: Invoking Teseq. (line 50) * -L <1>: Description Lines. (line 11) * -t: Invoking Teseq. (line 70) * -t (reseq): Reseq. (line 56) * -t (reseq) <1>: Reserved Line Prefixes. (line 18) * -V: Invoking Teseq. (line 22) * -V (reseq): Reseq. (line 27) * -x: Invoking Teseq. (line 75) * -^: Invoking Teseq. (line 83) * .: Control-Character Lines. (line 15) * @: Delay Lines and Halt Lines. (line 6) * |: Text Lines. (line 6) * ASCII: Text Lines. (line 86) * ASCII <1>: Control-Character Lines. (line 7) * ASCII <2>: Stateful Processing. (line 21) * color: Color Mode. (line 6) * colour: Color Mode. (line 6) * control character: Overview. (line 6) * control character <1>: Invoking Teseq. (line 26) * control character <2>: Control-Character Lines. (line 6) * control characters table: Control-Character Lines. (line 43) * control sequence: Overview. (line 6) * control sequence <1>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 58) * control sequence <2>: Standards. (line 12) * control string: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 110) * control-character line: Invoking Teseq. (line 77) * control-character line <1>: Control-Character Lines. (line 6) * control-character line <2>: Reseq. (line 89) * CSI: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 57) * delay line: Invoking Teseq. (line 70) * delay line <1>: Delay Lines and Halt Lines. (line 6) * delay line <2>: Reseq. (line 98) * delete character: Control-Character Lines. (line 31) * description line: Invoking Teseq. (line 35) * description line <1>: Description Lines. (line 6) * Ecma-35: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 11) * Ecma-35 <1>: Standards. (line 9) * Ecma-35 <2>: Stateful Processing. (line 23) * Ecma-48: Invoking Teseq. (line 26) * Ecma-48 <1>: Control-Character Lines. (line 10) * Ecma-48 <2>: Control-Character Lines. (line 40) * Ecma-48 <3>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 59) * Ecma-48 <4>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 68) * Ecma-48 <5>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 90) * Ecma-48 <6>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 99) * Ecma-48 <7>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 110) * Ecma-48 <8>: Label Lines. (line 15) * Ecma-48 <9>: Description Lines. (line 42) * Ecma-48 <10>: Description Lines. (line 50) * Ecma-48 <11>: Standards. (line 7) * Ecma-48 <12>: Stateful Processing. (line 10) * Ecma-48 <13>: Terminal Databases. (line 11) * Ecma-6: Text Lines. (line 86) * Ecma-6 <1>: Text Lines. (line 98) * Ecma-6 <2>: Control-Character Lines. (line 7) * escape sequence: Standards. (line 12) * escape sequence, defined: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 6) * escape sequence, final byte: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 12) * escape sequence, intermediate byte: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 13) * escape-sequence line: Invoking Teseq. (line 38) * escape-sequence line <1>: Reseq. (line 94) * escape-sequence lines: Escape-Sequence Lines. (line 6) * example: Overview. (line 108) * examples: Overview. (line 36) * final byte: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 12) * final byte <1>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 67) * halt line: Delay Lines and Halt Lines. (line 6) * Hello, world!: Overview. (line 36) * help: Invoking Teseq. (line 6) * intermediate byte: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 13) * intermediate byte <1>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 65) * invoking: Invoking Teseq. (line 6) * ISO 646: Text Lines. (line 86) * ISO 646 <1>: Text Lines. (line 98) * ISO 646 <2>: Control-Character Lines. (line 7) * ISO/IEC 2022: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 11) * ISO/IEC 2022 <1>: Standards. (line 9) * ISO/IEC 2022 <2>: Stateful Processing. (line 23) * ISO/IEC 6429: Invoking Teseq. (line 26) * ISO/IEC 6429 <1>: Control-Character Lines. (line 10) * ISO/IEC 6429 <2>: Control-Character Lines. (line 40) * ISO/IEC 6429 <3>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 59) * ISO/IEC 6429 <4>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 68) * ISO/IEC 6429 <5>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 90) * ISO/IEC 6429 <6>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 99) * ISO/IEC 6429 <7>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 110) * ISO/IEC 6429 <8>: Label Lines. (line 15) * ISO/IEC 6429 <9>: Description Lines. (line 42) * ISO/IEC 6429 <10>: Description Lines. (line 50) * ISO/IEC 6429 <11>: Standards. (line 7) * ISO/IEC 6429 <12>: Stateful Processing. (line 10) * ISO/IEC 6429 <13>: Terminal Databases. (line 11) * label line: Invoking Teseq. (line 50) * label line <1>: Label Lines. (line 6) * line prefix: Overview. (line 85) * line prefix <1>: Invoking Teseq. (line 82) * line prefix <2>: Output Format. (line 11) * line prefix <3>: Reserved Line Prefixes. (line 6) * line prefix, reserved: Reserved Line Prefixes. (line 6) * non-canonical mode: Invoking Teseq. (line 93) * options: Invoking Teseq. (line 6) * parameter byte: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 64) * Perl: Reseq. (line 77) * prefix, line: Overview. (line 85) * prefix, line <1>: Invoking Teseq. (line 82) * prefix, line <2>: Output Format. (line 11) * prefix, line <3>: Reserved Line Prefixes. (line 6) * 'reseq': Overview. (line 101) * 'reseq' <1>: Invoking Teseq. (line 40) * 'reseq' <2>: Delay Lines and Halt Lines. (line 8) * 'reseq' <3>: Reseq. (line 6) * 'reseq' <4>: Stateful Processing. (line 30) * reserved line prefixes: Reserved Line Prefixes. (line 6) * Reversing the output of 'teseq': Reseq. (line 6) * 'script': Overview. (line 57) * 'script' <1>: Invoking Teseq. (line 71) * 'script' <2>: Delay Lines and Halt Lines. (line 14) * 'script' <3>: Reseq. (line 57) * 'scriptreplay': Reseq. (line 33) * standards: Invoking Teseq. (line 26) * standards <1>: Text Lines. (line 86) * standards <2>: Text Lines. (line 86) * standards <3>: Text Lines. (line 98) * standards <4>: Control-Character Lines. (line 7) * standards <5>: Control-Character Lines. (line 7) * standards <6>: Control-Character Lines. (line 10) * standards <7>: Control-Character Lines. (line 40) * standards <8>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 11) * standards <9>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 59) * standards <10>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 68) * standards <11>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 90) * standards <12>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 99) * standards <13>: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 110) * standards <14>: Label Lines. (line 15) * standards <15>: Description Lines. (line 42) * standards <16>: Description Lines. (line 50) * standards <17>: Standards. (line 7) * standards <18>: Standards. (line 9) * standards <19>: Stateful Processing. (line 10) * standards <20>: Stateful Processing. (line 21) * standards <21>: Stateful Processing. (line 23) * standards <22>: Terminal Databases. (line 11) * strip: Overview. (line 108) * stripping: Overview. (line 108) * table of control characters: Control-Character Lines. (line 43) * table of printable ASCII characters: Escape Sequence Recognition. (line 17) * terminal: Overview. (line 6) * terminal <1>: Overview. (line 36) * terminal emulator: Overview. (line 6) * terminfo: Terminal Databases. (line 9) * 'teseq', interactive mode: Invoking Teseq. (line 93) * 'teseq', reversing the output: Reseq. (line 6) * TESEQ_COLORS: Color Mode. (line 6) * text line: Invoking Teseq. (line 77) * text line <1>: Reseq. (line 82) * text line <2>: Stateful Processing. (line 9) * text line <3>: Stateful Processing. (line 24) * typescript: Overview. (line 22) * typescript <1>: Overview. (line 114) * usage: Invoking Teseq. (line 6)  Tag Table: Node: Top791 Node: Overview1646 Node: Invoking Teseq7069 Node: Output Format12243 Node: Text Lines13490 Node: Control-Character Lines17541 Node: Escape-Sequence Lines20532 Node: Escape Sequence Recognition23468 Ref: ascii24187 Node: Label Lines28595 Node: Description Lines29808 Node: Delay Lines and Halt Lines32639 Node: Color Mode34242 Node: Reseq36644 Node: Reserved Line Prefixes40290 Node: Standards42336 Node: Future Enhancements43678 Node: Localized Messages44013 Node: Stateful Processing45490 Node: Terminal Databases47072 Node: Contact and Info48193 Node: Copying49106 Node: Index71443  End Tag Table teseq-1.1.1/doc/version.texi0000664000175000017500000000014112563445654012715 00000000000000@set UPDATED 14 August 2015 @set UPDATED-MONTH August 2015 @set EDITION 1.1.1 @set VERSION 1.1.1 teseq-1.1.1/doc/reseq.10000664000175000017500000000305312563445671011542 00000000000000.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.44.1. .TH RESEQ "1" "August 2015" "reseq 1.1.1" "User Commands" .SH NAME reseq \- Reverse the translations made by teseq. .SH SYNOPSIS .B reseq [\fI-t FILE\fR] \fIINPUT OUTPUT\fR .br .B reseq \fI--replay \fR[\fI--halts\fR] \fIINPUT \fR[\fIOUTPUT\fR] .br .B reseq \fI-h | --help\fR .br .B reseq \fI-V | --version\fR .SH DESCRIPTION Reverse the translations made by teseq. .TP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR Print usage information (this message). .TP \fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR Display version and warrantee .TP \fB\-\-replay\fR Obey delay lines for video\-style playback. .TP \fB\-\-halts\fR In addition to obeying delay lines, also obey "halt" lines (starting with "@@@"), pausing further processing until the user hits a key. .TP \fB\-d\fR DIVISOR Play back at DIVISOR times the normal speed. .TP \fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-timings\fR=\fIFILE\fR Output timing data to FILE, in the format used by script \fB\-t\fR and scriptreplay. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" Report bugs to bug\-teseq@gnu.org .SH COPYRIGHT Copyright \(co 2008,2013 Micah Cowan . Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved. There is NO WARANTEE, to the extent permitted by law. .SH "SEE ALSO" The full documentation for .B reseq is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the .B info and .B reseq programs are properly installed at your site, the command .IP .B info reseq .PP should give you access to the complete manual. teseq-1.1.1/doc/fdl.texi0000664000175000017500000005103012562462730011771 00000000000000@c The GNU Free Documentation License. @center Version 1.2, November 2002 @c This file is intended to be included within another document, @c hence no sectioning command or @node. @display Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. @end display @enumerate 0 @item PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. @item APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law. A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain @sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available @acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML}, PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and @acronym{JPG}. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML}, PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'', ``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title'' of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition. The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License. @item VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. @item COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. @item MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: @enumerate A @item Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. @item List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement. @item State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. @item Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. @item Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. @item Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. @item Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. @item Include an unaltered copy of this License. @item Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. @item Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. @item For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. @item Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. @item Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. @item Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. @item Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. @end enumerate If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. @item COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History'' in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled ``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections Entitled ``Endorsements.'' @item COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. @item AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate. @item TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', ``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title. @item TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. @item FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See @uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. @end enumerate @page @heading ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: @smallexample @group Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. @end group @end smallexample If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the ``with@dots{}Texts.'' line with this: @smallexample @group with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts being @var{list}. @end group @end smallexample If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. @c Local Variables: @c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict" @c End: teseq-1.1.1/doc/stamp-vti0000664000175000017500000000014112563445654012204 00000000000000@set UPDATED 14 August 2015 @set UPDATED-MONTH August 2015 @set EDITION 1.1.1 @set VERSION 1.1.1 teseq-1.1.1/exercise-seqs0000775000175000017500000000727412563236547012313 00000000000000#!/usr/bin/env perl use strict; use warnings; my $TESEQ = 'teseq'; $TESEQ = $ENV{'TESEQ'} if exists $ENV{'TESEQ'}; #my @rows = map { sprintf ". x%X0", $_ } (0..15); my @interesting = # Following are interesting characters that exercise various # divisions that might be encountered by escape-sequence parsing. split //, "\x00\x1b\x1f\x20\x21\x3a\x3e\x3f\x40\x5f\x60\x7e\x7f\x80\xC0"; my @inputs = ( ["\x1b"], [undef, '[', @interesting], [undef, @interesting], [undef, @interesting] ); my (@hangs, @nonzeroes, @nonasciis); $SIG{'INT'} = sub { print "\n\nSIGINT received. Results so far:\n"; &summarize; exit 1; }; &process([], [@inputs]); &summarize; # Note, the following would probably produce a "0" on multiples of 256. # I judge it unlikely we would reach such a high number. exit (@hangs + @nonzeroes + @nonasciis); ### BEGIN { sub process { my @decideds = @{ (shift) }; my @undecideds = @{ (shift) }; if (@decideds == 0) { # Do nothing; the other else-if clauses here don't apply. } elsif (! defined ($decideds[$#decideds])) { # An attempt on an undef value means "try an EOF here", so # this is a leaf condition. pop @decideds; @undecideds = (); } elsif ($decideds[$#decideds] eq '') { # A value of '' means "ignore me and keep processing". pop @decideds; } if (@undecideds == 0) { &run_test(@decideds); } else { foreach (@{ $undecideds[0] }) { &process([@decideds, $_],[@undecideds[1..$#undecideds]]) } } } sub run_test { local $" = ''; my $input = "@_"; my $sanitized = $input; $sanitized =~ s/[^\x21-\x7e'"\\]/ sprintf "\\%03o", ord($&) /eg; print "INPUT: $sanitized : "; open my $run, "ulimit -c 0; printf '%b' '$sanitized' | $TESEQ 2>&1 |" or die "$0: Couldn't run reseq or teseq. Exiting.\n"; my $toread = 400; my $nread = read($run, my $stuff, $toread); close $run; my $ret = $?; if ($nread == $toread) { print "*** hangs\a\n"; push @hangs, $sanitized; } elsif ($stuff =~ /[^[:ascii:]]|[\x00-\x09\x0b-\x12\x14-\x1f\x7F]/) { # Above hexadecimal stuff identifies the ASCII control # characters, including DEL, but skipping CR and LF as permitted. print "*** non-ascii\a\n"; push @nonasciis, $sanitized; } elsif ($ret != 0) { print "*** non-zero exit "; if ($ret & 127) { printf "(SIGNAL %d)", ($ret & 127); } else { printf "%d", ($ret >> 8); } print "\a\n"; push @nonzeroes, $sanitized; } else { print "ok\n"; } } sub summarize { print "\nResults: "; if (@hangs + @nonzeroes + @nonasciis == 0) { print "All runs look okay.\n"; return; } my ($nhangs, $nnz, $nna) = (scalar @hangs, scalar @nonzeroes, scalar @nonasciis); print "$nhangs hangs, $nnz non-zero exits, $nna non-ascii outputs\n"; local $" = "\n"; foreach (['Hanging', \@hangs], ['Non-zero exit', \@nonzeroes], ['Non-printable-ascii result', \@nonasciis]) { my ($title, $inputs) = @$_; next unless @$inputs; printf "\n\n=== %s inputs: ===\n", $title; { local $" = "\n"; print "@$inputs\n=== End $title ===\n\n"; } } } } # BEGIN teseq-1.1.1/aclocal.m40000664000175000017500000013473312563445650011443 00000000000000# generated automatically by aclocal 1.14.1 -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. m4_ifndef([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [m4_defun([_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [])m4_defun([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS($@)])]) m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.69],, [m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.69. You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically 'autoreconf'.])]) # pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*- # serial 1 (pkg-config-0.24) # # Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant . # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION]) # ---------------------------------- AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG], [m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$]) m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_(PATH|LIBDIR|SYSROOT_DIR|ALLOW_SYSTEM_(CFLAGS|LIBS)))?$]) m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG_(DISABLE_UNINSTALLED|TOP_BUILD_DIR|DEBUG_SPEW)$]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [directories to add to pkg-config's search path]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR], [path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path]) if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config]) fi if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then _pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version]) if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) PKG_CONFIG="" fi fi[]dnl ])# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG # PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) # # Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar # to PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors. # # Please remember that m4 expands AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) # only at the first occurence in configure.ac, so if the first place # it's called might be skipped (such as if it is within an "if", you # have to call PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually # -------------------------------------------------------------- AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then m4_default([$2], [:]) m4_ifvaln([$3], [else $3])dnl fi]) # _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES]) # --------------------------------------------- m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG], [if test -n "$$1"; then pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1" elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3], [pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null` test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes ], [pkg_failed=yes]) else pkg_failed=untried fi[]dnl ])# _PKG_CONFIG # _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED # ----------------------------- AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes else _pkg_short_errors_supported=no fi[]dnl ])# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED # PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], # [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) # # # Note that if there is a possibility the first call to # PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an # explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac # # # -------------------------------------------------------------- AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl pkg_failed=no AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1]) _PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2]) _PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2]) m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. See the pkg-config man page for more details.]) if test $pkg_failed = yes; then AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1` else $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1` fi # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_ERROR( [Package requirements ($2) were not met: $$1_PKG_ERRORS Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you installed software in a non-standard prefix. _PKG_TEXT])[]dnl ]) elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_FAILURE( [The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full path to pkg-config. _PKG_TEXT To get pkg-config, see .])[]dnl ]) else $1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS $1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) $3 fi[]dnl ])# PKG_CHECK_MODULES # Copyright (C) 2002-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) # ---------------------------- # Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been # generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. # (This private macro should not be called outside this file.) AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [am__api_version='1.14' dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. m4_if([$1], [1.14.1], [], [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl ]) # _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION) # ----------------------------- # aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version. # This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies # the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) # AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION # ------------------------------- # Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. # This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], [AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.14.1])dnl m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))]) # AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets # $ac_aux_dir to '$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to # '$srcdir', '$srcdir/..', or '$srcdir/../..'. # # Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a # tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and # therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, # depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since # it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top # source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a # relative path needs to be adjusted first. # # $ac_aux_dir/missing # fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative # $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing # fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, # fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with # a relative $ac_aux_dir # # The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir # are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually # harmless because $srcdir is '.', but things will broke when you # start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. # # So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, # iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: # am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` # and then we would define $MISSING as # MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" # This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because # unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. # However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in # configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. # # Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an # absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a # configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], [dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly. AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl # expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` ]) # AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION) # ------------------------------------- # Define a conditional. AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL], [AC_PREREQ([2.52])dnl m4_if([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])], [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl if $2; then $1_TRUE= $1_FALSE='#' else $1_TRUE='#' $1_FALSE= fi AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( [if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined. Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]]) fi])]) # Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting 'AC_PROG_CC' be # written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, # will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's # C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing # CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use... # _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME) # ---------------------- # See how the compiler implements dependency checking. # NAME is "CC", "CXX", "OBJC", "OBJCXX", "UPC", or "GJC". # We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable. # # We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was # modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular # dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro, # just rely on AC_PROG_CC. AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl m4_if([$1], [CC], [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], [CXX], [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=], [$1], [OBJC], [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [$1], [OBJCXX], [depcc="$OBJCXX" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [$1], [UPC], [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=], [$1], [GCJ], [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type], [if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up # making a dummy file named 'D' -- because '-MD' means "put the output # in D". rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're # using a relative directory. cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir cd conftest.dir # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object # directory. mkdir sub am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp` fi am__universal=false m4_case([$1], [CC], [case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac], [CXX], [case " $depcc " in #( *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; esac]) for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. # # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. : > sub/conftest.c for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c # Using ": > sub/conftst$i.h" creates only sub/conftst1.h with # Solaris 10 /bin/sh. echo '/* dummy */' > sub/conftst$i.h done echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf # We check with '-c' and '-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly # handle '-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel # versions had trouble with output in subdirs. am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" case $depmode in gcc) # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. test "$am__universal" = false || continue ;; nosideeffect) # After this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll # only be used when explicitly requested. if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then continue else break fi ;; msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) # This compiler won't grok '-c -o', but also, the minuso test has # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} am__minus_obj= ;; none) break ;; esac if depmode=$depmode \ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message # that says an option was ignored or not supported. # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode break fi fi done cd .. rm -rf conftest.dir else am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none fi ]) AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type]) AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [ test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3]) ]) # AM_SET_DEPDIR # ------------- # Choose a directory name for dependency files. # This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl ]) # AM_DEP_TRACK # ------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], [AC_ARG_ENABLE([dependency-tracking], [dnl AS_HELP_STRING( [--enable-dependency-tracking], [do not reject slow dependency extractors]) AS_HELP_STRING( [--disable-dependency-tracking], [speeds up one-time build])]) if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' am__nodep='_no' fi AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl AC_SUBST([am__nodep])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__nodep])dnl ]) # Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [{ # Older Autoconf quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval # if we detect the quoting. case $CONFIG_FILES in *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; esac shift for mf do # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. # We used to match only the files named 'Makefile.in', but # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")` else continue fi # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote # from the Makefile without running 'make'. DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` test -z "$am__include" && continue am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the # expansion. for file in `sed -n " s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g'`; do # Make sure the directory exists. test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir]) # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" done done } ])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS # ----------------------------- # This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE. # # This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking # is enabled. FIXME. This creates each '.P' file that we will # need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code. AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles], [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"]) ]) # Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if # your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. dnl Redefine AC_PROG_CC to automatically invoke _AM_PROG_CC_C_O. m4_define([AC_PROG_CC], m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC]) [_AM_PROG_CC_C_O ]) # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) # AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS]) # ----------------------------------------------- # The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style # call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE # and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from # the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. # We support both call styles for the transition. After # the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT # arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf # release and drop the old call support. AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], [AC_PREREQ([2.65])dnl dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow dnl the ones we care about. m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output # is not polluted with repeated "-I." AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl # test to see if srcdir already configured if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) fi fi # test whether we have cygpath if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' else CYGPATH_W=echo fi fi AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W]) # Define the identity of the package. dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls. m4_ifval([$2], [AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [$0: two- and three-arguments forms are deprecated.]) m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], [_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT. m4_if( m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [ok]):m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ok]), [ok:ok],, [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],, [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE], ["$PACKAGE"], [Name of package]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([VERSION], ["$VERSION"], [Version number of package])])dnl # Some tools Automake needs. AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl AM_MISSING_PROG([ACLOCAL], [aclocal-${am__api_version}]) AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOCONF], [autoconf]) AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOMAKE], [automake-${am__api_version}]) AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOHEADER], [autoheader]) AM_MISSING_PROG([MAKEINFO], [makeinfo]) AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl # For better backward compatibility. To be removed once Automake 1.9.x # dies out for good. For more background, see: # # AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ['$(MKDIR_P)']) # We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on # some platforms. AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl _AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) _AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])], [m4_define([AC_PROG_CC], m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])], [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX], m4_defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])], [m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJC], m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])])])dnl AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJCXX], [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])], [m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJCXX], m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJCXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])])])dnl ]) AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])dnl dnl The testsuite driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the dnl 'am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This dnl macro is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below. AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl [m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT], [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl # POSIX will say in a future version that running "rm -f" with no argument # is OK; and we want to be able to make that assumption in our Makefile # recipes. So use an aggressive probe to check that the usage we want is # actually supported "in the wild" to an acceptable degree. # See automake bug#10828. # To make any issue more visible, cause the running configure to be aborted # by default if the 'rm' program in use doesn't match our expectations; the # user can still override this though. if rm -f && rm -fr && rm -rf; then : OK; else cat >&2 <<'END' Oops! Your 'rm' program seems unable to run without file operands specified on the command line, even when the '-f' option is present. This is contrary to the behaviour of most rm programs out there, and not conforming with the upcoming POSIX standard: Please tell bug-automake@gnu.org about your system, including the value of your $PATH and any error possibly output before this message. This can help us improve future automake versions. END if test x"$ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM" = x"yes"; then echo 'Configuration will proceed anyway, since you have set the' >&2 echo 'ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM variable to "yes"' >&2 echo >&2 else cat >&2 <<'END' Aborting the configuration process, to ensure you take notice of the issue. You can download and install GNU coreutils to get an 'rm' implementation that behaves properly: . If you want to complete the configuration process using your problematic 'rm' anyway, export the environment variable ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM to "yes", and re-run configure. END AC_MSG_ERROR([Your 'rm' program is bad, sorry.]) fi fi]) dnl Hook into '_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement. m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT], m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])]) # When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. # This file resides in the same directory as the config header # that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names. # Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the # loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate # our stamp files there. AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], [# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. _am_arg=$1 _am_stamp_count=1 for _am_header in $config_headers :; do case $_am_header in $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) break ;; * ) _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; esac done echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) # Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH # ------------------ # Define $install_sh. AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; *) install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" esac fi AC_SUBST([install_sh])]) # Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames # with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't. AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT], [rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null if test -d .tst; then am__leading_dot=. else am__leading_dot=_ fi rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) # Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_MAKE_INCLUDE() # ----------------- # Check to see how make treats includes. AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE], [am_make=${MAKE-make} cat > confinc << 'END' am__doit: @echo this is the am__doit target .PHONY: am__doit END # If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make]) am__include="#" am__quote= _am_result=none # First try GNU make style include. echo "include confinc" > confmf # Ignore all kinds of additional output from 'make'. case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=include am__quote= _am_result=GNU ;; esac # Now try BSD make style include. if test "$am__include" = "#"; then echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( *the\ am__doit\ target*) am__include=.include am__quote="\"" _am_result=BSD ;; esac fi AC_SUBST([am__include]) AC_SUBST([am__quote]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result]) rm -f confinc confmf ]) # Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) # ------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) $1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} AC_SUBST($1)]) # AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN # ------------------ # Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it is modern enough. # If it is, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then case $am_aux_dir in *\ * | *\ *) MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; *) MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; esac fi # Use eval to expand $SHELL if eval "$MISSING --is-lightweight"; then am_missing_run="$MISSING " else am_missing_run= AC_MSG_WARN(['missing' script is too old or missing]) fi ]) # Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) # ----------------------- AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], [[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) # _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) # -------------------- # Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], [m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [1])]) # _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) # ------------------------ # OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], [m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) # _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) # ------------------------------------------- # Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], [m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])]) # Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # _AM_PROG_CC_C_O # --------------- # Like AC_PROG_CC_C_O, but changed for automake. We rewrite AC_PROG_CC # to automatically call this. AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([compile])dnl AC_LANG_PUSH([C])dnl AC_CACHE_CHECK( [whether $CC understands -c and -o together], [am_cv_prog_cc_c_o], [AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([])]) # Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc. # Following AC_PROG_CC_C_O, we do the test twice because some # compilers refuse to overwrite an existing .o file with -o, # though they will create one. am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=yes for am_i in 1 2; do if AM_RUN_LOG([$CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext]) \ && test -f conftest2.$ac_objext; then : OK else am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=no break fi done rm -f core conftest* unset am_i]) if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" != yes; then # Losing compiler, so override with the script. # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC. # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another. # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case, # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)" CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC" fi AC_LANG_POP([C])]) # For backward compatibility. AC_DEFUN_ONCE([AM_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])]) # Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_RUN_LOG(COMMAND) # ------------------- # Run COMMAND, save the exit status in ac_status, and log it. # (This has been adapted from Autoconf's _AC_RUN_LOG macro.) AC_DEFUN([AM_RUN_LOG], [{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $1" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD ($1) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD (exit $ac_status); }]) # Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_SANITY_CHECK # --------------- AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) # Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory # name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. am_lf=' ' case `pwd` in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);; esac case $srcdir in *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: '$srcdir']);; esac # Do 'set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( am_has_slept=no for am_try in 1 2; do echo "timestamp, slept: $am_has_slept" > conftest.file set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` if test "$[*]" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` fi if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment]) fi if test "$[2]" = conftest.file || test $am_try -eq 2; then break fi # Just in case. sleep 1 am_has_slept=yes done test "$[2]" = conftest.file ) then # Ok. : else AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock]) fi AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) # If we didn't sleep, we still need to ensure time stamps of config.status and # generated files are strictly newer. am_sleep_pid= if grep 'slept: no' conftest.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then ( sleep 1 ) & am_sleep_pid=$! fi AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( [AC_MSG_CHECKING([that generated files are newer than configure]) if test -n "$am_sleep_pid"; then # Hide warnings about reused PIDs. wait $am_sleep_pid 2>/dev/null fi AC_MSG_RESULT([done])]) rm -f conftest.file ]) # Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_SILENT_RULES([DEFAULT]) # -------------------------- # Enable less verbose build rules; with the default set to DEFAULT # ("yes" being less verbose, "no" or empty being verbose). AC_DEFUN([AM_SILENT_RULES], [AC_ARG_ENABLE([silent-rules], [dnl AS_HELP_STRING( [--enable-silent-rules], [less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1")]) AS_HELP_STRING( [--disable-silent-rules], [verbose build output (undo: "make V=0")])dnl ]) case $enable_silent_rules in @%:@ ((( yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;; no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;; *) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=m4_if([$1], [yes], [0], [1]);; esac dnl dnl A few 'make' implementations (e.g., NonStop OS and NextStep) dnl do not support nested variable expansions. dnl See automake bug#9928 and bug#10237. am_make=${MAKE-make} AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $am_make supports nested variables], [am_cv_make_support_nested_variables], [if AS_ECHO([['TRUE=$(BAR$(V)) BAR0=false BAR1=true V=1 am__doit: @$(TRUE) .PHONY: am__doit']]) | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes else am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no fi]) if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then dnl Using '$V' instead of '$(V)' breaks IRIX make. AM_V='$(V)' AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)' else AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY fi AC_SUBST([AM_V])dnl AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_V])dnl AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY])dnl AM_BACKSLASH='\' AC_SUBST([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl ]) # Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP # --------------------- # One issue with vendor 'install' (even GNU) is that you can't # specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially # annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip # is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. # Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we # always use install-sh in "make install-strip", and initialize # STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl # Installed binaries are usually stripped using 'strip' when the user # run "make install-strip". However 'strip' might not be the right # tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake # will honor the 'STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be 'maybe'. if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) fi INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) # Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # --------------------------- # Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in. # This macro is traced by Automake. AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) # AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) # -------------------------- # Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE. AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) # Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2004-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT) # -------------------- # Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT. # FORMAT should be one of 'v7', 'ustar', or 'pax'. # # Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command # writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory # $tardir. # tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar # # Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such # a tarball read from stdin. # $(am__untar) < result.tar # AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], [# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used # in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ... AC_SUBST([AMTAR], ['$${TAR-tar}']) # We'll loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. _am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none' m4_if([$1], [v7], [am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'], [m4_case([$1], [ustar], [# The POSIX 1988 'ustar' format is defined with fixed-size fields. # There is notably a 21 bits limit for the UID and the GID. In fact, # the 'pax' utility can hang on bigger UID/GID (see automake bug#8343 # and bug#13588). am_max_uid=2097151 # 2^21 - 1 am_max_gid=$am_max_uid # The $UID and $GID variables are not portable, so we need to resort # to the POSIX-mandated id(1) utility. Errors in the 'id' calls # below are definitely unexpected, so allow the users to see them # (that is, avoid stderr redirection). am_uid=`id -u || echo unknown` am_gid=`id -g || echo unknown` AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether UID '$am_uid' is supported by ustar format]) if test $am_uid -le $am_max_uid; then AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) _am_tools=none fi AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether GID '$am_gid' is supported by ustar format]) if test $am_gid -le $am_max_gid; then AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) _am_tools=none fi], [pax], [], [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) # Go ahead even if we have the value already cached. We do so because we # need to set the values for the 'am__tar' and 'am__untar' variables. _am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools} for _am_tool in $_am_tools; do case $_am_tool in gnutar) for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break done am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"' am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"' am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -" ;; plaintar) # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create # ustar tarball either. (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"' am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"' am__untar='tar xf -' ;; pax) am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"' am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"' am__untar='pax -r' ;; cpio) am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d' ;; none) am__tar=false am__tar_=false am__untar=false ;; esac # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar # and am__untar set. test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works. rm -rf conftest.dir mkdir conftest.dir echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar]) rm -rf conftest.dir if test -s conftest.tar; then AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar /dev/null 2>&1 && break fi done rm -rf conftest.dir AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])]) AC_SUBST([am__tar]) AC_SUBST([am__untar]) ]) # _AM_PROG_TAR teseq-1.1.1/depcomp0000755000175000017500000005601612563445651011154 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects scriptversion=2013-05-30.07; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Originally written by Alexandre Oliva . case $1 in '') echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies as side-effects. Environment variables: depmode Dependency tracking mode. source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'. object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'. DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. depfile Dependency file to output. tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies. libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). Report bugs to . EOF exit $? ;; -v | --v*) echo "depcomp $scriptversion" exit $? ;; esac # Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the # global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will # be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate. set_dir_from () { case $1 in */*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;; *) dir=;; esac } # Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the # global variable '$base'. set_base_from () { base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'` } # If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation, # we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the # Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme. make_dummy_depfile () { echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" } # Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile. # Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set. aix_post_process_depfile () { # If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file, # post-process it. if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # $object: dependency.h # and one to simply output # dependency.h: # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem. { sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" } > "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" else make_dummy_depfile fi } # A tabulation character. tab=' ' # A newline character. nl=' ' # Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale. # These definitions help. upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz digits=0123456789 alpha=${upper}${lower} if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po. depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`} tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} rm -f "$tmpdepfile" # Avoid interferences from the environment. gccflag= dashmflag= # Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We # parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, # to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case # here, because this file can only contain one case statement. if test "$depmode" = hp; then # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. gccflag=-M depmode=gcc fi if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. dashmflag=-xM depmode=dashmstdout fi cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -" if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation. # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' depmode=msvisualcpp fi if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation. # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' depmode=msvc7 fi if test "$depmode" = xlc; then # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information. gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF depmode=gcc fi case "$depmode" in gcc3) ## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what ## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like ## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. ## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon ## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they ## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here ## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this. for arg do case $arg in -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;; esac shift # fnord shift # $arg done "$@" stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" ;; gcc) ## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers. ## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler. ## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above). ## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's ## why we pick this rather obscure method: ## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end ## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. ## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) ## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like ## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be ## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode. ## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse ## than renaming). if test -z "$gccflag"; then gccflag=-MD, fi "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" # The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive # letters. sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" ## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem. ## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file ## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is ## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding ## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do ## this for us directly. ## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory ## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as ## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH ## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output. ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; hp) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; sgi) if test "$libtool" = yes; then "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" else "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" fi stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; # the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the # dependency line. tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \ | tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile" echo >> "$depfile" # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ >> "$depfile" else make_dummy_depfile fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; xlc) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; aix) # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. set_dir_from "$object" set_base_from "$object" if test "$libtool" = yes; then tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u tmpdepfile2=$base.u tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u "$@" -Wc,-M else tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u "$@" -M fi stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" exit $stat fi for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" do test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done aix_post_process_depfile ;; tcc) # tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26 # FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing. # Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released # versions. # It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a # trailing '\', as in: # # foo.o : \ # foo.c \ # foo.h \ # # It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading # spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7 # "Emit spaces for -MD"). "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" # Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'. # We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'. sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:' # dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem. sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; ## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the ## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order ## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many ## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options. pgcc) # Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'. # Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the # source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory. # The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file. # pgcc 10.2 will output # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h # and will wrap long lines using '\' : # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ # sub/foo.h ... \ # ... set_dir_from "$object" # Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since # that's sadly what pgcc will do too. set_base_from "$source" tmpdepfile=$base.d # For projects that build the same source file twice into different object # files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause # problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on # the same $tmpdepfile. lockdir=$base.d-lock trap " echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2 rmdir '$lockdir' exit 1 " 1 2 13 15 numtries=100 i=$numtries while test $i -gt 0; do # mkdir is a portable test-and-set. if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then # This process acquired the lock. "$@" -MD stat=$? # Release the lock. rmdir "$lockdir" break else # If the lock is being held by a different process, wait # until the winning process is done or we timeout. while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do sleep 1 i=`expr $i - 1` done fi i=`expr $i - 1` done trap - 1 2 13 15 if test $i -le 0; then echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2 echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2 exit 1 fi if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; hp2) # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64 # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that # happens to be. # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there. set_dir_from "$object" set_base_from "$object" if test "$libtool" = yes; then tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d "$@" -Wc,+Maked else tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d "$@" +Maked fi stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" exit $stat fi for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" do test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Add 'dependent.h:' lines. sed -ne '2,${ s/^ *// s/ \\*$// s/$/:/ p }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else make_dummy_depfile fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2" ;; tru64) # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side # effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'. # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put # dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. # Subdirectories are respected. set_dir_from "$object" set_base_from "$object" if test "$libtool" = yes; then # Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These # two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic. tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise. tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504 "$@" -Wc,-MD else tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d "$@" -MD fi stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" exit $stat fi for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" do test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done # Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode. aix_post_process_depfile ;; msvc7) if test "$libtool" = yes; then showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes else showIncludes=-showIncludes fi "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile" if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes # backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers. sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n ' /^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ { s//\1/ s/\\/\\\\/g p }' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n ' s/ /\\ /g s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/ H $ { s/.*/'"$tab"'/ G p }' >> "$depfile" echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvc7msys) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; #nosideeffect) # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. dashmstdout) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove '-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M # Require at least two characters before searching for ':' # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: # a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise. "$@" $dashmflag | sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; dashXmstdout) # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. exit 1 ;; makedepend) "$@" || exit $? # Remove any Libtool call if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # X makedepend shift cleared=no eat=no for arg do case $cleared in no) set ""; shift cleared=yes ;; esac if test $eat = yes; then eat=no continue fi case "$arg" in -D*|-I*) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. -arch) eat=yes ;; -*|$object) ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; esac done obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'` touch "$tmpdepfile" ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" rm -f "$depfile" # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object. # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless. sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \ | tr ' ' "$nl" \ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak ;; cpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove '-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done "$@" -E \ | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvisualcpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi IFS=" " for arg do case "$arg" in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") set fnord "$@" shift shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift shift ;; esac done "$@" -E 2>/dev/null | sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" echo "$tab" >> "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvcmsys) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; none) exec "$@" ;; *) echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: teseq-1.1.1/mdate-sh0000755000175000017500000001363712563445652011232 00000000000000#!/bin/sh # Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. scriptversion=2010-08-21.06; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # This file is maintained in Automake, please report # bugs to or send patches to # . if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST fi case $1 in '') echo "$0: No file. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE Pretty-print the modification day of FILE, in the format: 1 January 1970 Report bugs to . EOF exit $? ;; -v | --v*) echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion" exit $? ;; esac error () { echo "$0: $1" >&2 exit 1 } # Prevent date giving response in another language. LANG=C export LANG LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LC_TIME=C export LC_TIME # GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE # variable. Since we cannot assume 'unset' works, revert this # variable to its documented default. if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso export TIME_STYLE fi save_arg1=$1 # Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory. if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then ls_command='ls -L -l -d' else ls_command='ls -l -d' fi # Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible. if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then ls_command="$ls_command -n" fi # A 'ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2. # drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo # This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information. # drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo # # To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words # until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a # user named "Jan", or "Feb", etc. However, it's unlikely that '/' # will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at # the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many # words should be skipped to get the date. # On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. set x`$ls_command /` # Find which argument is the month. month= command= until test $month do test $# -gt 0 || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output" shift # Add another shift to the command. command="$command shift;" case $1 in Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; May) month=May; nummonth=5;; Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; esac done test -n "$month" || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output" # Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\\\$save_arg1\""` # Remove all preceding arguments eval $command # Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2. # # On a POSIX system, we should have # # $# = 5 # $1 = file size # $2 = month # $3 = day # $4 = year or time # $5 = filename # # On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have # # $# = 4 # $1 = day # $2 = month # $3 = year or time # $4 = filename # Get the month. case $2 in Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; May) month=May; nummonth=5;; Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; esac case $3 in ???*) day=$1;; *) day=$3; shift;; esac # Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either # the time of day or the year. case $3 in *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# case $2 in Jan) nummonthtod=1;; Feb) nummonthtod=2;; Mar) nummonthtod=3;; Apr) nummonthtod=4;; May) nummonthtod=5;; Jun) nummonthtod=6;; Jul) nummonthtod=7;; Aug) nummonthtod=8;; Sep) nummonthtod=9;; Oct) nummonthtod=10;; Nov) nummonthtod=11;; Dec) nummonthtod=12;; esac # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also # be used for files modified in the last year. if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; then year=`expr $year - 1` fi;; *) year=$3;; esac # The result. echo $day $month $year # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: teseq-1.1.1/ChangeLog0000664000175000017500000000556312562462730011350 000000000000002008-10-25 Christian Weisgerber * src/teseq.c (iso_ir_names, iso_ir_control_names): Move ISO_8859-X names back to ISO-8859-1, to match the IANA-preferred designations. Use space instead of underscore for "ISO 646" in the control names section, since it refers to a standard, rather than a MIME charset designation. 2008-08-23 Micah Cowan * src/teseq.c (iso_ir_names, iso_ir_control_names): Be consistent about choice of underscore in place of the space character, and use the IANA-preferred (and more recognizable) name US-ASCII rather than ISO646-US. * tests/iso-2022/expected: Adjust for new and altered character set descriptions. 2008-08-23 Bruno Haible Show designated target code sets with their name. * src/teseq.c (ISO646, ISO8859): Remove macros. (get_set_name): Remove function. (iso_ir_names): New constant. (iso_ir_name): New function. (iso_ir_table1): New constant. (iso_ir_table1_name): New function. (iso_ir_table2): New constant. (iso_ir_table2_name): New function. (iso_ir_table3): New constant. (iso_ir_table3_name): New function. (iso_ir_table4): New constant. (iso_ir_table4_name): New function. (iso_ir_control_names): New constant. (iso_ir_table5): New constant. (iso_ir_c0_name): New function. (iso_ir_table6): New constant. (iso_ir_c1_name): New function. (print_cxd_info): Print more details when configuration.descriptions is set. (print_gxd_info): Add argument i1. Print more details when configuration.descriptions is set. (print_gxdm_info): Print more details when configuration.descriptions is set. (handle_nF): Update print_gxd_info call. 2008-08-23 Micah Cowan * tests/iso-2022/input, tests/iso-2022/expected: Add test sequence for Bruno's print_gxdm_info fix. 2008-08-23 Bruno Haible * src/teseq.c (print_gxdm_info): Accept final byte 0x40..41 also with i1 values different from 0 and 0x28. 2008-08-06 Ryan Niebur * Makefile.am: Provide text for NAMES sections in the manpages. 2008-08-06 Micah Cowan * Makefile.am: Remove AM_CFLAGS; it's not appropriate as a spot for overridable defaults. * src/teseq.c (print_gxdm_info): Ensure we don't index the desig_strs string unless the index is in the appropriate range. Thanks to Bruno Haible for spotting the bug. * tests/iso-2022/input, tests/iso-2022/output: Tests for print_gxdm_info fix ("Esc $ z"). 2008-08-01 Micah Cowan * Initial release, vesion 1.0.0! Copyright (C) 2008 Micah Cowan. Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved. teseq-1.1.1/compile0000755000175000017500000001624512563445651011155 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'. scriptversion=2012-10-14.11; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Tom Tromey . # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # This file is maintained in Automake, please report # bugs to or send patches to # . nl=' ' # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage. IFS=" "" $nl" file_conv= # func_file_conv build_file lazy # Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file # Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion # type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will # take place. func_file_conv () { file=$1 case $file in / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file if test -z "$file_conv"; then # lazily determine how to convert abs files case `uname -s` in MINGW*) file_conv=mingw ;; CYGWIN*) file_conv=cygwin ;; *) file_conv=wine ;; esac fi case $file_conv/,$2, in *,$file_conv,*) ;; mingw/*) file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'` ;; cygwin/*) file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"` ;; wine/*) file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"` ;; esac ;; esac } # func_cl_dashL linkdir # Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR func_cl_dashL () { func_file_conv "$1" if test -z "$lib_path"; then lib_path=$file else lib_path="$lib_path;$file" fi linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file" } # func_cl_dashl library # Do a library search-path lookup for cl func_cl_dashl () { lib=$1 found=no save_IFS=$IFS IFS=';' for dir in $lib_path $LIB do IFS=$save_IFS if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then found=yes lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib break fi if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then found=yes lib=$dir/$lib.lib break fi if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then found=yes lib=$dir/lib$lib.a break fi done IFS=$save_IFS if test "$found" != yes; then lib=$lib.lib fi } # func_cl_wrapper cl arg... # Adjust compile command to suit cl func_cl_wrapper () { # Assume a capable shell lib_path= shared=: linker_opts= for arg do if test -n "$eat"; then eat= else case $1 in -o) # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'. eat=1 case $2 in *.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ]) func_file_conv "$2" set x "$@" -Fo"$file" shift ;; *) func_file_conv "$2" set x "$@" -Fe"$file" shift ;; esac ;; -I) eat=1 func_file_conv "$2" mingw set x "$@" -I"$file" shift ;; -I*) func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw set x "$@" -I"$file" shift ;; -l) eat=1 func_cl_dashl "$2" set x "$@" "$lib" shift ;; -l*) func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}" set x "$@" "$lib" shift ;; -L) eat=1 func_cl_dashL "$2" ;; -L*) func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}" ;; -static) shared=false ;; -Wl,*) arg=${1#-Wl,} save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for flag in $arg; do IFS="$save_ifs" linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag" done IFS="$save_ifs" ;; -Xlinker) eat=1 linker_opts="$linker_opts $2" ;; -*) set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; *.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++) func_file_conv "$1" set x "$@" -Tp"$file" shift ;; *.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO]) func_file_conv "$1" mingw set x "$@" "$file" shift ;; *) set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; esac fi shift done if test -n "$linker_opts"; then linker_opts="-link$linker_opts" fi exec "$@" $linker_opts exit 1 } eat= case $1 in '') echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'. Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining arguments, and rename the output as expected. If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'. Report bugs to . EOF exit $? ;; -v | --v*) echo "compile $scriptversion" exit $? ;; cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe ) func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return... ;; esac ofile= cfile= for arg do if test -n "$eat"; then eat= else case $1 in -o) # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'. # So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object. eat=1 case $2 in *.o | *.obj) ofile=$2 ;; *) set x "$@" -o "$2" shift ;; esac ;; *.c) cfile=$1 set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; *) set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; esac fi shift done if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then # If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no # '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also # ok. exec "$@" fi # Name of file we expect compiler to create. cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'` # Create the lock directory. # Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name # that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected # object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build. lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d while true; do if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then break fi sleep 1 done # FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap. trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15 # Run the compile. "$@" ret=$? if test -f "$cofile"; then test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile" elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile" fi rmdir "$lockdir" exit $ret # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: